THE WHOLE COURSE OF chirurgery, wherein is briefly set down the Causes, Signs, Prognostications & Curations of all sorts of Tumours, Wounds, Ulcers, Fractures, Dislocations & all other Diseases, usually practised by chirurgeons, according to the opinion of all our ancient Doctors in chirurgery. Compiled by Peter Lowe Scotchman, Arellian, Doctor in the Faculty of chirurgery in PARIS, and Chirurgeon ordinary to the most victorious and christian King of France and Navarre. WHEREUNTO IS ANNEXED THE Presages of Divine Hypocrates.  
LONDON. Printed by Thomas Purfoot. 1597.   

TO THE MOST PVISSANT and mighty Prince JAMES the sixth, by the grace of God, King of Scotland.  
MOST Renowned and dread Sovereign: as heretofore I have presumed to shroud the first fruits and degrees of my studies, under your highness Name and protection. So now both humble and entire affection have moved me to present this Treatise to your royal View as a Testimony of humble duty, to express my poor, yet unfeigned zeal. For to your Majesty the protection of all our doings do justly belong: and to your Highness are we principally bound to do all Service, the which I being willing to perform, and also tendering the commodity and benefit of my native Country (which GOD willing no occasion shall cause me to omit) I have published this Treatise and these my painful labours to exonerate myself of the burden which every man is bound to undertake for the Common wealth: if my industry could have produced better effects it would rejoice to pass under the protection of so excellent & mighty a Prince. But the Arcadians can give Pales but a fleece of wool, the Athenians a dish of Olives to Pallas, and myself have nothing but these unpollished lines to present to your royal Majesty. May it then please your Highness, as Minerva harboured an owl under her target, Cytherea a deformed Cyclops in her lovely bosom, and Apollo the night-raven under his heavenly Lute: to accept in good part the travails of your humble subject & vassal, which I humbly offer to your Highness, praying daily that all the blessings in heaven may increase upon your majesties Person and Progeny to your Princely content and immortal glory.  
Given at London the xx. of April. Your majesties most humble and obeisant subject. Peter Lowe.   

To the friendly Reader.  
IT is commonly said as it is of truth good friend that idleness is the mother of all vices which doth not only engender them but also nourisheth & intertaineth the same, for avoiding whereof as also having promised in my Treatise of the Spanish sickness to further thy knowledge with the whole Course of chirurgery, now do I publish the same, not as Plato did his common wealth Cicero his Orator, & sir Thomas Moor his Utopia, leaving to the world any wished perfection not practised, but I impart to thee my labours & hidden secrets and experiences by me practised & daily put in ure to the great comfort, ease and delight of such as had occasion to use my help. For being Chirurgeon mayor to the Spanish Regiments two years at Paris and since that time following the King of France my Master in the wars where I had commodity to practise all points, and operations of chirurgery, upon the which occasion I collected my practice with the opinion of both ancient & late writers at vacant hours into a book which is that I offer to thy view. Seeing then I do not entreat of any vain fable, but of such earnest & serious matter as toucheth the profit of all men in general, and the benefit and commodity of every man in particular. I hope the readers hereof will vouchsafe to attribute and grant such diligence, and willing ear, mind and attention hereunto as they are accustomed to do in those causes which they account most weighty, grave and necessary and which they are most desirous to know, learn, and understand. Herein thou mayst reap the fruits of my travels and studies, and by the friendly acceptance hereof gain to thyself fruition & commodity of my other like labours, like as my Treatise of the help of women in the time of their infantment, with the curation of such diseases as happen commonly to maids & married women, & the treatise which is called the poor man's guide which are works esteemed by such learned men as have seen them, most necessary for the common wealth. Some men perhaps more respecting their own private gain then the public profit will think that I should have concealed those things as did the Egyptians, by writing in letters Hydrographicks. But I rather follow the Grecians who used every year to write in the temple of Esculapius in Epidauro, in the presence of all the people all the sickness, they had cured together with the several remedy, for as the Philosopher saith bonum quo communius eo praestantius. Also being moved by the counsel of Cicero where he saith that we should not only have regard to our own particular, but also to the profit and commodity of our kinsfolks and friends, and generally to the common wealth of that Country where we took our birth, the which counsel also was observed amongst the old Romans' when their estate most florishtd, for they did account him amongst the number of the infortunate, that during his life did not manifest (in some one public benefit or other) his affection & thankful heart to the place wherein he first bread, nevertheless there be some envious and ignorant persons whom I may justly compare to Antipholus that peerless pick thank, whose filthy heart being inflamed with malice, will find fault with this my labour, to whom I will answer according to the saying of Erasmus Roterodamus, ut ignavi canes omnibus ignotis allatrant ita barbari quicquid non intelligunt carpunt ac dam●āt, only upon this hope I rest, that as in good will & love I have done this, so the well disposed will censure it in the best sort, and where fault is they will in friendly and charitable manner correct and amend the same, the ignorants I would desire only to put to their hand and do better, wishing every man as much profit and benefit in reading hereof as my willing attempt hath intended them, and so I end bidding the gentle Reader most heartily farewell.  
From London the 20. day of April. 1597.   

Omnibus clarissimis Doctoribus Regii collegij chirurgicorū Parisiensun nempe D. Rodolpho Lefort, D. Petro Pigret, D. Anthonia Portal, D. Severino Pineau, D. Hyeronimo de la Nove, D. Philippo Colot, D. Simoni Pietro D. jacobo Guilmean, D. Loudovico, Hubert, D. Iodoco de Beawais, D. Gerardo Olivier, D. Francisco de Leury, D. johanni de Hayes, D. johanni Girard, & omnibus alijs, Petrus Low Doctor in Chirurgia. S. P. D.  
MEus naturalis zelus erga patriam meam, Domini Asclepiadaei, fecit ut generaliter ea celare non potuerim, quorum notitiam legendo atque exercendo mihi acquisivi: quandoquidem in his partibus non inveni viros tam peritos huius scientiae, quàm apud vos: utpote qui sequantur potius accidentales quasdam obseruationes, quàm infallibilia artis praecepta. Hoc autem chirurgicum opus meum vestris acribus judicijs examinandum relinquo: & laborum meorum honorem vobis debitum ingenuè fateor, qui meae musae fuistis. Mea quidem methodus ea est, qua vos in vestro famosissimo Collegio utimini: quam etsi non ita exactè sigillatim executus sum, tamen quàm diligentissimè potui, eam obseruavi: excepta sola Anatomia cum aliquibus alijs rebus particularibus: quas brevi in lucem edere spero. Primò de chirurgiae origine tracto, & chirurgicis instrumentis: secundò de rebus naturalibus, non naturalibus, et praeter naturam, cum definitione, causis, signis, prognosticis, & cura tumorum in genere: tertiò de tumoribus qui a q●atuor humoribus procedunt: quartò de distinctione tumorum in specie, à capite ad pedes: quintò de eodem ordine in vulneribus, ulceribus, fracturis, dislocationibus, & variis alijs chirurgiae operationibus: postremò de remedijs communiter usurpatis a chirurgo, cum authoritatibus omnium antiquorum authorum, in quolibet moibo particulari. Itaque pro omnibus, post coelestes potentias, me vobis omnino obligatum sentio: ideòque oro Deum opt. max. ut felicitate semper vos bear velit.  
Datum Londini, 20. die Aprilis. 1597.   

To the friendly Reader in praise and commendation of the Author of this Treatise M. Peter Low Doctor in chirurgery, & Chirurgeon unto the French King. William Clowes one of her majesties chirurgeons, wisheth all happiness, with much increase of knowledge in this most excellent and famous Art of chirurgery.  
Here hast thou friendly Reader truly and faithfully set down unto thee, a most worthy and compendious doctrine, containing many wholesome and profitable precepts, for the curing of Tumours, apostumes, wounds and ulcers, fractures, dislocations in general & particular: with their Indications prognostications, signs and judgements: with divers operations chirurgical, for the most part in Dialogue wise, very delightsome, plain and profitable, in which discourse is also cited and set down many worthy quotations, famous authorities, and Authors of renown, with divers well experimented remedies, both simple and compound, and so very briefly concluding with the divine Presages of Hipppocrates. All which it hath pleased master Peter Low of his own entire affection and unfeigned zeal which he beareth to all young springing Plants, called of Paracelsus and other learned writers, the children or sons of Art: hath here published in our own vulgar tongue his most fruitful & necessary Treatise of chirurgery, not as a stranger, but as a dear Friend. In like manner he hath of late performed one other Treatise being extant, and is entitled by him, The cure of the Spanish sickness. And further I have thought it good, here to foretell, he is fully determined to publish in the English tongue, other very brief & pithy works of chirurgery, unless he be stayed by the wrongs and injuries of a rude multitude of subtle sycophants or ungrateful Emulators, men indeed defective in their Art and foully faulty in their judgements, being the only race and ofpring of Erasistratus and Thessalus Tralianus, who have most unseemly behaved themselves behind his back, chiefly about the answering of this present book, before a sort of them had ever seen him, or understood whereof he entreated, and have used against him likewise, a number of ridiculous, aspiring and proud pontifical comparrisons, patched together, like the rags of a beggar's cloak: and yet some of these hideous Monsters in humanity, are as it were fallen asleep, in their own beastly ignorance, making no conscience in misspending their talents: nevertheless, they will be marvelous vigilant in carping and reprehending of other men's labours and travels, which is a point of extreme foolishness in them, because it is said, he that hath done least, is worthy of thanks. Notwithstanding, according to the old wont guise they have plounged themselves again and again in the floods and streams of unquenchable hatred against all men whatsoever (English or stranger) that publisheth forth books of Physic or chirurgery in the English tongue: never considering the grave and wise sayings of Cicero, that a man is not only borne for himself, but chiefly to profit his native Country, Parents and Friends. 
It is said, That man may boast of his wealth, that hath gotten it well.  And many of these foresaid professed enemies are more delighted in bragging & boasting of their own cunning and great skill in scratching and scraping together of abundance of woful-gotten pelf, than otherwise careful to seek the good of others by publishing of such like works of chirurgery, as is this present Treatise, nay, a many of them are so evil affected and uncharitably given, that they will with all rigour, hard and bitter speeches most unjustly wound men behind their backs, and that after a Parasitical manner: sometimes before persons of good account in their chambers privately, & many times also at tables openly, with most intolerable reproaches and odious defamations, and after extolleth them to their faces with a world of commendations, they will with the Crocodile seek all advantages to spoil a man secretly & after wash his face again with dissembling tears most treacherously. But here to leave such vain & variable heads in their indignation●, which reward hatred for love, and contempt for friendly affection: & end with all thankfulness unto the Author of this Treatise, but most specially for publishing the same in our English tongue: praying unto God, who is the giver of all knowledge and good gifts to increase the number of all well minded men, who for the good of posterity do employ their labours & spend their time in the publishing of such like books of chirurgery, which will be no doubt a great benefit unto the country and common wealth.  
William Clowes.   

Ad virum virtute et doct●ina praestantem Petrum Low Chirurgiae Doctorem.  
Carmen jambicum.  
SVnt plurimi, quos esse splendidos juuat,  
Alterius et superstites virtutibus  
Clarere posteris: Opus laudarier,  
Dignumque creta scilicet notarier.  
Sic proditur Vappa hominis & mens degen●er  
Sunt quos priorum inventa clarioribus  
Ditarier multum suis juuat notis:  
Opus mehercule laud dignius sua.  
Namque est boni quocunque vel iwamine  
Bene posse, nec non velle posteris bene.  
Se● quid meretur ille, propria manu  
Non qui addit inventis, sed invenit prior?  
Solum furere, polum ferir●●ertice,  
Nec non haberier vel hamanus Deus,  
Homo vel esse diws omne in saeculum.  
Hoc differens solum a Deo viws, quodis,  
Dum illustrat humani tenebras ingenij,  
Perdurat idem neutiquam mutabilis:  
At hic v●lut candela, quae dum illuminat,  
Nostros ocellos, proprio igne deperit:  
Post reliquum est: habemus hoc quod vidimus.  
Tua ergo perge dare, feresque hanc gloriam:  
Nec proptis v●●it, nec obiit commodis.  
Quod & fatentur ultro, & usque, predicant  
Qui vel tuum hoc videre opus chirurgicum:  
Sic mortuo virtus alet famam tibi.  
I. M. C. V. Med. Doctor.   

G. Baker one of her Majesties▪ chief chirurgeons in ordinary.  
WHO can deny, but he deserves great fame  
that profit yields, all Nations where he goes:  
His Country may rejoice to hear his name,  
that in strange Lands, such books of knowledge shows.  
He studies how to make good Surgeons known,  
rebukes the bad, and honours men of skill:  
Then let him reap the corn that he hath sown,  
his harvest seeks no more but worlds goodwill.  
The Schools have placest him in a doctor's state,  
the gravest here his learning doth commend,  
The Learned sees his study hath been great,  
whereby he brings great things to perfect end.  
A wonder is, how World bare men rewards,  
for riding horse, or dressing meat you see.  
And those that save men's lives they least regard,  
for they get neither stipend gift nor fee.  
Blind is that Age that doth the best despise,  
and helps the worst to worship, wealth and grace.  
A common thing, vice lets not virtue rise,  
but holds it down that ought have highest place.  
Yet none can rob the learned of their right▪  
no more than take s●●eete smell from flower in field.  
Then Doctor Lowe thy lamp doth give such light,  
that every one to virtue fame doth yield.  
Pass on with praise thorough every soil and coast,  
Where Lowe is known he shallbe honoured most.  
G.B.   

john Norden Esquire in praise of the Author.  

APollo seen in Simples, for his Art  
in curing men, a God was na'md to be:  
Knowing all secrets and each hidden part  
that virtue yieldeth to each herbs degree.  
And by his knowledge of herbs simplicity,  
the Heathen took him to be a Deity.   

For when as Nature wounded was oppressed,  
not able to sustain the grief she bore:  
The body dying, then for want of rest,  
Simples recured, such their virtue are:  
That who so seeks, and knows each Simple found,  
there Nature soon shall cure any wound.   

See Chiron here, Apollos Pupil, he  
declar's the secrets of his masters skill:  
He seeks no meed nor looks for any fee,  
then give him honour for his mere goodwill▪  
That being Stranger borne yet loves us so,  
to leave his Art with us to cure our woe.    

In praise of the Book.  
Envoy.  

LOw is thy name, high grows thy fame,  
Amongst all English men,  
Thy book shall save, my verse from blame:  
When world well ways thy pen▪   

Give zoyilus o● Momus brood▪  
Do carp at thee what then,  
Do feed thy hope with heavenly food:  
Amongst wise learned men.   
john Norden. Esq.   

In praise of the Author and his work.  
THen O blest science under son,  
That most men's lives doth save,  
The art that greatest praise hast won:  
Whhereby great help we have.  
Is surgery, for knowledge there,  
In highest grace doth shine.  
The skill is honered every where,  
For special griefs divine.  
When wrath and rage makes quarrels rise  
And men in fury fight,  
In surgon such great knowledge lies,  
Green wounds are healed straight.  
Flesh cut, blood lost, and every vain,  
And sinews shrunk away,  
He can by art restore again:  
And comfort their decay.  
The mangled bones are set and knit,  
In their own proper place,  
And every limb in order fit,  
Comes to their force and grace.  
By surgons mean who quickly sees,  
The dangers as they are:  
And mends the mischiefs by degrees▪  
With knowledge and great care.  
Hath instruments to search each joint,  
Each skull or bruised bone,  
And can with balms & oils anoint▪  
The nerves and veins each one.  
Knows all the nature and the kind▪  
Of herbs of floweer and weeds,  
And can the secret virtue find:  
Of blossoms leaves and seeds.  
Heals cankers ulcers and old sores,  
Hath precious powders smalll,  
To eat proud flesh, and rotten kores:  
And dry up humour all.  
What grief of body can be named,  
But he can help in haste,  
Yea though the liver be inflamed:  
Or lihgts and lungs do waste.  
In tune and temper he can bring▪  
The lack of each lame part,  
As though in hand he had a string,  
To lead man's life by art.  
Half gods, good surgons may be called,  
much more than men they be,  
And aught like Doctors be installed▪  
In seats of high degree.  
What doth preserve the lives of men,  
May claim due honour right,  
And should be praised with tongue & pen,  
As far as day gives light,  
Long study gives a glorious crown,  
A garland decked with flowers,  
Under whose shade of rare renown,  
The muses makes their bowers:  
To set and see whose gifts excel,  
In wit and cunning skill.  
Who best doth work, who doth not well,  
And who bears most good will.  
To virtue, learning and good mind  
The muse's favours those,  
And gives them grace of their own kind,  
Great secrets to disclose,  
Revives their wits makes sharp their sense  
To judge deserve and know,  
Whose tongue is typt with eloquence,  
And whose fine pens doth flow,  
And who the liberal art detains,  
And mortal virtues have,  
In whom a hidden skill remains:  
And cunning knowledge brave▪  
It seems a stranger here of late,  
Hath from the Gods divine,  
Got credit honour and ectate,  
To please the muses nine.  
The surgons of our Queen likewise,  
Doth praise him for his skill,  
His printed books may well suffice,  
To win the world's good will.  
His merits far surmounts the love,  
I bear to men of worth,  
My pen doth but affection move,  
His deeds do set him forth▪  
His knowledge makes blind bonglers blush  
Their boldness brings him fame  
Vain Valentine not worth a rush,  
Where Low, but shows his name.  
You paltry senseless saucy jacks,  
That patch up wounds in post,  
Trudg hen●e truss up your pedlars packs,  
He cares not for your boast,  
His face and brow from blot is clear,  
The sages of our soil,  
Bids Doctor Low, still welcome here  
To your great shame and foil.  
Who well deserves is honoured much.  
As trial daily shows,  
Who hath good name is wise and rich,  
And loved where he goes.  
Since of this Doctor and his art,  
These virtues I rehearse,  
I him in every point and part,  
Salute with English verse.  
Qd. Thomas Churchyard Esquire.   

The names of the Authors alleged in this work.  

ARnoldus de villa nova.  
Albertus' magnus.  
Anerrois.  
Antonius' benevenius.  
Alphonsus ferreus.  
Albucrasis.  
Avicen.  
Aetius,  
Aristoele.  
Alexander Trallianus.  
Andronius Auinsor.  
Aerastus.  
Bacchannellus.  
Brunus.  
Bartapallia.  
Baptista montanus.  
Bruensweke.  
Cardanus.  
Cornelius Agrippa.  
Celsus.  
Cicero.  
Clemens Alexandrinus.  
Constan●inus.  
Capivaxius.  
Dionysus.  
Dodoneus.  
Fallopius.  
Fernelius.  
Fuchius.  
Gordonius.  
Gulielmus de salieto.  
Galenus.  
Guido.  
Horodotus.  
Hypocrates.  
Henrnius.  
Haly abbess.  
Heliogabalus.  
Hollerius.  
Henricus.  
jacobus Hollerius.  
jacobus Dondus.  
jubertus.  
johannes devigo.  
jesus. justinian.  
Laurentius.  
Leonellus faventinus.  
Lanfrancus.  
Menodotus.  
Monardus.  
Marianus sanctus.  
Marcus lepidus.  
Macrobius. Moses.  
Messalinus.  
Nicolaus Alexandrinus.  
Oribasnis.  
Olphansius ferrens.  
Plato. Plinius.  
Paracellus. Paulus Aegineta.  
Petrus Arg●lla. Pareus.  
Ptolomaeus. Quercetanus.  
Rasis. Rondeletius.  
Rogerius. Rolandus,  
Scribanius largus.  
Soranus. Sardinius.  
Togatius. Tertullianus.  
Thesaurus poperum▪  
Titus livius. Theodoricus▪  
Valerius maximus.  
Wickerus.  
Zenophanes.    

THE FIRST TREATISE of Chiurgerie which containeth Eleven Chapters. By Peter Low Arellien.  


Chapter 1 Of the origine, and excelleecie of chirurgery.  
Chapter 2 Of chirurgery in general, and of operations, and instrumetts of chirurgery.  
Chapter 3 Of natural things in general.  
Chapter 4 Of Elements, and the consideration thereof.  
Chapter 5 Of the temperaments and complexions of man's body.  
Chapter 6 Of the four humours in general and particular▪  
Chapter 7 Of members and spirittes principal of our body.  
Chapter 8 Of virtue's or faculties, and whereof they proceed.  
Chapter 9 Of actions or operations of virtues.  
Chapter 10 Of spirittes, and whereof they proceed.  
Chapter 11 Of ihinges, which are annexed to natural things.    

The first Chapter of the original beginning, and of the antiquity, and Excellency of chirurgery.  
COnsidering with myself, that all men are naturally obliged to serve to the common wealth by some honest profession, and that no man is able to discharge that duty, and benefit to his native country, except he learn in his tender age, the science, wherein the ornament thereof consisteth, after full Deliberation I applied myself to the study of chirurgery, which is by the consent of all learned men, not only a science very profitable & necessary to all sorts of people, but also most ancient and honourable, as manifestly testifieth all the antiquity: in reading whereof we find the invention of chirurgery ascribed (for the excellency thereof) to the Gods themselves, to wit, to Aesculape son of Apollo, from the which Podalire and Machaon his sons, learned the same and cured sundry and divers, which were deadly hurt and wounded at the siege of Troy, as reporteth Homer the poet. 
1. & 2. Iliad.  Clemens Alexandrinus saith that the first operator was the Nephew of Noah and after him Apis king of Egypt. 
Libr. 7.  Cornelius Celsus saith, that it was found, and exercised long before other sciences. But passing with silence, Apollo, Aesculapius, and all that sort of Gods, as also Hypocrates, Galen, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Parmenides, Pimander, Democritus, Chiron, Paeon, and all the ancient Philosophers, together with Alexander the great, Marcus Antonius and the rest of the Emperors, Kings and princes, who professed the same, is it not most manifest in the old testament, that it was invented and approved by God himself, for in the XX▪ Chapter of the fourth book of the Kings, we read, how Esaie healed by Gods own commandment Ezechias, by laying a fig on his bi●es, and sores: as also in the 8. and 9 Chapter of Tobias, how the angel commanded him to slay a fish, called Cassidill, & to take the gall thereof to the web of the eyes. But what, not only was it invented by the divine power, but in like manner expressly commanded in the 8. Chap. of Eccle. & divers other places, that the professors thereof should be honoured by all men, for God created him to the effect he remain with thee, to assure thee, and then which are with thee. Now seeing I have sufficiently both by the Scripture and otherwise proved the excellency of chirurgery, it is not needful to compare the same with other arts, and sciences, for if any art be praised, because it was, and is, professed of noble men, ye may clearly perceive, that the Gods, Emperors, Kings, and Princes, have practised the same. If we consider the sentence of the divine Philosopher Plato, 
Plato.  that things good, are difficile, there is no thing harder, than chirurgery, the which will occupy a man all his life time to seek out the nature of things pertaining thereto. If things be praised for their strength & force, what thing is of more strength, than to restore a man to his health, which otherwise was altogether lost▪ some man may perchance object to me and allege, that many professors of chirurgery, with their charms, herbs full of poison & false promises, destroy many people, who would easily have recovered their health, if they had given no credit to such dissemblers. I answer, that such deceivers deserve and merit to be grievously punished and banished out of all countries, for ye must understand, that such pernicious and shameless people are not, nor should not in any wise, be termed Chirurgeons, but abusers of ●he name thereof; for this cause, 
Libr. Digest.  the prudent Emperor justinian pondering the great damage, that redoundeth to to the common wealth, through permission of such ignorants, straightly ordained, that no governor, nor judge of provinces or towns whatsoever, should permit any man, to practise chirurgery: but he, who was received, and admitted lawfully, by the Doctors, who are professors of the same, which law is yet observed, in all common wealths well governed, and especially in the most ancient city of Paris, where the professors are learned, wise & grave men, who are so careful of the weal-public that they admit no man into their College, except he have first past his whole course in the science of chirurgery. I doubt not, but these few words, all men of wisdom will confess, that these charms, with their Diabolical herbs, who travail through countries, deceiving the people▪ are no wise to be called Chirurgeons, but severely to be punished, which I speak not of malice, or envy to any p●●ticuler person, but for the advancement of learning, and profit of the common wealth, whereunto I refer my whole travel and studies.   

The second Chapter of chirurgery in general, of Operations, and instruments of chirurgery.  Interlocutors, john Cointret Deane of the faculty of chirurgery in Paris, and Peter Low his Scholar. CO. 
I perceived by your former discourse touching the original of chirurgery & the excellency thereof, the great desire you have to profit therein, & to give good example to all those, who would profess the same: In consideration whereof, at your instant request and entreaty, I am deliberate to confer with you in that matter, seeing both our leisures doth permit, to demand of you in few words, the whole principal points of chirurgery, but, according to Cicero, seeing all doctrine whatsoever, which is founded on reason, 
Cicero. libr. 1 Offic.  should begin at the definition, to the end we may the better understand, that whereof we do entreat, first I ask you, what is chirurgery?  LO. 
It is a science or Art, that showeth the manner how to work on man's body, exercising all manuel operations necessary to heal men in as much, as is possible by the using of most expedient medicines.  CO. 
Why say you art or science?  LO. 
Because it is divided into Theoric and Practtik, as saith Hieronymus montuo.  CO. 
What is chirurgery Theoric.  LO. 
It is that part, which teacheth us by rules only the demonstrations, which we may know, without using any work of the hand, & therefore we call it science.  Co. 
What is practic.  LO. 
It is that part, which consisteth in 〈◊〉 of the hand, according to the precepts in 〈…〉, as Aposthumes against nature, biles, 〈…〉 that be out of their natural place▪ 〈…〉 operations belonging to the work of 〈…〉 shall hear in the sixth Treatise.  CO. 
Ere 〈…〉, let us 〈◊〉 what is the subject of this 〈◊〉.  LO. 
 CO. 
Seeing the subject is so 〈…〉 that the Chirurgeon be 〈…〉 the preservation, as recovery 〈…〉.  LO. 
〈…〉 be so.  CO. 
How, 〈…〉.  LO. 
Arist● the 〈…〉 us to begin at 〈…〉 more 〈…〉 & difficile, as 〈…〉.  CO. 
 LO. 
Five.  CO. 
 LO 
〈◊〉 first is to take away that, which is 〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉, as to take away ●umors against 〈◊〉, loops, 〈◊〉, warts, and such like, to draw the 〈…〉, to take away a six● finger or toe▪ 〈…〉 being dead, out of the mother's womb, to cut a leg, being gangrened or mortified & the like. Secondly to help and add to nature, that which it wanteth, as to put to an artificial ear, nose, or eye, a hand, a leg, a platten in the roof of the mouth, which is needful to those, who by the Spanish sickness or like disease, have the roof of the mouth fallen. The third is to put in the natural place, that which is out of his place, as to put in the guts the cawl or net that covereth the guts, called the epiplon or omentum, after they by fallen in the scrotum, to put bones in their own place, being out of joint. The fourth, to separate that, which is contained, as in opening aposthumes, opening a vain, scarifying, applying of horseleeches, ventoses, by cutting the ligament under the tongue, cutting two fingers growing together, by cutting the praepuce of the yard, by cutting the natural conduit of women being closed naturally together, or else by accident, as often chanceth after wounds, ulcers & such like. The fift to join that which is separated, as in healing broken bones, bones that be out of their place, healing of wounds, ulcers, fistules, and such like.  CO. 
What method is to be observed of the Chirurgeon in working these opperarions.  LO. 
First to know the disease next to do the operation as soon as may be, surely, 
Land loupers and simple Barbers.  without false promises or deceit to heal things, that cannot be healed, for there are some, who, void of knowledge and skill, promise for lucre's to heal infirmities, being ignorant both of the disease, and the remedies thereof. These faults be often committed of some who usurping the name of Chirurgeon, being unworthy thereof, have scarce the skill to cut a beard which properly pertaineth to their traide.  CO. 
It seemeth by your words▪ that there are some infirmities pertaining to our art which are incurable.  LO. 
There are divers▪ like as Cancer occult, leprosy▪ elephantike particular, also when the diseased refuseth the remedy proper for the cure thereof: as to cut a member being mortified, to make incision of the hydropic, and also when by the curing of the malady, there ensueth a greater disease like as to stay altogether suddenly the hemorrhoids, which have long run, to cut the varice on the legs or elsewhere, because the humour taketh the course oftentimes to some principal part, which is cause of death. Also in healing the biles which come in the legs or arms, called malum mortuum.  CO. 
What remedies then are most expedient to be used in these diseases.  LO. 
Remedies palliative & preservative to let the evil, that it increase not, as we shall entreat of each of them in their several places. 
Conditions of a Chirurgeon.   CO. 
To do all these operations, what qualities are required of the Chirurgeon.  LO. 
There are divers, 
Lib. 7. Cap. 1.  and first of all as Celsus saith, that he be learned chief in those things that appertain to his art, that he be of a reasonable age, that he have a good hand, as perfect in the left as the right, that he be ingenious, subtle, wise, that he tremble not in doing his operations, that he have a good eye, that he have good experience in his art, before he begin to practise the same. Also that he have seen and observed of a long time, of learned Chirurgeons, that he be well mannered, affable, hardy in things certain, fearful in things doubtful and dangerous, discreet in judging of sicknesses, chaste, sober, pitiful, that he take his reward according to his cure and ability of the sick, not regarding avarice.  CO. 
What conditions ought the sick to have. 
Conditions of the Sick.   LO. 
divers also, and first he must have a good opinion of the Chirurgeon that he have a good hope to be cured of him, & be obedient to his counsels, for that availeth much in healing of maladies, that he endure patiently, that which is done for the recovery of his health.  CO. 
Which are the instruments, that the Chirurgeon ought to have to do his operations. 
Instruments.   LO. 
They are of two sorts, for some are common, others are proper, & the instruments or remedies common be also of two sorts, for some be medicinals, & some be ferramentalls.  CO. 
Why do you call them common.  LO. 
Because they serve indifferently to divers parts, and may be used in all parts of the body.  CO. 
Which are the medicinalls.  LO. 
They consist in ordaining good regiment, in things natural, unnatural and against nature, in letting of blood, also in applying plasters, cataplasms, lineaments, ponders, unguentes and such like.  CO. 
Which be the instruments ferramentals.  LO. 
Some are to cut as rasures, some to burn as cauters actualls, some to draw away, as tenells incisives, pincetts, tirballes, some are to sound, as to sound a wind, the stone in the bladder▪ and such like. Some are to sow wounds, and knit veins & arters as needles.  CO. 
Which are the proper instruments.  LO. 
Those which serve to one part only, as in the head a trepan, with sundry other capitals, in the eye, an instrument called speculum oculi, a needle proper to abate the Cataract, in the ear a ciring for deafness or to draw forth any thing enclosed in the ear, some in the mouth as speculum oris, or dilato●ū for convulsion, others are proper for the pleurisy, others for the hydropsy, some to draw the stone, which are made of divers fashions, some are proper for women as speculum matricis, sundry are proper for the birth, as ye shall here in our treatise of the sicknesses of women, some are for the fundament as speculum ani, some for broken bones and such as be out of their place, as machnies, lacs, glossocomes. 
In his book called Antidotarium.   CO. 
Which of these remedies are most necessary to be had always with him.  LO. 
Arnoldus de villa nova counseleth, always to have six to help in necessity for things that are common, the first an astringent or retentive to stay a bleeding or fluxion that cometh in any part, the second is basili● to make matter in a wound or an a posthume, the third some cleansing salve as Apostulorum or Diapeo, the fourth is to fill up a wound or bile, with flesh that is hollow, like as unguentum aureum. The fift is cerat galen, or rosat mesne proper to appease a great dolour or heat, which oft chanceth. The sixth is called De●iccatiuum rubeum or such like, to dry and cicatrize the skin.  CO. 
How many kinds of ferramentes ought the Chirurgeon commonly to carry with him.  LO 
Six, a pair of shears, a razor, a lancet, a sound, a tirball, & a needle.  CO. 
How many things are to be observed by the Chirurgeon before he undertake any operation.  LO. 
According to Haly Abbas there are five. 
Haly Abbas in his Chirurgery  The first to know well the temperament of the patience. The second, he must know the sickness and nature thereof. The third whether it be curable or not. The fourth remidies proper and meet for the disease. The fift, the right way, to apply such remedies as be needful, of all these he ought to give good reason and authority, of such famous men as have written of this science.  CO. 
In how many things consisteth chiefly the contemplation of chirurgery.  LO. 
In three things according to Fuchius. 
Compendium medicinae Fuchij.   CO. 
Which are they.  LO. 
The first, are those things, that concur to the making & constitution of our body and therefore are called things natural, the second are those things, which conserve the body from sickness and being rightly used nourish the same, our ancients call them things unnatural, because if they be immoderately and ill used they be altogether contrary to our bodies, the third, are those things, which be indeed contrary to our bodies and therefore are called things contrary to nature, 
2. Therapen & multis alijs locis.  as Galen writeth.  CO. 
Tell me some thing more particularly of these contemplations of chirurgery.  LO. 
I am contented, if your leisure doth permit.  CO. 
Then, we will in the nexr Chapter follow out natural things.   

The third Chapter of natural things in General.  LO. 
May it please you to prosecute the discourse of natural things, seeing we have already entreated of chirurgery in general, of the operations & instruments Chirurgaticalls.  CO. 
I like very well of this method, how many natural things are reckoned by the Chirurgeon.  LO. 
Seven, the first is called Element, the second Temperament or complexion, the third humours, the fourth members, the fift virtues or faculties, the sixth works and effects of virtues, the seventh Spirits.   

The Fourth chapter, of Elements.  CO. 
Seeing according to your former division of natural things Element is the first, than what is an Element.  LO. 
It is the most simple part, 
5 metaphi ●a. 3  whereof any thing is made & in the destruction thereof is lastly resolved.  CO. 
How many elements are there.  LO. 
Two according to the contemplation of chirurgery, viz. simples or intilligibles & composed o● sensibles.  CO. 
Which are the intelligibles.  LO. 
Those which are known only by the speculation & judgement the which was first observed by Hypocrates.  CO. 
How many are they in number.  LO. 
They are four according to Arist, to wit, the fire, the air, the water, and the earth, the which have four divers qualities, hot, cold, moist, and dry. 
Lib. degeneration.   CO. 
Are these four Elements otherwise distinguished.  LO. 
They are distinguished also according to their lightness and heaviness.  CO. 
Which are the light.  LO. 
The fire and the air, and seeketh upward by reason of their lightness.  CO. 
Which are the heavy.  LO. 
The water and the earth and by reason of their heaviness they move downwards.  CO. 
Which are sensible elements.  LO. 
They are similar or like parts of our bodies, as saith Galen. 
Secundo de elementis.   CO 
How many are they in number.  LO. 
Twelve, to wit, the bones, the cartilages, flesh, nerves, veins, arters, pannicles, ligaments tendons, the skin, the fat grease, the marrow, to the which twelve similar parts, some add parts made of the superfluities of our body, as the hair and nails.   

The fift chapter of temperaments, wherein is showed the temperature of man's body, of every nation, and four seasons of the year.  CO. 
What is Temperament.  LO. 
It is a mixtion of the four qualities of the Elements as saith Avicen, 
Cap. 1. de complexione.  or as saith Galen it is a confusion or mixing of hot, cold, dry, and moist.  CO. 
How many sorts of complexions are there.  LO. 
Two, to wit, well tempered and composed, or evil tempered.  CO. 
What is temperament well tempered.  LO. 
It is that which is equally composed of the Four qualities of the Elements, of the which composition and substance amongst all natural things, there is but one so tempered, which is the inner skin of the hand, chief in the extremities of the fingers as saith Galen, 
Galenus: Lib. 1 de temperamentis.  and is called temperamentum ad pondus. There is another kind of this called temperament ad justiciam which is according to judgement.  CO. 
What is temperament ad justitiam.  LO. 
It is that which is composed according to the exigence and dignity of nature, & is known by his operations, for when any thing naturally hath his operations very perfect we esteem it tempered ad justiciam.  CO. 
What is temperament evil tempered.  LO. 
It is that in the which one Element, governeth and hath dominion more than other, as the hot doth surpass the cold and so forth.  CO. 
How many evil temperaments are there.  LO. 
There are divers, which indeed pass not the Limits of health: for some surpass the temperate in one simple quality, some in too composed and so forth.  CO. 
How many simple qualities are there.  LO. 
Four as you have heard, hot, dry, cold, & humid, in like manner there are four composed to wit, hot & dry, hot and humid, cold and dry, cold & humid, of the which Galen hath openly written. 
Lib. 1. artis paruae. Galenus. Lib. de ligamentis.   CO. 
What parts of our bodies are attributed to these four qualities.  LO. 
To the heat we attribute the parts most hot of our bodies as the spirit, the heart, the blood, the liver, & the kidneys, the flesh, the muscles, arters, veins, skin and milt. To the cold we attribute the hair, bones, cartilege, ligaments, tendio●s, membraines, nerves, the brains, & the fat grease. To the humid qualities, the brains, the blood, the fat grease, the flesh, the paps, the stones, lights, liver, kidneys, marrow. To the dry, the hair, the bones, cartilages, membraines, ligaments, tendons, arters, veins, nerves, the skin: nevertheless, some exceed others in these qualities, as you may perceive by their order: For it is necessary in healing wounds & ulcers to know the temperature of every part, for other remedies are to be used in hard & dry parts, than in soft and humid parts.  CO. 
How are the four qualities compared to the four quarters of the year.  LO. 
The spring time is hot & humid, most healthful as saith Hiopocrates & continueth from the X. of March until the XI. of june. The summer gins at the XI. day of june, 
Aphoris. 19 & etiam de natura humana.  & endeth on the XIII. day of September and is hot & dry. The Autumn or harvest, from the XIII. day of September until the XIII. day of December, & is cold, dry, very unhealthful, sickly, the which sicknesses, if they continue till Winter, are most dangerous. The winter from the XIII. day of December until the X. day of March, is cold & humid, in this time of the year men eat much, engender abundance of crudities, of the which cometh divers sicknesses.  Co. 
How many ways know ye the temperature of man's body.  Lo. 
Five ways to wit, by the constitution of the whole body, by the operations & functions, by the countries, wherein men are born by the colour, & by the age which being all consirered, we may judge of every man's complexion.  CO. 
How know you the temperature of man's body by the constiturions.  Lo. 
Galen saith those which are fat, 
2. de temperamentis cap. 6▪  be cold like as fatness is engendered of a cold habitude. Those that be gross. & full of flesh be hot, because much flesh is engendered of great abundance of blood, as saith Auicem.  Co. 
How know you the temperature of man's body by the operations.  Lo. 
Galen saith, that any creature, plant, or herb, is of a good temperature, 
1. treatise & 1. cap 1. de temperamentis cap. 6.  when they do well their functions natural.  Co. 
How by the nations or countries know you the temperatur.  Lo. 
The people towards the South are melancholic, cruel, vindicatyf, always timide, they are subject to be mad & furious, as often chanceth in the Realm of Feze and Marock in afric, Ethiopia and Egypt, where there is a great number of mad men, they are also subject to be leper, chief in Ethiopia, they be lean, pale coloured, black eyed, and are hot, by the natural air, 
z. de temperamentis cap. 6.  Galen they are also subject to Venus gaimes, because of the melancholic spumous humour, which is cause, that the Kings of that country have had all times a great number of wives & Concubines, so that some have had three hundredth, four hundredth, some a Thousand, as reporteth Bodin in his commonwealth. 
Lib. 5.  They are subject to the falling sickness and Scrofules, and fever quartan, yet they are wise, modest, and moderate in their actions, they are also proper for the contemplation of natural and divine things, they have little interior heat, and for that cause are abstinent, because they cannot digest much meat, so we may say, that those people, being subject to greatest sicknesses and vices, are also adorned with greatest virtues, where they are good. The people towards the North are cold and humid, neither so wicked, nor deceitful, they are faithful and true, yet because they are of a grosser wit and more strength, they are more cruel & barbarous, they have greater force and are stronger by reason of the thickness & coldness of the blood, they be very courageous for the great abundance of blood and smalller judgement, they have great heat in their interior parts and therefore eat well and drink better which is an unhappy vice. They are high in stature, great bodied, more beautiful, than those of the South, less given to the lust of the flesh, & less subject to jealousy which is a common vice to the people towards the East as Greeks' and Turks: or West, as Spain & such like countries. But principally the people of the South, from whom is come the use to geld men, whom they call eunuchs to keep their wives. Moreover, they who are towards the North are more laborious and given to arts mechanics, & more proper for wars, than sciences. The people betwixt the South and the North, as Italy, fance and such like, be almost of the Northern people's temperature, but somewhat hotter, they have less internal heat and force, than the Northern people, but more than they of the South, and therefore decide their quarrels oftener by reason, than force. Yet it is certain, that they of the West, draw more to the qualities of those of the North, like as those of the East, to the conditions of those of the South.  CO. 
How know you by the colour man's temperature. 
Galen. libr. de tuenda sanitate   LO. 
Galen saith those which are of colour somewhat red, yellow, or blue, be of a hot temperature, those which are black, white, or lead colour, are of a cold complexion, otherwise be the four colours, the red, the yellow, the black, & the white, the red is ordinarily sanguine, the black is melancholy, the yellow is choleric & the white is Phlegmatic.  CO. 
How know you man's temperature by the age,  LO. 
For as much, as there is a particular of the age, we will defer it, till we come to that chapter.  CO. 
By what outward marks know you every man's complexion?  LO. 
He of the sanguine complexion is fleshy, liberal, loving, amiable, gracious, merry, ingenious, audacious, given to Venus' game, red coloured, with divers other qualities, which showeth the domination of the blood, and it is hot and humid, & is in good health in summer, and in winter by reason of his humidity. The choleric is hasty, prompt, & in all his affairs envious, covetous subtle, hardy, angry, valiant, prodigal, lean, yellow coloured, and is hot and dry, & is in good health in winter. The Phlegmatic is fat, soft, 
Galen de placitis.  white, sleepy, slothful, dull of understanding, heavy, much spitting, & white coloured: finally his temperature essential or accidental is cold and moist, and in good health in summer. The Melancholic, which is either by nature or accident of colour livide and plumbin, and solitary, coward, timide, sad, envious, curious, avaricious, lean, weak, tardife, and so forth, and is cold and dry and are well in harvest. As touching the complexion of every age, you shall hear in the chapter of age, and for the complexion of every part of the body ye shall hear in the poor man's guide.   

The sixth Chapter, of Humours.  CO. 
Thou knowest that the most part of all sicknesses proceedeth and are entertained by some humour, and sometime by sundry humours together, therefore it is most necessary, that the Chirurgeon know perfectly the humours of our bodies, to the end he give the better order, for the curation of maladies, then tell me what is an humour.  LO. 
It is a thin substance, into the which our nourishment is first converted, or it is an natural Ius that the body is entertained nourished or conserved with.  CO. 
Whereof proceedeth the humours.  LO. 
Of the juice or chiles which is made in the stomach, of the aliment we are nuorished with, changed by the natural heat of the stomach and parts near thereto, thereafter brought to the liver by the veins mesenterics, and maketh the four humours which differeth in nature and kind.  CO. 
How many humours are there.  LO. 
There are four which represent the four Elements aswell by the substance as qualities, whereof every thing is made, Galen calleth them the elements of our body.  CO, 
which are the four humours.  Lo. 
The blood, the phlegm, the choler, and melancholy.  CO. 
What is the blood▪  LO. 
It is an humour hot, aerious, of good consistence, red coloured, sweet tasted, most necessary for the nourishment of the parts of our body, which are hot and humid, engendered in the liver, retained in the veins, and is compared to the air, as saith Galen.  CO. 
What is phlegmie. 
●. de placi●is.   LO. 
It is an humour cold and humid, thine in consistence, white coloured, when it is in the veins, it nourisheth the parts cold and humid, it lubrifieth the the moving of the joints & is compared to the water.  CO. 
What is choler.  LO. 
It is an humour hot and dry, of thine and subtle consistence, black coloured, bitter tasted, proper to nourish the parts hot and dry, it is comparrd to the fire.  CO. 
What is melancholy.  LO. 
It is an humour cold and dry thick in consistence, sour tasted proper to nourish the parts that are cold and dry and is compared to the earth or winter.  CO. 
How many sorts of blood are there.  LO. 
Two, natural and unnatural.  CO. 
How many ways degendereth the blood from the natural.  Lo. 
Two ways: first by some alteration or transmutation of the substance, as when it becometh more gross or more subtle than it should be, or else by adustion, when the most subtle becometh in choler, and the most gross in melancholy: secondly through unnatural proportion and evil mixion with the rest of the humours and then it taketh divers names as for example, if with the blood, there be abundance of pituit, such is called Phlegmatic, if the choler exceed, choleric and so forth in the rest.  CO. 
How many sorts of phlegmies are there.  LO. 
Two, in like manner, natural and unnatural..  CO, 
How many kinds of pi●●ite unnatural are there.  Lo. 
According to Galen there are four sorts. The first called vitrea, because this humour is like unto melted glass, it is cold, 
2. de differentiis febrium ca 6  and proceedeth of gluttony and Idleness, it provoketh to vomit, causeth great pain in the parts, where it falls as on the teeth and Intestines. The second is called the sweet phlegmie, because in spitting of it, it seemeth sweet, it provoketh the body to sleep. The third is called acide or bitter Phlegmie, because in spitting, it seemeth bitter, it is cold and maketh the body hungry. The fourth is salt Phlegmie, it maketh the body dry and thirsty. There are some, who make an other kind, called gipsei, because of the form and hardness it hath like lime called gipsei: it is often in the joints and is reckoned under the vitrea.  CO. 
How many sorts of choler are there.  LO. 
Two in like manner natural and unnatural.  CO. 
How many ways becometh the choler unnatural.  LO. 
Two ways, first when it spilleth rotteth and is burnt, and then it is called choler adust by putrefaction: the other is made of the mixture of the other humours.  CO. 
Into how many kinds is it divided.  LO. 
In four as saith Galen. The first is called vitellin, because of the colour and thick substance, 
Tractatu de atra bile & multis alijs locis.  it is like the yolk of an egg, it is engendered in the liver, and the veins, when by the unnatural heat, it dissipateth and consumeth. The second is called verricuse, because this colour representeth a wart, called Verruca. The third is called erugmous, because it is like the rust of Brass or Copper, called aerugo. The fourth is called the blue choler, because it is ble●e like Azure. These three last humours, as saith Galen are engendered in the stomach by the vicious meats, & of evil juice, which cannot be digested and converted into good juice.  CO. 
How many sorts of melancholy is there.  LO. 
Two, natural and adust.  CO. 
How many kinds of adust or unnatural are there.  LO. 
Two, the first is that, whereof cometh the humour melancholic, which is like the lees of blood, when it is very hot and adust, or by some hot fever, that the blood itself doth putrefy, as saith Avicen, and differeth from the natural melancholy, as the dregs of wine burnt, from the unburnt. 
14. Method.  Galen saith that humour, which is like the lees of wine, when it becometh more hot, it engendereth an humour against nature, called atra bilis, of the which no beast can taste. The second kind proceedeth of an humour choleric, the which by adustion is converted into divers colours, at the last into black colour, which is the worst of all.  CO. 
Knowing these four humours and their generation, we must know in like manner, that in our bodies their is concoction, therefore tell me how many kinds of concoction there are.  LO. 

Lib. de consensu medicorum.  There are three, as saith johannes Bacchanellus: The first is made in the stomach, which converteth the meat we eat into the substance called chile, in the which the four humours are not, but potentially, the second is done in the liver, which maketh of the chile▪ the mass sanguiner, ●s saith Galen. 
4. de usu partium.  The third is made, through all the body of the which are engendered the four humidyties which the Arabs call humours nourishing or elementaries, 
1. Cano. cap. 1.  as saith Avicen. The first hath no name & is thought to be the humour, which droppeth from the mouth of the veins. The second is called Ros, the which after it is drunken into the substance of the body, it maketh it humid, whereof it taketh the name. The third is called Cambium. The fourth is called Gluten and is the proper humidity of the similar parts.  CO. 
Have not these humours certain time, in the which they reign more than other, in man's body.  LO. 
Yes indeed, 
Com. in apli. 15. sect. 1. lib. 6. epide. Alexander apud pr●ble. 74. lib. 2.  for the blood reigneth in the morning from three hours until nine: in like manner in the spring time: The choler from nine in the morning, until three in the afternoon: as in Summer: the phlegm from three afternoon, until nine at night, as in autumn: the melancholy from nine at night, until three in the morning, like as in winter: and this is the opinion of Hipocrates and Galen as touching the humours.   

The seventh Chapter of members & parts.  CO. 
What call you members or parts. 
1. lib.   LO. 
Avicen speaking of members, saith, they are bodies engendered of the first commixtion of humours.  CO. 
How many sorts of members are there.  LO. 
Five, of the which the first is called principals, the second are members that serve the principal members, the third are members, that neither govern nor are governed of others, but by their own proper virtues, the fourth are members, which have proper virtues of themselves and also of others, the fift is called members excrementals & not proper members as others.  CO. 
How many principal members are there.  LO. 
Four, to wit, the brains, the heart, the liver, & the testicles: the first three are called principals, because by them all the body is governed, and without them, men can not live, the fourth, which are the testicles, is called principal, because without them, men can not be procreated, as saith Galen.  CO. 
Which are those, which serve the principal members. 
lib. de usu partium.   LO. 
The nerves serveth the brains, the arters, the heart, the veins, the liver, the instruments spermatickes, the testicles: by the nerves the spirit animal is carried through all the body, the spirit vital is carried by the arters, the veins serve to carry the blood through all the body, as also to bring the chiles to the liver, the instruments spermaticke for the bringing and casting forth of the seed.  CO. 
Which are the members, which neither govern, nor are governed of others.  LO. 
The bones, the cartilages, membranes, glans, tendons, ligamentes, fattee, simple flesh and so forth.  CO. 
Which are those, which have proper virtue of themselves, and also of others.  LO. 
The belly, the kidneys and the matrix,  CO. 
Which are the members called excrementous.  LO. 
The nails and the hair.  CO. 
Are the members no otherwise divided.  LO. 
They are divided into parts similars and dissimilars.  CO. 
Which are the parts similars.  LO. 
The bones, nerves, arters, flesh and so forth, and are so called, because the less part of them hath the same name that the whole hath. 
Galen. lib. de differentijs morborum. cap. 3.   CO. 
Which are the parts dissimilars?  LO. 
The ear, the eye, the leg, hand foot etc.  CO. 
Why are they called dissimilars?  LO. 
Because when they are divided, they lose the name of the whole, as the membranes of the brains are not called the brains, nor the membranes of the eye, the eye, and so forth in other dissimilar parts.   

The eight Chapter, of Virtues.  CO. 
What call you Virtues?  LO. 
They are the cause whereof proceedeth the actions or powers as saith Galen.  CO. 
How many virtues or faculties are there.  LO. 

1. De facultatibus naturalibus.  Three, to wit, animal, vital, and natural, and those virtues have a certain sympathy one with another, for if one be hurt, all the rest suffer with it.  CO 
What is animal virtue?  LO. 
It is that which cometh from the brains, and sendeth the sense and moving through all the body by the nerves.  CO. 
How many sorts of virtues animals are there?  LO. 
Three, to wit, motive, sensitive and principal.  CO. 
Wherein consisteth the virtue motive.  LO. 
In the instruments that move voluntarily, as the muscles and nerves.  CO. 
Wherein consisteth the virtue sensitive.  LO. 
In the senses extern & intern.  CO. 
Into how many is the virtue sensitive extern divided.  LO. 
Into five, seeing, hearing, tasting, smelling, feeling.  CO. 
What is the virtue sensitive interior.  LO. 
It is a virtue that correspondeth to the five external virtues, by one organ only, and therefore is called sense common.  CO. 
Wherein consisteth the virtue principal.  LO. 
In imagination, reasoning and remembering  CO. 
May these three virtues be divided severally one from another.  LO. 
Yes, because one may be offended without another, which showeth them to have divers seats in the brains particularly.  CO. 
What is the virtue vital.  LO. 
It is that, which carrieth life through all the body.  CO. 
How many sorts of vital virtues are there?  LO. 
Two, to wit, virtue vital active, that is in doing operations, and virtue vital passive, in suffering operations.  CO, 
What is the virtue active?  LO. 
They are those virtues which dilateth the heart, and arters, as chanceth in mirth and love.  CO. 
What is virtue passive?  LO. 
They are those virtues, which constraineth and bindeth the heart and arters, as happeneth in melancholy, sadness and revenge.  CO. 
What is the virtue natural?  LO. 
It is that which cometh from the liver, and sendeth the nourishment throughout all the body.  CO. 
Into how many is it divided.  LO. 
Into four, the first in attraction of things proper, the second in retaining that, which is drawn: the third, in digesting that, which is retained: the fourth, in expelling that, which is hurtful and offendeth.  CO. 
Do all these four virtues their operations at once.  LO, 
No: for first attraction is made, then retained until perfect digestion be made, lastly virtue expulsive, casteth forth all things hurtful to nature.   

The ninth Chapter, of actions and operations of virtues.  CO. 
What call you actions of virtues.  LO. 
They are certain affections or movings actives proceeding of virtues.  CO. 
How many sorts are there?  LO. 
Three, like as of virtues, animal, natural, and vital.  CO. 
Seeing the difference is not great betwixt virtues and operations of virtues, it is superfluous for the present to insist further in that matter.   

The tenth Chapter, of spirits,  CO. 
What are spirits.  LO. 
They are a substance subtle and aerious of our body, bred of the part most pure and thin of the blood, sent through all the body, to the effect, the members may do their proper actions.  CO. 
In what parts of our body abound they most.  LO. 
As saith Andreas de Lorraine, they abound in the heart and arters, in the brains and nerves. 
In his dissections.   CO. 
How many sorts of spirits are there.  LO. 
Three, animal, vital & natural.  CO. 
What is the spirit animal.  LO. 
It is that which remaineth in the brains, of the which a great part is sent to the eyes, by the nerves optics, some to the ears and divers other parts, but most to the eyes, therefore, those who have lost their sight, have the other virtues more strong, the which caused Democritus & other Philosophers put out their eyes, 
Democritus.  to the end their understanding might be more clear.  CO. 
Is the spirit animal brought through all the nerves substantially.  LO. 
No, but only by the nerves optics, because they have manifest hollowness, and not the rest.  CO. 
What is the spirit vital.  LO. 
It is that which is in the heart and arters, and is made of the evaporation of the blood and of the air laboured in the lights by the force of vital heat, and thereafter is diffused through the members for the conservation of the natural heat.  CO, 
What is the spirit natural.  LO. 
It is that which is engendered in the liver, and veins, and there remaineth, while the liver maketh the blood, and other operations natural, the use of it is to help the concoction.   

The eleventh Chapter, of things annexed to natural things.  CO. 
Seeing we have amply discoursed of natural things, and the number thereof, it shall be needful in this place to know how many things are annexed to natural things.  LO. 
Four, to wit, age, colour, figure, & kind.  CO. 
What is age?  LO. 
It is asps or part of our life, 
Avicen de complexione cap. 3.  in the which our bodies are subject to divers & many mutations.  CO. 
Thou knowest, that all things which are created, if they be material, should have an end, & that there is nothing under the heavens, except the soul of man, but is subject to corruption, and change, as all philosophers do grant, as Aristotle, Hypocrates and Galen do testify, 
Arist. de along▪ et brevitate vitae. Hippo. lib. 1. de dieta. Galen. lib. 1. de sanitate.  and it is certain, that we from our birth are subject to divers alterations, therefore tell me into how many divers apparent mutations have our ancients divided the life of man?  LO. 
In that there is found great controversy, for the Egyptians and pythagoreans were of the opinion, that there were so many ages, as there are signs in an hundredth years, thinking a man to live only a hundredth years, & every seventh year, we may perceive some notable change, besides the particular change in every sign, both in temperature of the body, and manners of the mind. The most part of our late writers are of the opinion that the natural course of our life, endureth fine special mutations, which they callages, to wit, Infancy adolescency, young age, man's estate, and old age. The infancy is hot and humid, but the humidity surpasseth the heat, and lasteth from the hour of our birth, till thirteen years, and is governed by the Moon, as saith Ptolomeus. In this time a man is subject to many griefs and diseases, as fever, the flux, 
Ptolomeus lib. 4. juditio.  Worms in the belly, the stone, aposthumes, and such like. The adolescency is hot & humid likewise, but the heat beginneth to surpass the humidity, the voice beginneth to grow great in men, and the paps in women, it lasteth unto 25. years, which is the time prefixed for the growing in height in this time they incur many diseases, and chief the Sciatica as saith Gordonius, 
Gordonius.  and it is governed by Mercury, who formeth the manners, & wit. The third age is youth▪ which is hot and dry, more hot than dry, and lasteth till 35. years, subject to hot fevers, frenzies, and divers other diseases, and is gowerned by Venus, which engendereth great cupidity of lust. Man's estate is most temperate of all, and lasteth until 50. years, and neither augmenteth, nor diminisheth, in this time men are subject to hot fevers, flux of blood, pleurisy, lethargy, frenzy, and such like, and is governed by the Son, 
Ptolomeus.  who is author of wisdom and gravity; Then cometh old age, which lasteth the rest of our life, yet it may be divided into three, first green age, and is prudent, full of experience, fit to govern commonwealths, & lasteth till 70. years and is governed by jupiter, author of wisdom & counsel then beginneth, the second part of old age, accompanied with many little discommodities, the heat almost decayed, & is cold and dry, like plants, which becometh rotten, and decay, this time is subject to many diseases, as Epilepsy, Lethargy, Numbness, and such like as saith Gordonius, and is governed by Saturn, 
Gordonius.  and is full of sloth, dull, froward, & uneasy to be governed. Lastly followeth the third part of old age, which is called Decrepit, unto the which as saith the Prophet Royal, happeneth nothing, but grief and sorrow, all the actions, both of body, and spirit, are weakened, the feeling groweth remiss, the memory decayeth, the judgement faileth, and so returneth into infancy, whence proceedeth the Proverb, bis pueri senes. This old age is set down in the XII. Chapter of Ecclesiasticus. Some add the fourth kind of old age, called senium ex morbo. Although that our ancients, have described the ages by years, yet I am of the opinion, that the ages should not be divided according to the number of years, thinking, that thereupon should depend, youth or old age, but rather after the temperature of the body: for all men, that are cold, and dry, I call them old, so there be many old folk of 40. years, and many young of 60. There is a complexion, that waxeth soon old, an other later, those of the sanguine complexion, are long in growing old, because they have much heat & humidity. The melancholicks waxeth soon old, by reason they are cold, & dry. As touching the sex feminine, it becometh old sooner, than the masculine. 
Hipo. Lib. de partu.  Hipocrates reporteth, that women in the mother's womb are form in seven months, & in like space grow slolier than men, but being born grow faster, & sooner wise, & become sooner old, for the feebleness of the body, & fashion of life, being for the most part idle, & there is nothing, that bringeth old age sooner than sloth, & want of exercise.  CO. 
Whereof proceed the colours.  LO. 
Of the just proportion of the humours, which rule & govern in man's body, as if there be a just proportion of the 4. humours, the colour is red, if abundance of melancholic humour, it is livide & black, if abundance of choler, the colour is citrine & yellow, if phlegm, the colour is white & pale.  CO. 
What is figure, or habitude.  LO. 
It is a thing, that showeth the temperature, whereof the body is composed.  CO. 
How many sorts of figures are there.  LO. 
There are 4. the first is called quadrature, which is of good temperature. The second is crassitude, or thickness, and showeth exceeding heat, and humidity. The third extenuation, which is hot, and dry. The fourth is very fat, proceeding of exceeding coldness & humidity.  CO. 
What is sex.  LO. 
It is nothing, but a distinction betwixt man, and woman, the man is of a hot temperature, and the woman, and eunuchs are cold.  CO. 
Is it a general rule, that all men are hot and women cold.  LO 
No for Galer saith, 
Lib. de pul●ibus.  that it is poss●ble to find women of more hot temperature than men, but seldom, and sow end natural things, wherein consisteth the constitution of man's body.    

THE SECOND TREATISE of unnatural things, the consideration whereof is most needful for the preservation of health, and containeth six Chapters.  


Of the air. Chapter. 1  
Of meat and drink. Chapter. 2  
Of moving and exercise Chapter. 3  
Of sleeping and waking. Chapter. 4  
Of repletion and evacuation. Chapter. 5  
Of perturbations and passions of the mind. Chapter. 6   CO. 
Having spoken sufficiently of natural things which are proper for the constitution of man's body, now in like manner it is necessary to follow out those things which are called unnatural things, and conserve the body, if they be rightly used, and if otherwise, they destroy the nature and health of man's body, as saith Avicen Prince of the Arabians, and therefore are called unnatural things, of the which I would gladly know the number.  LO. 
They are six, to wit, the air, that goeth about us, the meat and drink we use, the motion and rest of our bodies, the sleeping and waking, the repletion, and evacuation, and the perturbations of the mind.   

The first Chapter, of the air.  CO. 
Seeing the air is so needful unto us, that no health may be maintained, nor no defection cured without the same: as we see by the continual inspiration that all living creatures draweth for their refreshing, as also for the regendring of the spirit animal, in like manner, the air may alter our bodies in three manners, to wit, by the quality, by the substance, & by the sudden changement, as ye shall read at more length in the poor man's guide: and is no less profitable and necessary to our life then respiration, and without respiring we cannot live one moment, as saith Galen. Therefore I would know of you what air is.  LO. 
It is the matter of our respiration. 
6. method et 8. de placitis Hippocratis et Platonis.   CO. 
How many sorts of air is there.  LO. 
Two, to wit, that which is good and that which is evil.  CO. 
What call you good air?  LO. 
That which is pure, clean, thin, exempt from evil inspirations, deep valleys, clouds, rotten smells, far from stanckes, mosses, caverns, carrions and all corruption, upon knows, such air is best against all sicknesses, as well for the preservation of the health, as curing of sicknesses, as saith Cardanus. 
Lib. de difficultate spirandi   CO. 
What is evil air?  LO. 
It is that which is contrarious to the other, thick, rotten, near hills, mosses, stankes, dubbes, the sea, and towns that be low and close, infected with evil savours, or situated betwixt two hills or places, where passeth the filth of towns, also that which is nebulous and cometh from stinking breaths, also by the celestial influence as saith Hypocrates: in like manner that which is exposed to the south wind, and the air which is enclosed in close houses for certain time, which becometh mouldy and putrefied, because every thing that is hot and humid and wanteth eventilation, becometh putrefied, great towns near the sea, as often we see in the end of Summer and Autumn, great maladies and dangerous, sometimes the plague, as writeth Cardanus, 
Lib de subtilitate.  for it entereth into our bodies by the mouth and nose, when we respire, of the which, often are engendered maladies very difficile.  CO. 
Whereof proceedeth the variety of the qualities of the air?  LO. 
Of three things, like as of Regions or Countries, of winds, and of the situation of the place where we are.  CO 
How proceedeth the variety of the air by Countries.  LO. 
There are some which are evil tempered, and others well tempered, according to the Climate, where they are situated, like as under the pole Arctic and Antarctic the far distant sun beams, which maketh the temperature extreme cold, for the which it is inhabitable, yet there are some habitables, like as Scythia and other such Countries, under the equinoctial Line, the intemperature is so extreme hot, because of the right reflection of the Sun, especially between the circle Arctic & Cancer, like as in the Antarctic and Capricorn, the air is more temperate, chief in the midst, according to the approaching of the Sun, as we see in the four seasons of the year. Cardanus saith, that those Countries which are mountainous, 
Lib artis paruae  are most temperate, and that a man may live an hundredth years, in such places. Pliny saith, that men, beasts and trees are far stronger, and more barbarous in hilly parts, then in other parts, and that for their great liberty. Those which dwell in low parts and valleys, are more effeminate, as saith Titus Livius.  CO. 
Seeing the air is so necessary for the curation of maladies, is there no way to alter and accommodate it by art to the sickness?  LO. 

6. epidemiorun.  Yes verily, and for this cause Hypocrates counseleth in maladies cronickes, to change the air and country, and in maladies commitialles, to change the air, country and nurture. 
5. therapeuticorum.  Galen counseleth those who have ulcers in the lights to dwell at Rome, because there the air is very dry: in common sicknesses we help the air somewhat by Art, like as in fevers, which are hot and dry, we choose a house which is cold and humid: divers windows for the eventilation thereof, or winds made by Art, also by casting cold water through the house, by spreading and strawing of flowers and branches of trees which are cold and humid, like as violets, roses, wild vine berry trees and such like: also beware to have many people in the chamber, as counseleth Cardanus. 
Lib. 5. ar●●s paruae.  But when the sicknesses are cold and humid, as fevers putrefied, catarrhs, hydropises, tumours pituitous, we choose houses which are hot and dry. Also to spread and straw flowers, herbs, branches of trees, which are hot and dry, as camomile, sage, lavender, marierome, spinnage and such like. Under the signification of the air in this place, we understand all manner of winds, little and great, the which is most necessary to be considered, because they do not only alter and change the body, but also the spirit. It goeth by the nose to the brain, by the mouth to the heart, by the pores of the skin, and moving of the arters through all the body, it furnisheth the aliment to our spirits, for this cause the divine Hypocrates noteth, that the good and evil disposition of our spirits and humours dependeth of the constitution of the air and winds. For we see where there is great trouble & variety of winds, the people are arrogant, difficile to be governed, and very cruel.  CO. 
Seeing that of the wind these accidents fall, let me know what is Wind.  LO. 
Hypocrates saith it is no other thing, but an unstable motion of the air, the which being stirred by some motion, it purgeth,  CO. 
What nature is it of?  LO. 
It is hot and dry, like as it is made of an exhalation hot and dry.  CO. 
How many divers sorts of winds are there?  LO. 
There are four principal, to wit, Eurus from the East, hot and dry: Zephyrus from the West, cold and humid: Auster from the South, hot & humid, putrifactive, it passeth by the sea Mediterrane: Boreas from the North, cold & dry, resisting against putrefaction. Arist. attributeth two collateral to each of these four, 
5. meteorum.  & so in all maketh 12. some make two and thirty, like as the Mariners, but the exact contemplation of these matters, is not much requisite in a Chirurgeon Bodin saith in his common wealths, that the winds make great variety in us, for in countries where the wind is violent great, the people are turbulent in spirit, and there where the wounds are not so violent, the people are of a more quiet spirit.  CO. 
What mean you by situation or place.  LO. 
I mean as to be situated towards the sea, stanks, dubbs, mosses and such as you have heard, also those who have no other aspect, but either to the South which is humid and putrifactive, or to the West, which is cold and humid. Also to be dwelling in ground which is fat, the air is hot and humid, and in ground that is full of Sand, hot, and dry, and in Marsh ground and Fens, cold, and humid, or in Stony ground, which is cold and dry. Titus Livius saith that the places change the nature of our bodies, as those which dwell in Mountains differ from those which dwell in low places, also saith he those places and Countries which are fertile, the men are ordinarily Cowards, given to lust, the Countries and places barren, the people are more hardy and ingenious, quick spirited. Arist saith those that dwell in cold Regions, are proud, cruel, and barbarous in their manners, very strong, in hot countries they are wise and more fearful, those which dwell in low Marsh Countries, are dull, sleepy, the which proceedeth of the disposition of the air.   

The second Chapter, of meat and drink.  CO. 
Seeing the aliment is no less to be considered for the preservation of the health, than the air, it is necessary to know what is aliment with the divers sorts thereof.  LO. 
Aliment is that, which augmenteth and nourisheth our bodi●●.  CO. 
How many kinds of aliments are there.  LO. 
There are divers sorts, like as flesh, fishes, herbs, fruits, corn, drink, natural & artificial, condimentes simple and compound.  CO. 
Are they all used after one intention.  LO. 
No, they are of divers natures and must be used in divers manners, according to the temperature of the body, as writeth Cardanus. 
Lib. 1. de sanitate tuenda.   CO. 
What sort of nurture ought we to use most commonly.  LO. 
That which nourisheth well, engendereth good juice, of the which Galen his writing in his books of the faculty of Aliments, and in the book of Conservation of health, as also Hipocrates in divers places..  CO. 
In the using of Aliments, how many things are there to be observed.  LO. 
Nine, to wit, the goodness, the quantity, the quality, the use and custom, the appetite, the order, the hour, the age and time of the year.  CO. 
First then we must consider, that he who would have his body entertained in good health, must use meats of good nouriture, then tell me what is Aliment, which engendereth good juice.  LO. 
It is that which is light of digestion, that nourisheth well, maketh little excrements and engendereth good blood as saith Cardanus, such as Capons, Partridges, Larks, Veal, 
Lib. de sanitate tnenda.  Mutton, Kids, yolks of eggs, some kind of fishes, but few as saith Cardan. good wine, bread of Wheat that is neither too new nor too stolen, as saith Avicen. 
3. lib. de sanitate tuenda.  Also good Ale, that is old, clear, well sodden, taken moderately, for otherwise the fume and vapours of it, 
25. lib. cap. 57  are more dangerous than that which cometh of wine.  CO. 
Have the ancient mediciners spoken any thing of this of drink.  LO. 
Galen nor Hipocrates have made no mention of it, the Arabs have esteemed much of it and invented divers ways to make it yet far differing from the manner we use in making thereof. Avicen and Auerois who have written at large of it, say that it hath the virtue to quench the thirst, provoketh sleep, and tempereth the body.  CO. 
Which are the Elements which engender evil humours.  LO. 
All that are of evil digestion, like as Bacon, yet nevertheless, Galen greatly commendeth, for the similitude it hath with human flesh, yet it is found by experience that the great use hereof, causeth Leprosy, because Swine amongst all other beasts are most subject to that sickness, for this cause saith Tertullian and Baptist Mantuan that Moses did forbid it to the jews, because they were already subject to that sickness, as writeth Arist. In like manner salt Beef, Hearts flesh, Hairs, Rams, Goats, Geese, and all sorts of water Fowls, Cheese, Fruits, all sorts of legumes, all sorts of bread, excepting bread of wheat, are wrireth Galen. 
Lib. de bono & malo succo.  As for the propriety of every sort of aliment ye shall hear at length in our treatise, entitled the poor man's guide.  CO. 
What meanest thou by the quantity of meat.  LO. 
That we never eat more than contenteth nature, 
2. aphoris.  and not according to appetite, as saith Hipocrates let never a man, who would live in health, fill himself too full of meat, nor be slow to exercise and travel, and in so doing he shall sieldome be sick, so some old writers saith that we should eat to live, but not live to eat, as many do now a days, like as the half of the people doth burst with morning drinks, desiune, dinner, afternoons drink, supper, and collation: so that they give no leisure to nature, to digest that meat, the which wracketh their bodies, and offendeth God by such Gluttonye: The other half of the people is half hungered, who worketh and travaileth sore, yet we see they live longer, and is less subject to sickness.  CO. 
Is there always just measure to be observed in meat.  LO. 
No but in whole folks, we use according to their temperature, in sick folks in like manner, according to the diversity of the sickness, Galen counseleth in long sicknesses, 
Lib. ad glauco.  the sick shall use the diet more large, and in short sicknesses, the diet shall be meaner, when the sickness is in chief force, they must use a very spare diet, 
5. aphoris.  yet as saith Hypocrates it chanceth oft times greater accidents of over straight a diet, 
Lib. 1. sanitate tuenda.  nor of a more large diet. Cardan is of the opinion to eat little at once, for the Concoction is made the better, so there remaineth little Superfluities and excrements, Plutarch, Pliny, and Macrebius, are of opinion that one sort of meat simple is best; & of most easy digestion.  CO. 
What dost thou observe touching the quality of meat.  LO. 
In whole folks according to their temperature, in sick folks according to the diversity of the sickness, in Children aliments that are hot and humid, in hot sicknesses cold meats, in cold sicknesses hot meats and so forth in others.  CO. 
What dost thou observe touching custom or use.  LO. 
The custom should be observed, for as saith our ancients it is a second nature, we see that which is accustomed although it be not over good, yet it is better. Therefore if we change, it must be done, by little and little, 
9 aphoris.  as saith Hipocrates I have often seen men become sick in other Countries, chief for the changing of the aliments, 
Lib. 2.3. aphoris.  in like manner Hipocrates saith what we have appetite unto, we should eat it, although it be worse, than that we have no appetite to: for it is better saith he, because the stomach doth digest it more quickly & better, than that which we take unwillingly.  CO. 
Thou knowest that good order is to be observed in all things, but chiefly in meat and drink, for the great effects that ensueth thereof. therefore tell me what order should be used in eating and drinking.  LO. 
Cardan counseleth to eat that first, which is easiest to be digested, otherwise we force our stomach, 
Lib. de sanitate tuenda. Lib. de victu in morbis acutis.  yet the humides first, Hippocrates counseleth to use light things in the morning, to open the Belly, and such things at Night, as nourisheth the Body, also it best to eat before drink, for the digestion is wrought, the better.  CO. 
Is there any time observed when a man should eat and drink?  LO. 
I● is always best after some exercise, but to eat moderately, chiefly when we are hungry, the exercise helpeth digestion, and augmenteth the natural heat, in sick folks the time is observed, according to his custom and force of the sickness, yet in the beginning of the access, it is not best to eat or drink, except in great necessity for lack of strength: soon after meat go not to write nor read, nor use no profound meditation, for that deturneth natural heat which should be occupied to digestion.  CO. 
What observe you touching age.  LO. 
I observe in children aliments humides are best, for in using of dry meats, you dry up the body and hinder the growing: to young men, who are exceeding hot and dry, use aliments of contrary qualities, like as to old men, which are cold and dry, we should use meats, which heateth & humecteth the parts solid, in like manner the young should eat oftener and more, because they have abundance of natural heat, old on the contrary, for lack of natural heat. Hypocrates saith in his Aphorisms old men fast easily, next, those which are in manly age, next, adolescency and young men, but least of all, children.  CO. 
What distinction make you touching the time of the year?  LO. 
In winter which is cold and humid, we must use meat hot and dry, like as roast, and in greater quantity: drink little & good. In the spring time, which is hot and humid, eat less and drink more, but weaker: use meats of good suck. The Summer which is hot and dry, we use meats cold & humid diminish the eating and augment the drink more than in the spring. The Autumn, which is cold and dry, we begin to cat a little more, and drink less then in Summer or Spring time: & so we follow the mutation of the time, by meats and drinks which are of contrary qualities.  CO. 
What is drink?  LO. 
It is a liquor appeasing the thirst & mixting the meat in the stomach.  CO. 
What is thirst?  LO. 
It is an appetite of a thing cold and humid, for the drink doth humect and refresh either actualment presently or potentially to come. Pline saith hot drink is contrary to nature, we must not drink so soon as we sit down to the table, for it moves and augmenteth the Cat●ars, also there is nothing more evil for Cat●ars nor to drink when we go to sleep. Here we must observe in drinking, that we drink never so much, that it it swim in the stomach, as those do, who drink for pleasure, of whom Crinitus maketh mention saying that the first draft quencheth the thirst, the second maketh a man joyous, the third maketh him drunken, the fourth putteth him clean out of his senses, Macrobius make mention that eating do make a man quiet and drink causes him clatter, drink moderately taken hath three offices, the first it helpeth the digestino, the second is to mingle the meats, third is to bring it to the Liver, veins, and arters, and there is two sorts of it, the one nourisheth, like as wine, beer and ale, the other doth not nourish, as water   

The third Chapter, of moving and exercise.  CO. 
What mean yau in this place, by moving.  LO. 
All kind of voluntary exercise, as labouring, running, riding, playing, wresling, leaping, dancing, fencing.  CO. 
Do these exercises bring any commodity to our bodies.  LO. 
In right using of them there cometh great commodity, and in ill using great and perilous accidents. Hipocrates saith, who desireth health, let him not be dull to labour, for a man may not be healthful if he travel not to dissipate the excrements of the third digestion, 
Lib. de lusu pile.  that is much recommended by Galen, but he blames all exercise that moves the body unequally.  CO. 
What particular commodity have we of exercise.  LO. 
It helpeth the natural heat, it quickeneth the spirit, it openeth the pores of our bodies, whereby the excrements are consumed and wasted, it comforteth all our members, it confirmeth the inspiration and other actions of our bodies.  CO. 
What time is most meet for exercise.  LO. 
It is best before meat or long time after meat for the stomach, being full of meat it hindereth the digestion, Fuchius reporteth that the Scholars of Almain, 
Lib. 2. compen medicine.  play immediately after meat which causeth them to full of humours, crudities, scabs and ulcers, Hypocrates saith that labour, 
6. epidemior.  meat, drink, sleeping, playing, and women ought to be moderately used, like as all other exercises, the exercise should be afore, or long after meat, as ye have heard, when the digestion is perfect in the stomach and veins, if otherwise it be used, there gathereth abundance of crudities and choleric humours, the exercise duly done purgeth the body of many excrements, the exercise ought to be done in this manner, after ye rise in the morning, ye shall walk a little, to the end, that the excrements of the first digestion may fall into the intestinies, and those of the second into the bladder, that done, spit out all in the mouth, throat, & stomach, wash the hands, face, and rub it with a rough cloth, to cause it to exhall and dissipe the vapours.  CO. 
What sayst thou touching rest.  LO. 
Like as exercise duly used hath great force for the conservation of health, so on the contrary much rest, not only dulleth the principal instruments of our bodies, but also the mind, it maketh many crudities, and thereupon great abundance of evil humours, 
De morborum causis cap. 5.  Galen reckoneth idleness to be cause of many cold maladies, as also the Mother of many mischiefs, the which were too long to recite in this place.   

The fourth Chapter, of sleeping & waking.  CO. 

Lib. 1. simptomatuum causis Paul. agineta.  What is sleep.  LO. 
Galen saith it is a rest & quietness of the body, and chief of the spirits and faculty animal.  CO. 
What is the cause of sleeping. 
Lib. 1. Hip. lib. de in somnijs.   LO. 
The chief cause is in the brains, when the vapours ascendeth thereunto, and by the coldness of the brains, those vapours are changed into humours, the which closeth the conducts of the nerves.  CO. 
What things doth provoke sleep.  LO. 
All such things as maketh abundance of vapours, like as wine, ale full of barm, milk, 
Card. lib. 1. de somnis.  and all things that are moist and cold, and commonly after meat, vapours ascendeth to the head, and so provoke sleep.  CO. 
Do all men sleep like quantity.  LO. 
That is according to the temperature of the person, for some sleep longer, some shorter.  CO. 
What space is ordinarily required for men to sleep.  LO. 
Seven hours, eight hours, some Nine as Galen saith. Pliny saith that in sleeping we spend the half of our time, 
6. de tuenda valetudine cap. 5.  it dulleth the head, it hindereth to digest the crudities, it gathereth abundance of excrements it hebeteth and maketh gross the spirits of old folks and children, it rety●●● the excrements, in sleeping cover well they head & feet, for cold of the extremities is very contrary to those that hath the brains cold & humid, 
Aristto.  Pliny in the 7. of his natural history said that Epimenides did sleep in a cave the space of Fifty 7. year being wearied & by the heat of the sun, yet when he wakened he thought to have slept but on day.  CO. 
What time is most meet to sleep.  LO. 
Hippocrates, Aetius, and others are of the opinion to walk on the day & sleep in the night, for that is the institution of nature, also the sleep should begin two hours after supper, such time is most meet for the digestion of our meats, for by sleep the natural heat is in the centre of the body. Sleeping on the day filleth the brains full of humidity, also it hindereth the concoction of the which cometh ganting, ri●ting, winds, heaviness of the members, chief of the head, & divers sicknesses, as catarrhs, 
Lib. de contradicent ●us ●edicorum.  Cardan counseleth to sleep in the day, but meaneth of such folk that doth not rest in the night  CO. 
When men go to sleep, Which side should they lie on.  LO. 
First on the right side, because the meat go more easily to the bottom of the stomach, thereafter on the other side. no ways on the face, for that causeth defluxions in the eyes, as saith jesus: nor on the back, for that maketh heat in the rains, 
Lib. de oculis.  apoplexy, the maire, the gravel, and divers other accidents: in no wise, the hands under the head, as some do, for that causeth defluxion of humours on the lights: sleep not soon after meat.  CO 
What is to be observed in sleeping, of sick folks?  LO. 
Hypocrates saith, 
In Aphorismis  those sicknesses wherein the sleeping is painful, esteem them to be dangerous & mortal, if not painful, 
Lib. de somnijs  it is a good token.  CO 
Is it needful to observe dreams in sleeping?  LO. 
Cardan saith, dreams are not to be neglected, because sometime, by that we know the affections of the humours, which demaineth: as for example, the sanguine dreams are merry, the choleric dreams are fiery, the melancholic sad, the phlegmatic cold, for they think they see rain and snow in their sleep.  CO. 
What meanest thou by waking?  LO 
Waking should be moderately used, for much watching corrupteth the brains and the good temperature, it debillitateth the senses, altereth the spirits, moveth crudities, alterations, 
3. Aphorismorum.  heaviness of the head, resolution of all the body, dissipateth the natural heat. Hypocrates saith, that sleeping and waking if they be excessive, they are evil & perilous, so mediocrity is best in all things. The cause of waking is dryness & heat of the brains, it drieth the habitude of the body, & so much touching sleeping & waking.   

The fift Chapter, of repletion & evacuation.  CO. 
Thou shalt understand, that repletion, plenitude & abundance is all one matter, therefore I would know how many kinds of repletion there is.  LO. 
There are two, to wit, in quantity and quality.  CO. 
What mean you by repletion in quality.  LO. 
I mean, when the quality of the meat excee●eth without the humours.  CO, 
What mean you by quantity?  LO. 
I mean, when meat drink and humours are in so great quantity, that nature cannot overcome, and it is called excess or satiety, of the which come infinite maladies.  CO. 
How many kinds are there hereof.  LO. 
Two, to wit, the one of meat, called Satietas of the Latins, & the other of the humours.  CO. 
Is satiety of meat otherwise divided.  LO. 
It is yet divided in two, to wit, the one is called satietas ad vasa, that is, when the stomach and veins are so full, that it maketh them over large, as happeneth to them, who are always eating and drinking in such quantity, that they are constrained to vomit it up again, these people are more worthy to be called beasts, than men, for that not only offendeth God, but wracketh their own bodies. The other sort of plenitude is called satietas ad vires, which is, when there is so great abundance, that the virtue, force nor faculties of our bodies can not govern nor digest.  CO. 
Tell me what the quality of repletion of humours is.  LO. 
It is when all the humours or one alone exceedeth & demaineth such as are good and loweable.  CO. 
How callest thou it, when all, and when one only demaineth?  LO. 
When all, it is called plethore by the Greeks', and plenitudo by the Latins; & when only one or all domene as the vicious domains, it is called cacochynne or juice vicious, either of the choler, phlegm or melancholy  CO. 
What is evacuation or inanition?  LO. 
It is an outdrawing and taking away of the humours, which domains and molesteth our bodies, which are evacuated either universally or particularly.  CO. 
Which are the universal evacuations?  LO. 
Those which are done by purgation, urining, bleeding, vomiting, scarification, exercise, friction, bathing, medicaments, digerents, hemerhoides, menstruous purgations, also by the act venerean, in like manner by abstinence of meat, but that is done by accident.  CO. 
Tell me after what manner the evacuation universal is done.  LO. 
By purgations, and by medicamentes catartickes accommodated to every kind of humour by things diuretics, by vomitors, by things which provoketh spitting and divers others, which I leave to the learned mediciner. Phlebotomy, how it is done, when, and after what fashion, ye shall hear at length in the sixth Treatise, like as of frictions, The body is evacuated by the immoderate act of Venus, like as divers other mischiefs ensueth thereupon▪ 
jesus lib. de oculis.  and first of all, it is hurtful to the eyes, and all the organs sensitives, to the nerves, the thorax, the neirs, and parts near to the neirs, and divers other parts of our bodies, 
Paulus Aegeneia.  and maketh men forgetful, provoketh the gout, & dolours nephreticks, & divers diseases of the bladder, bringeth soon old age, consequently death, it doth hurt, immoderately used not only to man, but to all animals, Pliny telleth of two that died suddenly in the act venerean, women are always better disposed, as saith Hypocrates▪ Notwithstanding the Bishop of Illerden in Spain, in his book entitled Consilium fraternitatis, reporteth that in his time a woman complained to the King of Arragone, that her husband did know her 30. times a day, and her husband confessing the same to the King, was commanded upon pain of death not to have company with her above six times a day, lest the woman should thereby be in danger of her life▪ wherein saith he, we are not so much to marvel at the ability of the husband, as at the complaint of his wife seeing the verse saith▪ Et lassata viris nondum satiata recessit. And also in the thirty. Chapter of Solomon's proverbs: Three things are insatiable, and the fourth is never satisfied. But because such as delight in this pastime will formalize, as also because the usage hereof is sometime profitable to the Chirurgeon, I will not altogether condemn it, but like as I have set down the incommodities▪ so shall you hear the commodities hereof according as some learned men have written. 
Lib. 1. cap. 15. Haliab Les. li. 5  Paulus Aegineta saith, the usage of Venus moderately used, maketh the body more agile & quick, it softeneth the instruments being hard, it openeth the conduits, it purgeth the phlegm, and is profitable for all passions phlegmatics, for heaviness of the head, it driveth away anger, sadness & melancholic passions, imaginations nocturnals, it procureth appetite, Aetius saith, it is a work of nature, 
Lib. 3. cap. 8.  and so being moderately used, it is good, if the parties be hot and humid, it evacuateth the sperm, for otherwise it should become in some quality venomous: so it delivereth man of great evils, of the which Galen speaketh. Hypocrates saith, 
6. de locis affectis.  that the first act of Venus ceaseth many great sicknesses: so these are the commodities of Venus moderately used. Abstinence also evacuateth the body, both in sick folk and whole, but by accident as ye have heard, the which is done two ways, the first, when ye neither eat nor drink at all, and that is called abstinence: secondly when we take meat, but not so much as is needful, for conservation of the virtue, and that is properly called diet.  CO. 
Which are the particular evacuations?  LO. 
When the brains are discharged by the roof of the mouth, and evidently by the nose, by the eyes and ears obscurely, the lights by the trachearter, the stomach by vomiting, the intestins by the fundament, the liver, the melt, the kidneys and the bladder by the urine, the privy parts of women by purgations natural▪ of the which, some are done by the gift of nature, some artificially if need be, as in others: of the which ye shall hear at more length in my book of women's diseases.   

The sixth Chapter, of perturbations and passions of the mind.  CO. 
Arist. divideth the mind into two parts, to wit, the part of reason & the other without reason, and it is subject to divers passions, therefore tell me what thou callest passion of the mind.  LO. 
It is a suffering of the mind by the just course, the which maketh maketh marvelous mutations in the body, and therefore most necessary to be marked, because of the great chances, which ensue thereupon, 
Cap. 5. de animalibus.  as we may perceive by the authorities of Arist. who saith the motion and perturbations of the mind, bringeth great motions and mutations to the natural heat. In like manner Hipocrates and Galen show that many die by the motions and perturbations of the mind: 
●●●idimiorū. 〈◊〉 simpt. causis cap 5. & ●. method.  for the perturbations of the mind either d●lateth or comprimeth the heart, for the which the vital spirits are either cast forth by the dilatation of the heart, or else contained by the great compression hereof, among the which joy, hope, love bringeth the spirits outwardly, sadness and fear, bringeth inwardly to the centre in divers manners as ye shall hear.  CO. 
How many such passions are there.  LO. 
There are many, but here I will reckon those which are most common, like as mirth, sadness, fear, anger, shamefastness, envy, hatred, hope, 
Mirth.  love.  CO. 
What is mirth.  LO. 
It is an affection of the mind conceived of a thing good, and pleasant, by the which the blood and spirits are sweetly spread, for the present goodness, by the dilatation of the heart, if it be great, and last any space, there often cometh death, because the heart is destitute altogether of blood. Arist reporteth of a woman named Policri●a, that she died for joy, also● Phillippides a writer of comedies being contending with an other, and overcoming his neighbour, beyond his expectation, 
Lib. 9 cap. 12.  died for joy, Valerius Maximus wr●teth of two women, one Chilo● a Lacidemonian, and Diagore, a Rhodian. that they died for joy, for the return of their sons, as also, because they had overcome their enemies in the wars▪ Gellius telleth of one Diagoras, who when he saw his three Sons Crowned at Olympus for their virtue, died for joy, embracing them in the presence of the whole people. These accidents happen oftener to women, then to men, because naturally they have the heart more cold, and fewer vital spirits, therefore the few spirits dissipateth soon and so die. In like manner fainthearted men, yet joy moderately used doth many good things in us, fi●st it refussitateth the spirit, it helpeth the concoction, and all the habitude of the body, it fortifieth the virtues animal, much laughing is hurtful to young children, 
Sadness.   CO. 
What is sadness?  LO. 
It is an affection that revoketh the natural heat inwardly, toward the centre of the body, but at great leisure it presseth the heart, and drieth up the body, that hardly the spirit vital can govern as before, or if any be, it is so feeble, that it can not go with the blood, through the rest of the body, so consumeth the body, it becometh atrophy and lean, and causeth death. Cicero writeth, saying, it were great good among men to live without eating or drinking, 
Ad Atticum.  but it were a greater good, if men could live without melancholy, because the meat we eat, doth but corrupt the humours of our body, but sadness and melancholy doth consume both flesh & bones, & also gnaweth the entrails, of the which divers die. Pliny saith, 
Lib. 7. cap. 36.  that one Petrus Rutillius after he knew that his father had a repulse of his petitions, died for sadness. Also Marcus Lepidus, after his wife was divorced from him, died. In like manner Hely high Priest of the jews, and divers other, which were too long to repeat. Also Antonius Bonevenus de abditis morborum caus●s sayeth of a boy that died for fear, by seeing of two men clad in black in going to the stool and so died 8. days after about the same hour, as do the most part.  CO. 
What is fear?  LO. 
It is a motion, that revoketh the spirit to the centre, to the heart by the arters suddenly, which suffocateth the natural & vital heat, it causeth trembling, sometime the belly looseth, and death ensueth, so I find, that fear maketh the same accidents, that melancholy doth, but grreater in short time, it draweth the blood and spirits to the heart, the visage groweth pale, the extremities cold, with universal trembling, the voice is intercepted with great palpitation of the heart, it being suffocated, by the great abundance of the blood, and spirits, that it can not move liberally. Galen saith this passion happeneth oft to women and people of cold temperature. 
5. De Symtomatum causis,  Zenophon assureth that the great torments of fear is more vehement than all present adversities. divers learned men have affirmed that men have grown white in 25. years, only by the apprehension & fear of death.  CO. 
What is anger?  LO. 
It is a sudden revocation of the spirits to the external parts with an appetite of revenge: or it is an ardent heat or ebul●sion of blood done in the heart, with desire of vengeance: whereof come evil accidents, this inflameth the whole habitude of the body, causeth fever, because by the inflammation of the heart, the spirit and blood are troubled, likewise the brains and nerves, of the which cometh Frenzy and divers other accidents: it bindeth the heart & lights. 
Shamefastness   CO. 
What is shamefastness?  LO. 
It is a movement of our body next to anger, by the which one knowing and suspecting his own fault, 
Haliabbas. li. 5.  would be angry with himself, seeing the judgement of others: in this passion the blood returneth in & suddenly out, so the cheeks become redsome dye. Pliny saith that one Diodorus professor of dialectic, having propounded to him a question, and not answering it as he should, died for shame. Valerius maximus reporteth of Homer, that he died for shame, because he could not resolve a question propounded to him by fishers. 
Envy.   CO. 
What is Envy?  LO. 
It is a triste oppression of the heart, angry at the felicity of some other man. 
Hatred.   CO. 
What is hatred?  LO. 
It is an old habitude malicious, bred of anger, by the which the heart would revenge the injury. 
Esperance.   CO. 
What is hope?  LO. 
It is a motion by the which the heart desireth the good future, it openeth and dilateth it, like as joy for the present good.  CO. 

love.  What is love?  LO. 
It is a fervent motion, by the which the heart desireth ardently, & endeavoureth to draw to it, a good, assured and apparent, not much different from hope, except the love is more ardent.    

The third Treatise of things altogether contrary to our nature, which containeth three Chapters.  CO. 
We have discoursed sufficiently of natural things, whereof our body is composed, as also of unnatural things, which may alter our bodies not being duly used, here we intent to speak of thing? which are altogether contrary to our nature▪ and destroy it: for the which cause Galen calleth them things contrary to nature, 
2. De temperamentis et 1. de Symptomatum causis.  therefore let me know what things those are, which are altogether contrary to our nature, & how many they are in number.  LO. 
They are three Malady, cause of malady, and Accidents of malady.  

The first Chapter, of Malady.  CO. 
Seeing thou sayest that the first of the three things contrary to nature is Malady, then tell me the definition thereof.  LO. 
It is a disposition against nature, that hurteth manifestly the operations of the body.  CO. 
Then tell me what is health?  LO. 
It is a constitution according to nature, which maketh the actions of our body perfect.  CO. 
How many kinds of maladies are there?  LO. 
Three, to wit, Intemperi●, Evil confirmation, and Solution of conti●●●nitie.  CO. 
What is Intemperie?  LO. 
It is a malady in the similar parts digressing from the own temperature.  CO. 
How many ways is that done?  LO. 
Two ways, to wit, either by the simple intemperie, by the abundance of a humour only, as cold, hot, moist, or dry.  CO. 
What is Evil confirmation?  LO. 
It is a vice in the parts organicks, either in the figure, magnitude, or situation, as for example, that which should be naturally right, is obliqne & so forth, as if a part were augmented or diminished contrary to nature: in like manner in the number of parts, as if a man had six fingers, or four, also in the situation or collection, as if parts naturally joined were disjoined, as happeneth in dislocations,  CO. 
Which is the third kind of malady?  Lo. 
Solution of conti●●itie both in the similar and organicke parts, which hath divers names according to the variety of the parts where they are.   

The second Chapter, Of the cause of Malady.  CO. 
What is the cause of Malady?  LO. 
It is some affection, which maketh sickness, of the which some are externes, some internes.  CO. 
Which are the externes?  LO. 
They are called procatarticks or primitives, as strokes, falls, shot and such like, or evil nourri●●r.  CO. 
Which are the internes.  LO. 
They are two, to wit anticedents, and coniunct.  CO. 
Which are the causes antecedents.  LO. 
Evil humours in the body.  CO. 
Which are the causes conjunct.  LO. 
It is that which maketh the sickness presently, and is always with the sickness, and where the sickness is not, it is absent.  CO. 
How cometh the cause of malady.  LO. 
There are some, we have from the Mother's womb, and from the parents, which we call maladies heriditaries, some do engender after our birth, as by the regiment of life, strokes, and falls, as you have heard.   

The third Chapter, of accidents and Symptoms.  CO. 

Lib. de simpt. differentijs.  What is accident or Symptom.  LO. 
Galen saith that symptom is any thing, that chanceth to man, by nature, so the causes intern of sicknesses, may be called Symptoms.  CO. 
How many kind of Symptoms are there.  LO. 
Three, to wit, the first is when the action is offended, which may be done three ways, that is either abolished, diminished, or depravated, as for example, in blindness, the sight is abolished, dimished as suffocation as happeneth in the beginning of Catarack, depravated as for a certain time, as in changing the simple affection of our body, or the whole habitude from one extremity to another, as the natural heat into inflammation, the scabs of the flesh into leprosy, the third is in the vice of the excrements, by immoderate retention, or expulsion as the Hemorhoides, the purgations of women, the urines, these or any of these retained, or evacuated, overmuch maketh great accidents and so we end this treatise.    

THE FOURTH TREATISE OF tumours or aposthumes against nature in general which contains XIII. Chapters. Written by Peter Low arellian Doctor in chirurgery, and Chirurgeon ordinary to the King of France and Navair.  


Of tumours in general. Chapter 1  
Of Phlegmon. Chapter 2  
Of furuncle. Chapter 3  
Of Anthra● or Carbunele. Chapter 4  
Of gangrene or h●stiomen. Chapter 5  
Of Sphasell. Chapter 6  
Of tumours bilions. Chapter 7  
Of Herpes. Chapter 8  
Of tumours petuito●s. Chapter 9  
Of flat●ons tumours. Chapter 10  
Of ●●heor●ma, ste●tema, & mellericeris. Chapter 11  
Of melancholic tumours. Chapter 12  
Of Cancer. Chapter 13    

The first Chapter, of the causes, signs, and curation of Aposthumes in general.  COinteret. 
Now it is neceslarie we come to the exercise of chirurgery for the more sure understanding of the same, wherein we will begin at tumours er aposthumes against nature, demanding first of you, what is an aposthume. 
Definition.   LO. 
It is a disease composed of three divers maladies, to wit, 
Galen. 2. ad Glan. cap. 7.  evil complexion in the similar parts, evil composition or constitution in the instrumental parts, & dissolution of continuity in both similar & instrumental parts, offending the actions of the member where it is. 
Cause.   CO. 
What is the cause of Apostumes?  LO. 
Some are generals, and some are specials.  CO. 
Which is the general cause?  LO. 
Either fluxion or congestion.  CO. 
What is fluxion. It is a moving of the humours of the body to some certain part, the which either by the quantity or quality or both together, may not be received by the part without offence. 
Galen lib. 13. method. cap. 5. & 6.   CO. 
Which are the causes of fluxion?  LO. 
They are double, to wit, either in the part or parts that send or in the part or parts that receive.  CO. 
How is the fluxion made in the part that sendeth?  LO. 
When the faculty retentive of the part is overcharged with humours, which offend either in quantity, quality, or both, for then the part dischargeth itself, by the virtue expultrix, chief when it is strong, also when the part that sendeth, hath connexion with the part that receiveth, or when the part that receiveth is inferior to the part that sendeth, or if the said parts have any sympathy together, as the stomach with the brain.  CO. 
Which are the causes in the parts, that receive?  LO. 
They are divers, as weakness, not having force to repel or drive them elsewhere, the vessels and conduits large, where the matter doth pass, or else because it is soft in substance and so easy to receive: sometime for the dolour, which maketh attraction of the matter from the parts near to it, or great heat which draweth and provoketh fluxion.  CO. 

Galen lib. 2. de differ. febr. cap ultimo & ca 7. de curatione p. sanguinis missionem & 6. epedemiorum.  What is congestion?  LO. 
It is a mass of matter contrary to the nature engendered of the superfluities of the third concoction, of the aliment and food which are distributed for the nurture of the parts of the body, which chanceth when the aliment is not so digested, as it may well be appropriated to the part, which should be nourished.  CO. 
Which are the causes of congestion?  LO, 
They are either imbecility of the faculty concoctrix of the part, that it can not digest that, which is sent to it by nature for the nurture of it, or imbecility of the faculty expultrix, that can not expel the superfluities, that resteth commonly in the parts▪  CO. 
By what means know you the tumours made by fluxion and congestion?  LO. 
The tumours made by fluxions are with great dolour, redness, pulsation, and make the degrees faster, than the other, which are done by congestion. Those which are done by congestion, g●owe little and little, and do diminish in like manner, when they come to their declination.  CO. 
Which are the special causes of aposthumes?  LO. 
Three to wit, primitive, 
Haly abbess lib 8.  antecedent, and coniunct.  CO. 
Which are the primitive causes?  LO. 
They are external causes as falls, strokes, and other external violences, which move the humours of our body, also great heat of the air, or meat or drink, taken over hot or over cold.  CO. 
which are the causes antecedent?  LO. 
They are internal not known as the precedents, the which engendereth not only the malady, but also entertain such as the humours naturals offending in quantity or quality, also the intempetature, feebleness and evil confirmation, dolour of the parts.  CO. 
Which are the conjunct causes?  LO. 
The conjunct is the matter gathered together in the place, & is so called because it is with the sicknesses and nourisheth it. with the disposition of the member.  CO. 
Which are the general signs of aposthumes. 
Signs general   LO. 
Tumour or swelling in any part otherwise than the natural disposition, offending the action, also difference of the parts, which should be like to other dolour and heat.  CO. 
By what signs know you every kind of tumur. 
Signs.   LO. 
Either by the colour, intemperature, hot, cold, hardness, or softness, dolour, tension, mordication, as also by contimation of the fluxion, for first the colour is like the humour, as if it be red it is of the sanguine humour, if white, of pituite, if black, of the humour melancholic, if yellow, of choler. Further if there be heat, it signifieth, either sanguine, or choler, or some burnt 〈◊〉 or if cold, watery or windy, it signifieth the humour pituit●ous or melancholic. 
Galen 14. meth cap. 9 Com. 2 3 apho lib. 1. prog.  Hardness with-dolor, signifieth phlegmon, if without dolor●schir. If softness without dolour it signifieth Edema, tension betokeneth great repletion of wind, if mordication, it signifieth the acrimony of the humour that maketh the tumour.  CO. 
How many sorts of aposthumes are there. 
Difference.   LO. 
Two, hot and cold.  CO. 
Which are the hot.  LO. 
Those which proceed of blood and choler.  CO. 
Which are the cold.  LO. 
Those which come of phlegm or melancholy.  CO. 
Which are those that proceed of blood.  LO. 
phlegmon, Carbunculus, Phimus, Phigetlon, T●rminthon, Fermiculus, Gangrena, Authrax, Tuberculus, Opthalmia, Schinancia, Bubo.  CO. 
Which are those that come of choler.  LO. 
Eresipelas, Herpes, Formica, and Empetigo.  CO. 
Which are those which proceed of the petuite.  LO. 

Galen lib. tumour. contra naturam cap. 5. & 13. motho. cap.  Oedema, all windy aposthumes, Atheor●ma, Steotema, and Mellericeris, As●ites, Lenchophlegmatia, bronco caele.  CO. 
Which are those, that come of melancholy.  LO. 
Schirrus, Cancer, Leprosy, Dracunculus, Warts, Claws, Thimus, Morphea nigra & alba: of all which we will hereafter entreat particularly in several Chapters, at this present it shall suffice to know, that they proceed of the four humours. 
judgement.   CO. 
What judgement give you of tumours.  LO. 
I give some to be curable, some dangerous, some dolorous, some long in healing, and some to be mortal.  CO. 
Which are curable.  LO. 
Those which are in the parts musculous and bodies of good temperature. 
Gal. ad Glanc. cap. 4. & lib. 1. & 4. method.   CO. 
Which are the dangerous.  LO. 
All those, which do penetrate internally in the body, and those, which are very large not pointed, as saith Hipocrates, and and those, 
1. prognostic. Gordon perti. 1  which are in parts very sensible.  CO. 
Which are the dolorous.  LO. 
Those which are in the parts nervous, and membranous, and are engendered of a sharp and biting humour.  CO. 
Which are long in healing.  LO. 
Galen saith that those, which happen in rich and delicate persons, because they refuse fit remedies for the curation of such tumours, also all that are hard and in evil disposed bodie● and hydropicks, Elephanticks, all such as are long in healing▪  CO. 
Which are mortal.  LO. 
Those which are venomous, or taken the course inwardly towards the noble parts, or those which are in the noble parts. 
Degrees.  How many times or degrees have the aposthumes. 
Gal. lib. de totius morbi. ca 3. & cap. 1. de morbo. temporibus. Aetius lib. 4.   LO. 
Four, to wit, the beginning augmenting, state or vigour, and declination.  CO. 
What is the beginning.  LO. 
It is when the tumour doth first appear and beginneth to swell.  CO. 
What is the augmentation.  LO. 
It is when the tumour groweth more and more, as also the accidents.  CO. 
What is the state or vigour.  LO. 
It is when neither the tumour nor accidents grow, but remain in one estate.  CO. 
What is the declination. 
Aetius lib. 4. cap. 31.   LO. 
It is when we perceive the tumour, and also the accidents to disminish with a dissipation of the humour, either by resolution, or supuration.  CO. 
What is resolution?  LO. 
It is the evacuation of the humour by the pores of the flesh insensible to us.  CO. 
What is suppuration?  LO. 
It is a virtue which maketh the humour gathered in the place, into matter: so all aposthumes do either end, by one of these two determinations, or else by induration, or corruption, so in all there are but four termination, the best is resolution in the beginning, the worst corruption, but supputation is better, than induration.  CO. 
Which are the signs of these terminations?  LO. 
The signs of resolution are lightness or ease of the member tumified, diminution of dolour, pulsation, and tension, 
Paulus lib. 4. cap. 17. & come. aphor. 47. lib. 2.  with itching in the part. The signs of supputation, are dolour, pulsation, augmentation of heat, and fever, with eminent tumour. The signs of induration are diminution of tumour, and the accidents precedent, with a manifest hardness. The signs of corruption are diminution of feeling of the dolour, with change of the colour, and so becometh by little & little black, and evil savoured.  CO. 
What is the general cure of aposthumes? 
Cure.   LO. 
Are for the cure we must vnderstaned that either the tumour or swelling is in making, or is already made, for the which cause, we have two intentions, the one to stay the fluxion of the humour to the place, 
Galen 13. method▪ cap. 2.  the other evacuate the humour gathered in the place.  CO. 
How stayest thou the fluxion?  LO. 
First I consider if it come of plenitude of all the body & then I stay it by letting blood, if the region, 
Gal. ad Glan. ca 2. & lib. 3. met. cap. 4.5.6. & cap. 9 de curatione per sanguinis missionem & 5. meth cap. 3.  air, time of the year, & strength of the patiented do permit, after the form ye shall hear in the 7. treatise: also by bathing, exercise, unctions degerants, and abstinence. In like manner if cacochymy or plenitude of humours, I heal it by vomiting, purgations and Clysters. If through imbecility of the part, I fortify it, by meet remedies, if by the situation which is lower, I situate the part in such fashion that the part offended is higher, than the whole. If dolour be the cause, I stay it, by using anodine remedies, as ye shall hear in the sixth treatise. If great heat, I stay it by cold things. 
Gal. lib. 5. simplic. cap. 19 Gal. lib. 13. method. cap.  I stay and deturne the fluxion, by scarifications, ventousing, cornets, horshleaches, strait binding, frictions, & such like.  CO. 
By how many ways do you fortify the part?  LO. 
By three ways, that is, by cold and humid things, or cold & dry or cold and stiptic, so any part may be delibated three ways, that which is relaxed with heat & humidity, must be comforted with cold & dry things, the hot & dry, is healed by cold & humid things. If 〈◊〉, and openness of the pores, it is cured by things cold and stiptic.  CO. 
Which is the se●ond intention.  LO. 
It doth consist in evacuating, that humour, which is made, to the end the member may return into his own estate. 
Galen lib. 14. method. cap. 1.4.5. Gal. lib. 1. prognost. & come. aphor. 35.   CO. 
How is evacuation done.  LO. 
Two ways, first by driving the humour to some other part, as to repel it inwardly, also in fortifiing the member.  CO. 
When shall repecussives be used?  LO. 
In the beginning, & that aswell on the sore, as about it, but that which is on the sore, must not be so astringent, nor corrobaritive, as that which is about it.  CO. 
How many kinds of repercussives ere there?  LO. 
There are divers, for some be cold without astriction, like as bol armenie, plantine, the stone hermatite: some be▪ hot, as galls, red wine, nuts of Cypress, wormwood, mastic and such like.  CO. 
Are they not otherwise divided.  LO. 
Guydo of G●lea● doth divide them into proper & common: the proper, as oxycrate, solanum, bol armenie, wormwood 〈◊〉, & such like: the common, as whites of eggs, mallows, oil of Roses, camomile, mastic white colyrium & such like.  CO. 
How shall these divers sorts be used?  LO. 
When the matter is hot, the repercussives shallbe cold, and when it is cold, they shallbe hot. 
Gal. lib. 14 method. cap. 3.   CO. 
Are repercussives indifferently used in all sicknesses?  LO. 
There are ten exceptions wherein the propers are not used: first, when the matter is in the emunctoirs of the noble parts, secondly if the matter be venomous, thirdly being thick & evil to remove, four when it is very hard impacted in the place, fifthly, when it happeneth in the crisis of a sickness, sixtly, when the matter cometh of a cause primitive, Seventhly in a body, plethoric, eightly when the part is weak, and the body destitute of force, ninthly when it is in the noble parts, tenthly when it is with vehement dolour, and in that we use anodynes, and not repercussives.  CO. 
How is the second intention done?  Lo. 
By evacuting, that which is done in ●he place, and that by resolving, and discutient medicaments, and evaporatives, that are meanly hot and humid: likewise by drawing emplasters, by sucking, ventousing ' incision of the part grieved, as saith Avicen; but yet in both the evacuations, we must regard the quantity and quality of the matter, which the tumour is composed of, as also to the nature of the place. where it is, for we must not cure those, which proceed of blood, as those which come of phlegm, choler, or melancholy: also we must respect the nature of parts, 
Gal. ad Glanc, cap. 2.  for we must use other remedies in soft & humid parts as the flesh & glanss, than in hard & dry parts, as nerves, ligaments, 
Gal. lib. 7. method. cah. 13. & ca 7▪ lib. 4. method.  cartilages & bones. We must also have respect to the parts of the body, for some are simples, others composed, some of one temperature, some of another, so the remedies must be used to the part. We must also respect the confirmation of the part, for some are hollow without, or within, some are soft, 
Gal. 2. ad Glan. Gal. 7. metho. cap. 1●.  easy to receive fluxion: in like manner we must regard the communications of the veins one with an other, also to the commodity of the conduits, to expel the excrements, as also to the virtue of the place, for some are sensible, some not, as also the diversity of the parts for some are noble parts as the brain, heart, & liver, 
Gal. artis paruae cap. 9  which send the virtue through all the body by the nerves, arters, & veins, others do serve the principal parts, without whose action we cannot live, like as the stomach, the kidneys, bladder and sundry others. 
●●len. lib. 2. ad G●aue. cap. 2.  In parts that are sensible, we must beware to apply medicines that lose & resolve 〈◊〉 or to apply any thing that is of a strange qualitie● and venomous.  CO. 
Are there no other things to be considered in the cure of tumours?  LO. 
We take our indication according to the diversity of the tumour.  CO. 
How many sorts of tumour are there?  LO. 
Four, some are hard, some soft, some inward, & some ulcered.  CO. 
What remedies use you in these apostumes?  LO. 
In hard apostumes, we use remedies, that soften, and have a hot and somewhat dry virtue, we use no resolutives in such tumours, by reason the matter waxeth hard like a stone: the soft are cured by hot things, that resolve and open the pores: the ulcered apostumes, like as formica, are healed by cold things: the inward are cured, by diminishing the matter, with bleeding, purging and other general remedies, abstaining from all strong drink, violent exercise, & perturbations of the mind, like as anger, fear, and the rest, which ye have heard in the treatise of unnatural things: the rest of the cure pertaineth to the judgement of the expert Chirurgeon, 
Antonius Beveuenius. Hollerius. Marianus sanctus.  using such remedies, that soften and make ripe, as cassia fistula, treacle, and solanum, which have great virtue to resolve hidden apostumes, as writeth Hollerius and Marianus sanctus.  CO. 
If the apostumes end not by resolution, induration nor corruption, but by suppuration, what is to be done?  LO. 
It must be opened.  CO. 
By how many ways?  LO. 
Two ways, either by themselves, or help of the Chirurgeon?  CO. 
Which are opened by themselves?  LO. 
Those which are hot, eminentes, soft and tender skinned.  CO. 
In what time do they open?  LO. 
Some in ten, fifteen or twenty days, some in forty or threescore days: 
Hipp. 2. progn.  but according as we apply fit remedies, some open sooner, and some are longer in opening.  CO. 
Which are those, which are opened by the help of the Chirurgeon?  LO. 
Those which are hard, large and thick skinned, cold, and in bodies evil disposed, in parts membranous and the emunctoires.  CO. 
How many ways helpeth the Chirurgeon?  LO. 
Two ways, either by canter actual, potential, or by incision.  CO. 
How many ways maketh the Chirurgeon his incision?  LO. 
Three ways, in length, breadth, and circular.  CO. 
What mean you by the length?  LO. 
When it is according to the rectitude of the muscles, nerves & membranes, to the end, the action of the part may be preserved:  CO. 
When by the breadth?  LO. 
When we have intention, to destroy the action of the part, as in spasme, or convulsion, 
Cornelius Celsus.  we cut the nerve or muscle overthwart, to save the rest, for better it is, that one member be debilitated, then to lose the whole body.  CO. 
When use we incision circular?  LO. 
When the cavity is great, to the end the matter may evacuate the better.  CO. 
You have answered to me sufficiently touching apostumes in general, I would have you hereafter particularly to entreat of every one of them by themselves, beginning at those which proceed of blood, and first with Phlegmon, because it is most common, 
Galen. 13. meth cap. 1.  and causeth many divers accidents, thereafter, follow out the rest in order, aswell general as particular, so at our next meeting, we will entreat of wounds after the same method.   

The second Chapter, of Phlegmon.  
PHlegmon is a tumour against nature, engendered of defluxion of blood in divers parts of the body, 
Definition.  but most commonly in the soft parts, and is of colour red, sore, hard, inflamed, 
Galen. 14. method. cap. 1.  accompanied with fevers and divers other accidents. Of it there are two sorts, the true Phlegmon is engendered of natural blood, being in any part more than is needful for the use thereof, the other cometh of unnatural blood, altered by some change, as by mixtion of one or more of the other humours with it, 
Differ●●●●.  so according to the domination of the humour, it taketh the name, as for example, if the choler domaine amongst the blood more than the rest of the humours, the tumour shallbe called phlegmonerisipelatus, and in like manner in the rest, as phlegmon edematus or schirrus, so Galen saith, that the humours are seldom found alone, 
Lib. de differentijs morborum. cap. 12.  but mixed together. The cause is triple, primitive, antecedent, and coniunct. The primitives are external and first motives, as great usage of meats, which engender much blood, 
Cause.  also all those things which may move the humours and provoke fluxion, falls, strokes, breaking of the bones, contusion, heat, excessive labour and such like. The antecedant cause ● great superfluity and abundance of blood, offending either in quantity, quality or both, intemperie, evil confirmation, and dolour of the part. The cause conjunct or continent, is the blood or matter affixed in the affliged part. The signs, are inflammation, 
Signs.  redness, hardness, fever, dolour, and pulsation chief, it being in maturity. 
Gal. 13. meth. cap. 1. Haliabbas. lib. 8.  The judgements, the small ones do often resolve, the great ones do often aposteme, sometime degender into great sicknesses, according to the evil disposition of the body and parts, 
judgements.  where it chanceth, as mortification and schirre. Sometime it returneth to the place it came from, as in the emunctoires of the noble parts. As for the curation, it shall be reduced to four points, according to F●chius and Togatius, 
Cure.  the first in good diet of life, secondly in staying the humour, that floweth to the place, thirdly in evacuating that which is in the place, four in correcting the accidents, which often chance, as saith Galen. As touching the first, which is good diet, as saith Galen, 
Com. 3. epidemiorum.  it shall be observed in six things not naturals, which shall be cold, contrary to the humour, which is hot, sometime it shall be cold and humid, and if it be with fever the humour, that floweth, shall be diverted by taking away the cause, as repletion of the evil humours, by bleeding, 
Gal. 13. meth. cap. 6.  purgations, and also by strengthening the part, if it be debille, also by frictions, ventouseing and binding: The humour shall be evacuated in divers ways, according to the degrees of the apostumes, as in the beginning, we must use repercussives, as whites of eggs, oxycrate, rose and plantain waters, cataplasms of bol armenie, terra figillata, bark of pomegranate, henbane, oil of roses, unguent of roses, album rasis, diacalcitios or populeon. For the augmentation, which is the second degree, we use repercussives and resolutives, like as mallows, plantain, roses, wormwood, barley flower, oil of camomile, oxicrate, powder of roses, and myrtle, sodden wine called sapa, rose water, vinegar, saffron, of which things, you may make cataplasms, lineaments, fomentations, as you shall find expedient. In the vigour, we use repercussives and resolutives in like force, like as mallows, parietary, althaea roasted under the ashes, oil of roses, camomillis with a little bean flower. In the declination, we use only resolutives: Avicen counseleth to soften a little, which shall be done with fomentations of althaea, origan, line seed, fenigrec, flowers of camomile, roses, which things shall all be sodden in white wine mingled with a little barley meal and honey, unguent of aragon, martiatum, or agrippa de althaea, de melil●to, or diachilon parvum. We correct the accidents, which is the fourth point, as dolour, which must be appeased by all means, for the great accidents, which often do ensue. For the which we use oil of roses, wax and wine sodden together, as counseleth Galen. Also cataplasms of white bread and milk, water, oil of roses, violets, or camomile, or anise seed, or sweet almonds, yolks of eggs with a little saffron, in like manner the flowers of mallows, camomile, and melilot sodden in wine, putting thereto a little barley flower and goose grease, line seed, also unguentes of roses, and populeon. If these things be not sufficient, we take the leaves of henbane, poppy roasted under the ashes, and tempered with the juice of sorrel, and houseleek, put to it a little hens grease, and saffron. 
Gal. lib. 1. simp. cap. 6. Gal. 13. meth. cap. 6  If the matter take the course inwrdly to some noble part, we remedy it by application of ventouses, cornets, frictions, strait ligatures, and such like. If the matter come to a disposition schirrus, we must use medicaments, that soften. & digest, as ye shall hear in the Chapter of schir. If ●t tend to putrefaction it shallbe helped by deep scarifications, cataplasms made of bean flower sodden in vinegar and honey, and such other remedies, as ye shall hear in the Chapter of Gangrene. Oftentimes this tumour tendeth to suppuration, 
Lib. 4. cap. 17.  which we know as saith Paulus by the great swelling and redness of the place, eminent, great heat, dolour, pulsation, and fever, and such like: those things being perceived we pass from resolutives to suppi●atiues, as to foment the place, first with hot water or oil, 
Gal. 2. ad Glan. cap. 7. & lib. 5. suplic. cap. 8. & aphor. 22. lib. 1  also with honey and water called, Hydreleon, making a cataplasm with wheat flower sodden in Hydrel●on, putting to it a little fresh butter, calves grease, Hens or Goose. Also you may make a suppurative of Lily roots Sorrell, Parretarie, and Mallows, sodden in Hydrelion put thereto a little flower of Fenegreck, Lyu-seede oil of Lilies with a little sour leaven, after it is taken of the fire, put to it two yolks of Eggs, this sort of remedy appeaseth well the dolour, for the same effect, we use the emplaster called Dilachilon magnum or Basilicon. The suppuration made we know by the diminution of the accidents, and the tumour which is pointed, also with pressing on it with the two thumbs we find it soft, with great inundation. 
Pau. lib. 6. cap. 34.  Then if it open not shortly of itself, it must be done by a ruptor or lancet, otherwise it waxeth hollow and putrefieth within. In the opening of it, there are three tules to be observed as ye have heard in the general Chapter. 
Gal. 13. metho. cap. 5.  Here we must observe, that the incision be made in the inferior part, 
Gal. aphor. 27. lib. 6. Celsus lib. 7. cap. 2.  the matter must not be evacuated at one time; make the incision the length, eschewing nerves, sinews, veins and arters, and not by the breadth, as saith Avicen. When it is opened, we use the yolk of an egg, with a little Turpentine & oil of Roses, for a certain space thereafter honey of Roses or syrup of Roses, 
Lib. 1. cap. 26:  mundificative de apio apostolorum, or my mundificative set down in the poor man's guide, or any other thing, that munifieth, sometime we add a little egiptiac, specially to those which withstand the former remedies, the ulcer cleansed, we mix with a little Turpentine and Honey some powder of Irish aloes, and thus, or some little aureum with these powders, thereafter the emplaster of Diacalciteos, or red desiccative and such like, so the ulcer healeth.   

The third Chapter, of the tumour Feruncle or Dothine which proceedeth of Phlegmon.  
WE have spoken in the general Chapter of divers tumours, which come of the sanguine humour, as Phigethton, Phinia and divers others, but by reason, they may be cured by the general r●r● of Phlegmon, we let them pass▪ and speak of the rest beginning at F●runole, called by the Grecian Dothene. Furuncle is a tumour sharp pointed, with inflammation and dolour, chief when it groweth to matter, and is engendered of a thick 〈◊〉 or in the soft parts, 
Definition.  and groweth commonly to the bigness of a doves egg, and is for the most part in the skin. 
Celsus lib. 5. Cause. Paul. lib. 4. ca 23.  The causes are external or internal, the internal is abundance of blood, the external is in the vice of the skin, also the suppression of the purgations in women, & wearing unaccustomed clothes: also by sudden taking a cold air after a great heat, 
Hip. lib. de humidorum usu. Cure.  or vehement heat, immediately after cold. The cure first consisteth in general remedies as purgations and bleeding, next lay on it a little Diachilon, with hens' grease or Basilicon, Galen counseleth to c●●we wheat in the mouth fasting and lay on it. If it be deep and much inflamed, 
Lib. tumo. contra naturam.  oftentimes it degenerateth into Anthrax and Carbuncle. and in that ease, it must be cured, as ye shall hear in their proper Chapters.   

The fourth Chapter, of Anthrax or Carbuncle.  
WE must understand, that there is no difference between Anthrax and Carbuncle, saving that Anthrax is the Greek word, & Carbuncle the Latin word, and is so called, because it burneth the place where it is like coals. Carbuncle is properly defiined to to be a p●stule inflamed black, 
Definition.  burning the place, where it is sore, with many blisters about it, as if it were burned with fire or water. 
Gal. tougastius.  The cause is divers according to the sundry kinds thereof: 
Cause.  the cause of the simple Carbuncle is an Ebullition of blood, thick and bot, where it falleth in any place, it burneth, & maketh ulcers, with a scale on it, accompanied with great inflammations and dolours. 
Signs.  The signs of the simple are those, 
Cel. lib. 5. ca 8.  there appear many little black Pustules, not eminent, sometime pale, and grow suddenle red with great inflammation about them, the place is harder than it ought to be, the sick looseth appetite, and coveteth sleep, accompanied with cold sweats and fevers. The signs of the maling are, vomiting continually, want of appetit●e, trembling, sounding beating of the heart, the face waxeth white and livide. The iugdmentes are, if it happen near the stomach or throat, 
judgement.  it hindereth the respiration as saith Celsus. That which ripeth and cometh to matter is good, that which appeareth and goeth away with Fever is mortal, that which is first red, ne●t yellow, is not evil, as saith Avicen, that which is first pale, and afterwards black, is evil, all those which are in the emunctions of the noble parts▪ are most dangerous. The cure consisteth in universal and particular remedies, 
Cure.  the universal are a good diet of life, which shallbe called and humid like unto the regiment in Phlegmon, resisting always to the malignity of the humour, his drink shallbe made with sirupt of Lemons, acetosis s●plicis, capilli veneri, granatorum, bluglossi, with water of the said things: use always the tabletts of the margarite frigid, conserves of Roses, and bugloss, bol armenie and terra sigillata, and ivory in powder, the opiates which shall be made of the same ingredientes, are made of syrup of Lemons and Treacle, using rhis epitheme on the noble parts Rec. aquae scabiosae, rosarum nenupharis an. 2. unc. aquae buglossi 1. unc. trechiscorum, rasis, camphor●● an. 1. unc. corallorum rubrorum 1. drag. di. triasandali & boli armenici an. unc. 1. croci & aceti par●um, fiat epithema. Use clysters, and bleed much as counseleth Galen and that in the same side usque adavimi defectum. The particular remedies are these, first we make deep scarifications, and it with water and salt, 
Paulus lib. 4. cap. 25.  called aqua marina, we lay horseleeches on the scarifications using a cataplasm on the part of Crumbs of white bread, leaves of Plantine, arnoglosse, flower of lentils, 
Galen lib. 5. meth. cap. 10.  soddeu in vinegar and honey. 
Hipp.  Hipprcrates counseleth to apply canters actualls, or some caustic medicament, as oil of vitriol, unquenched lime, quoniam in extremis morbis extrema sunt adhibendaremedia, and also ventouses, & medicines, which have virtue, to draw the venom from the noble parts. Paulus doth counsel to separate the infected from the other parts, and raze it from the root, 
Gal. 13. metho. cap. 6. holleris lib. 1. de materia chirurgica.  afterwards use this cataplasm to provoke the fall of the scale, which also mitigateth the pain, composed of Lynseede, Mallows, Violets, yolks of Eggs, Butter, and Barley meal. For the sharpness of the humour, put about the part affected unguentum de bolo, and on the pustulles the pastules of Andronius and Musa. 
Gal.  When the scale is fallen, cleanse the ulcer with syrup of Roses, honey of Roses and Turpentine, mundificative di apio, this done cicatrice & fill it up as other ulcers. Some counsel to take the consolida maior, 
Guido Rog●nt & theodericu●.  and bray it between two stones and lay on it.   

The fifth Chapter of Gangrene and 〈◊〉.  

Definition. Gal. 2. de locis affectis et 2. ad Glanc. cap. 10. come. in aphor. 50. lib. 7.  WHen the inflammation neither resolveth▪ returneth inwardly, nor suppureth, nor becometh hard, it degendreth into Gangrene, which is a mortification not altogether of the part, but tending by little & little through the great violence of the inflammation: for thereby the veins, and arters are stopped, that the natural heat may not pass, so the part easily corrupteth, and waxeth gangrenated. 
Cause.  The cause is, great quantity of blood in the member, which letteth the spirit to pass, so bindeth and intercepteth it▪ 
Gal. 2. ad Glan.  in such sort, that the arters cannot work their transpiration and requisite exhalation, so for want of natural heat, the members suffocates. Also great application of cold medicamentes, as repercussives in phlegmon and erisipelas, or some violent external cause, chiefly in the feet or hands, as cold, sometime crisis of fever or malign malady, straight ligatures, contusions, strokes, or biting of venomous beasts, chiefly in the ways, and passages, 
Signs.  when the spirits do pass. The signs are, if it came of inflammation, we perceive the red colour to decay, dolour, pulsation and feeling, it waxeth pale, soft and black, and in pressing on it with thy fingers, it falleth down and riseth not. If it come of cold, we perceive great beating pain, great coldness, without motion or feeling▪ accompanied with trembling and shaking. If it come of strait binding, hurts, or biting, we know it by the marks and precedent signs and others, according to the diversity of the cause. 
judgements.  The judgements are, if it be not helped presently, the force of it is so vehement, that the part dieth presently, and the parts near to it, and so causeth death of all the body. If the muscles and nerves be not hurt, 
Paul. lib. 4.  and the person young and of good constitution, and well seen unto in the beginning, it is not difficil. 
Celsus.  The cure after general remedies, 
Cure.  as purgations and bleeding: is diet, in using cordials, 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 9 Arnoldus de villa nova. Paul. lib. 4. cap. 19  deep scarification on the part, and washing it with water and salt, applying on the part, cataplasms made of flower of beans, barley, Orob, and lupines sodden in honey and vinegar, putting to it a little powder of roses and mirtl●es, a little myrrh and aristolochia, washing often the sore with oxymel. If need require, to use more strong remedies, take egipciac, and mix therewith a little arsenic, or orpiment, and put in the scarrifications, which remedies must be used with good judgement, noting where the gangrene ceaseth. The fury of the malady being past, cause the scar to fall, with honey, butter, and yolks of eggs. If none of these prevail, but that the gangrene becometh in sphasell, 
Cornelius Celsus.  we must use the like cure, as in sphasell, for the safety of the rest of the body.   

The sixth Chapter, of Sphasell.  
WE must here consider the differences between Gangrene & Sphasell, for Gangrene is the Latin word, and is a mortification of all the parts where it happeneth, 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 9  saving the bones, and is curable: but Sphasell or ●●deration is a mortification both of soft and solid parts, and is no ways remedied, but by amputation, it is called the fire of S. Anthony or S. martial. The cause is, as you have heard in Gangrene, joined with an evil disposition of the body, 
Definition.  and an humour venomous, which commonly corrupteth the bone, 
Albacrasis lib. 2. cap 87.  afore it make any external show, 
Cause.  sometime it proceedeth of old ulcers, that have been long orpressed, with rotten matter, and so corrupteth the bone & causeth mortification, also biting of vipers & mad dogs. The signs are these, 
Signs.  the member waxeth black, as it were burnt, afterwards rotten, which in short time overcometh the whole body, the skin doth come from the flesh. The judgements are, 
judgements.  that it is for the most part incurable, and the patiented dieth in a cold sweat. The cure, in so much as may be, 
Celsus lib. 5.  consisteth only in amputation of the member, 
Cure.  which shall be done in this manner, for the friends must first be advertised of the danger, because often death ensueth, as you have heard, either for apprehension, weakensse, or flux of blood. For this cause the learned Celsus calleth it a miserable remedy, yet we use it, by reason in so doing, 
Celsus lib. 5. cap. de sphaselo  there is some hope, and in not using of it, there is none, but sudden death, for better it is to lose one member, than the whole body After this, we must apply on the place of amputation, for there is diversity of opinions: Hypocrates and some others counsel to cut in the joint, 
Lib. de hemen.  for it is more easy to be done, and also the marrow is not discovered, as in other parts, and the flux of blood is not so great. Others think it best to cut four inches from the joint, either above or under, according to the putrefaction, which is both more easy, and sure then in the joint. For these and sundry other circumstances, I advise to cut four inches from the joint in all amputations, saving only if the mortification or riving of the bone end in the joint, them it may be cut in the joint, chief in the knees: but wheresoever you make your amputation, remember to cut rather a little of the whole, then to leave any of the infected, for if any remain, it infecteth the rest, and so requireth new amputation. The place of amputation noted, we situate the sick, after a fit manner, having respect both to the nature and quality of the part, and to our own commodity, than you shall have two men to hold the patiented, next, the Chirurgeon shall command the sick to bend and put out the member, to the end the skin, veins & arters may be the more lengthened, that after the amputation, they be more apparent so be knit or canterized. That being done, the Chirurgeon shall pull up the skin & muscles, as much as he can afterwards he shall take a strong ribbon, and bind the member fast, above the place two inches, where the amputation shall be. The use of this ribbon is divers, first it holdeth the member hard, that the instrument may cut more surely, secondly, that the feeling of the whole part is stupefied, & rendered insensible, thirdly the flux of blood is stayed by it, four it holdeth up the skin and muscles, which cover the bone, after it is loosed, and so maketh it more easy to heal. The bandage thus made, we cut the flesh with a razor or knife, that is somewhat crooked like a hook, the flesh being cut to the bone, it must be scraped with the back of the said knife made purposely for that effect, to the end the periost, that covereth the bone, be not painful in cutting the bone, otherwise it teareth with the saw, and causeth great dolour, and also letteth the cutting. This done, saw the bone, & being cut, we lose the ligature, and draw down the skin to cover the bone in all parts. If there be great putrefaction, let it bleed a little, for that dischargeth the part, & so is less subject to inflammation, than we put the extremities of the fingers on the orifices of the great veins and arters to stay them from bleeding, till we either knit, or canterize them one after another, as shall be thought expedient. Where there is putrefaction, we stay the flux of blood by canters actual, 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc  & where there is no putrefaction, nor malignity of humour, we use the ligature. The canter or actual fire, maketh a scale, stayeth the bleeding, & draweth to it & consumeth the malignity, & virulency of the humour, which is in the part, so in that point is better than knitting, by reason that in knitting we lose much blood, and by drawing the veins, b●●ick decourbing or other instrument, they do break, also being knit, do often unloose, so I find the fire more expedient, being done in this ma●ner. We must have three or four little instruments of iron, crooked at the end, the point in form of a button, made red hot, which we take, and apply on the veins one after another, holding them a certain space, till the scale be made, yet not burning much of the vein. In amputation without putrefaction I find the ligature more expedient, being done thus, first thou shalt hold thy fingers on the veins, and in the other, let one lose, and take hold of it with thy beck de corbing or other meet instrument, taking a little flesh with it, then put through a needle with a strong thread, knit with a double knot, tying a little of the flesh with the vein, which will make it hold the better, but if this slip, as oft it happeneth, ye shall do in this manner, first in putting through the needle, begin in the utter skin● an inch above the wound, by the side of the vein, cause it come out a cross in the wound by the side of the vein, yet lower down than the orifice thereof, 
The way to knit veins.  then put through your needle in the other side of the vein through the wound & cause it come out of the wound on the skin an inch broad from the place it went in, then knit it hard, putting a little piece of cloth doubled, betwixt the two threads, to the end the knot enter not into the skin, this way of ligature may be used in divers parts of our body. The blood being staunched, we use this following astringent powder. Rec. boli aimenici 3. ounces farine volatilis 2. ounces picis, resine, sanguinis draconis an. one dram, of this powder you shall cast on the wound with dry flax, thereafter an astringent or defensive made of the foresaid powders with whites of Eggs and oil of Roses, lay it on flax in like manner, that shall be wet in oxycrate to cover the sore, thereafter, take a doubled cloth▪ sufficient to cover the sore & parts near to it, wet it likewise in oxycrate, wherein cast the foresaid defensive: thy bands, wet likewise in oxycrate, bind it well▪ so that it be neither too strait, nor too slack, then situate the member in good sort, and remove it not in three days, chief in winter, which is to be observed according to the accidents, which happen. In changing these remedies beware to take away the s●are or knots of the thread, for avoiding whereof we rub the part with cerot of Galen, to the end the defensive cleave not to it. If there chance any vein or arter to open, we shall dissolve a little vitriol in vinegar. and lay on the vein on flax the breadth of a Groat, this will stay it presently, as I have often proved. If two or three open, cause thy servant to put his fingers on them, and knit them, as ye have heard afore. The second dressing shall be done in the same manner, 
Second dressing.  or at least some astringment chief on the veins and arters, and so continue, till such time, that there is no more fear of blood, which will continue 8. or 10. days, on the rest of the wound, use digest●● made in this form. Take Turpentine well washed in Plantine water vnc. 4. honey of Roses vnc. 1. barley flower half an ounce two yolks of Eggs, and incorporate all well together, and lay it on the sore, till it be perfectly suppured, thereafter mundificative d●appio, apostolorum & such like with this emplaster composed of equal portions of Diapalma and red Desiccative for a certain time, next use this Cicatrizant to the entire curation. Take tutia praeparatae, plumbi crudi, antimonij crudi corticis granati, bala●stiorum, nucis muschatae, boli armenici, sanguinis draconis an. drag. 1. accipiantur omnia simuli cum unciis tribus unguenti diapomphol●gos & fiat magdaleon bone consistentiae. In the mean time, if there be any excrescence of flesh, we correct it with powder of alum, sauine, or ochre, or powder of Mercury, taken in a little quantity, these or any of them, may be applied alone, or mixed with some unguent. This operation is most learnedly set down by my good friend M. William Clowes one of her majesties Chirurgeons, 
Clowes.  in his observation with an sure method to stay the flux of blood. For a further declaration of the premises, I will recite a history, which I did see during the siege of Paris, where through great hunger, cold, and other miseries, happened many grievous sicknesses, as gangrenes and mortifications: amongst the rest, there was a Spanish soldier, who had blackness on the toes of his feet as if they had been burnt, I cut off his toes, & scarified the rest, and used such remedies, that he healed. Shortly after there happened the like in the toes of the other foot, which I would have cut, and cured as the first, but he esteeming it a deformity, would not suffer me, so that the grief by delay waxed so violent and furious, that by the advise of the best Chirurgeons in Paris at that time, I was constrained to cut off the whole leg, & so helped him. This history have I alleged to show the danger of delay, and that if any such thing happen, we should not defer it, but proceed as ye have heard. Thus we end the tumours, which proceed of the sanguine humour, and hereafter we will prosecute those which come of choler, beginning first with Erisipelas.   

The seventh Chapter, of tumours Bilions called by the Latins Flava bilis and first of Erisipelas.  
WE said, that there were 2, sorts of hot tumours, to wit, Phlegmon whereof we have spoken, and Erisipelas, 
Definition.  whereof in this Chapter we will speak. Erisipelas is a tumour which proceedeth of the humour choleric, 
Haly abbess lib 8. Gal. 14. metho. cap. 2. & lib. 2. add glanc. cap. 1. Lib. & cap. cita to. Arnold de villa nova.  with great inflammation, dolours, for the most part not eminent, without pulsation, and is of pale and red colour. It is called in Greek Erisipelas, in Latin Iguis sacer, in our tongue wild fire, it differeth not greatly from Phlegmon as saith Galen: some esteem them to differ, because the one proceedeth of blood, the other of choler, they differ also in colour, the one is red, the other oftentimes pale, the phlegmon entereth deep in the flesh and muscles, and so remaineth in the skin. Of this there are two sorts, the first is the true Erisipelas which cometh of choler only, but when it is mixed with the humours, there cometh three kinds of it, 
Gal. 2. add glanc  as ye have he●d in phlegmon. The cause of this tumour is abundance of the choleric humour, 
Cause.  great heat of the sun, strokes, falls and using of hot medicaments, which move the fluxion, and draw the humour to any part of the body. 
Signs.  The signs are these, the tumour is li●●e, vehement heat, dolour, mordicant, & sieldome cometh to maturity, it appeareth often in the neck and face, by reason of the tenderness of the skin, the colour is not perfetered but mixed, and so is somewhat pale. If it be ulcered, 
jugdmentes.  it is better than if it strike in, that which cometh out is good, that which appeareth in the the face and in wounds is evil, those which happen in the matrix are mortal, those which appear in the head, 
Hip. 25. aphor.  are very dangerous, and if good remedies be not used, the party dieth as saith Aegineta. As touching the curation, there are two things to be observed, 
Cure.  evacuation general, and refrigeration with consolidation of the part, the way of life shallbe cold and humid contrary to the humour, which is hot and dry, as ye have heard in the general Chapter, abstain from wine, strong drink, all sweet things, from anger, 
Paul. lib. 4. cap 21. Cel. lib. 5. cap. 26. Gal. 14. meth. cap. 3.  vehement exercise, great heat and such like. The humour must be evacuated by purgations, clysters, and bleeding, and sometime scarified, if it become livide, being first fomented with hot water, and use things on the sore which are cold and humid, as Solanum, Houseleek, Lettuce, Succory, Vmbilicus, Veneris, Cucumbers, take the juice or water of these or any of them, wet a cloth therein, and lay it on the sore, which is most expedient, when it is in the face: also cold water and oxycrate as counseleth Galen and Avicen, for the same purpose cerot Gal●n oft washed in plantine water, is very good. If there be vehement dolour as oft chanceth the roots and leaves of Henbane being roasted under the ashes, and mixed with a little Populeon are very good: likewise unguentum album cum camphora, also the cataplasm of Barley flower, Lynseede sodden in Hydromell or oxycrate, putting to it a little powder of Camomile and oil of Roses: remember that all these remedies must be liquid, often removed, and the place well cleansed, that no thing remain on it. If it come to a bile or ulcer, cure it as Herpes.   

The eight Chapter, of Herpes.  
HErpes is a little ulcer accompanied with tumour, which proceedeth of the pure bilious humour, 
Definition.  
Gal. li. ad Glanc. cap. 1.  without mixture of any other humours. It occupieth most commonly the extremities and outward parts of the skin, and is comprehended under erisipelas, like as formica and impetigo, which are called commonly choleric pustulles. There are three kinds of it, the first is made of the thin choler, which burneth only the skin, 
Difference.  
Gal. come. aph. 45. lib. 6. Hipp. lib. 22. predict et 6. aphor. et Gal. lib. contra naturam.  and is called simply Herpes, the second is made of a more thick choler, which ulcereth a great part of the skin, and is called Herpes depascens, by reason that it eateth and consumeth the skin: the third kind is made of choler and pituite together, accompanied with some malignity, as commonly happeneth to those, who are infected with the neapolitan disease, and is called by our ancients, Herpes miliaris, because the pustull is little, like the grain called milium. The pustulles have divers denominations, some call them papula, or eruptions pituiteous, others call them ecthim●ta, others call them apenthemata. 
Hip. lib. 3. epidemiorum. Gal.  The cause & signs differ not from those, which ye have heard in the precedent Chapter. As for the cure, 
Cause.  it consisteth in three parts, first in staying the fluxion, by evacuation universal and provocation of urine, 
Signs. Cure.  and good diet, 
Gal. 2. ad Glan. et lib. 14. meth cap. 17.  as ye have heard in erisipelas: secondly, in evacuating that which is in the place, by such things as have the virtue to discuss, digerre and dry lightly and not humect, as in eris●pelas. 
Oricasius lib. 7 synopseos cap. 34.  Then in the beginning we shall use vine leaves, plantain, gooseberrie leaves, arnoglosse, putting thereto a little & barley flower with some honey. Furthermore the bark of the pomegarnet, dissolved in wine with a little fine flower, & made in form of a cataplasm, is good. The third intention is, in drying up of the ulcer, by reason that all ulcers whatsoever, require de●●cation by gentle medicaments, 
Hipp. lib. de ulceis.  excepting always the malign ulcers, and in them we use more shrong and mordicant remedies: first we shall use fomentations of roses and plantain sodden in wine or water, and an unguent made of oil of walnuts and wax, thereafter washed in smiths water, also the unguent ceruse, or this unguent thus made. Rec. unguent. populeonis cerat. refrigentis Galeni, cerussae an. dram one dim. litargyri 3. ounces, olei rosacei 1. ounce malaxentur omnia simul, et fiat unguentum. The other pustulles, like as formica and impetigo, be cured commonly by general evacuations, other defedations of the skin, which proceed of the humour melancholic or choleric, are cured by universal evacuations, by sweeting and bathing, and by applying some unguent on the part affected, as unguent. enulat. putting thereto sometime a little mercury. This unguent is most excellent for this purpose, as also for the itch, which happeneth to young children. Take elle campaign roots and seeth them in the juice of plantain, fumitory, yolks of eggs, hogs grease or fresh butter, being all mingled together, put thereto a little brimstone well pulverised, with oil of hypericon, 
Rogerius tract secundo.  so make an unguent of good consistence.   

The ninth Chapter of tumours which proceed of the pituite, and first of Edema.  
Having amply spoken of the two hot tumours, as also of those which doc commonly come of them, now in like manner we shall show of the two cold humours, the one engendered of melancholy, the other of phlegm or pituite. Edema is a soft tumour without dolour, white coloured. Of it there are two sorts, like as of phlegmon, 
Definition.  the one is the true natural Edema, 
Cal. 2. add Glanc cap 3.  engendered of the pure phlegmatic humour, the other is bred of the phlegm mixed with the other three humours, & taketh divers names, according to the principal humour as ye have heard. And like as there are two sorts of it, so it may be named two ways, to wit, either malady, or symptom of malady as happeneth in the feet of those, which are hydropicke, and have been long sick, 
Com. aphor. 2 sectione 1. et lib. 6. epid. et aphor. 12. secti. eius. lib. et lib. de officinae medici. Cal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 3. et aphor. 21. lib. 4. de curatione victu in morbis acutis.  which are accidents of these maladies, and require no particular curation, saving only rubbing of the part with oil & salt, or water and salt, or oxycrat in wetting a cloth therein & laying on it. The cause is a phlegmatic & vaporious fluxion of humours pituitous and flatuous in any part of the body, as also imbecility of the part, which can neither digest, nor expel that which is contrary, also great idleness. The tokens are these, the tumour is soft, cold, in pressing on it with the fingers, there remaineth a hole, and riseth not again, it is clear, and not dolorous and happeneth oftenest in the weakest parts, as in the joints and glandulles, 
Cause.  
Lib. 14. meth. cap. 4.  and in the extremities, as in the face and feet in cold weather, and in old folks, or after maladies in people that are full of humours, 
Signs.  and make no exercise. 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc cap. 3. Paul. lib. 4. cap. 27. et 14. meth cap. 4.  This tumour turneth seldom to matter, except in hot places, by reason the matter is cold: it endeth often by resolution, sometime it turneth to schirre, or nodosities, or some other kind of cold abscess, and that by the great usage of digestives, 
judgements.  which make the matter wax hard. In the cure there are two points to be observed, 
Cure  first, to divert the fluxion by remedies that have the virtue to cleanse the pituite humour, as Diaphenicon, Catholicon, Diacartami, agaric & such like, for the administration of the which, you shall use the counsel of the learned Physician, also in diet in the six unnatural things tending to heat and drought, 
Gal. lib. de attenuatione victus. cap. 1.  eat roasted meats rather than sodden, but in little quantity, abstain from all things that breed phlegm, as fruits, potages, cheese, fish, herbs, water, sadness and much sleep, drink wine with little water, and use bread that is well baked, use things to corroborate the principal parts. 
Hipp. 6. epide.  Abstain from women, espeacially if the sick be weak, yet we find the usage of women to be good in maladies pituitous, for that heateth and drieth, use seldom bleeding in this disease. The second intention consisteth in taking away that which is in the place, 
Gal. 2. de sani●●te tuenda.  which is in the place, which shall be done according to the times and degrees of the tumour, 
Lib. 4. meth. cap 4.  first we shall use medicines repercussives and discutients, which shall be mean and not strong. Galen doth much commend oxicrate in this case, by reason the vinegar repelleth by the cold virtue, and resolveth by the dry virtue: if it he not sufficient, mix with a few ashes of the oak tree, shall nitre, or quick lime, 
Gal. 2. simp. Paul. lib. 4. cap. 27. Avicen. tract. 2 cap. 3.  also the emplaster di vigo, or a fomentation of camomile, melilot, rosemary, sage, wormwood, Origan, hyssop, red roses, of each one handful one ounce and half an ounce of salt and sulphur, seeth them in smiths water with a little vinegar, and foment the part, with a sponge or cloth. For the same purpose you may make cataplasms of the flower of beans and lentils, and bran sodden in vinegar, putting thereto a little of anise seeds, myrtles, or iris, the emplaster of melilotus also is good. Rogerius counseleth to take the juice of walwoortes and sorrel, and marathum, take of every of them a reasonable quantity, and seeth them with the unguent de althaea, honey, oil and butter, make a cataplasm thereof. If this tumour cometh to ripeness, cure it, as other apostumes, if it wax hard and schirrus, cure it as ye shall hear in the Chapter of Schirre.   

The tenth Chapter, of the watery and windy tumours which depend of Edema.  
Ye have heard in our general Chapter, 
Definition.  of divers kinds of tumours phlegmatickes, which pertain to Edema, whereof we will speak hereafter, beginning with the windy tumours, which are nothing but certain winds or inflations engendered by a spirit, thick & vaporous, 
Gal. 14. meth. cap. 7. Avicen. lib. 4. cap. 2.  & not of subtle substance, & aerious: sometimes these winds are enclosed under the skin, & within the membranes, which maketh distension, sometime dolour according the part where it is. They are sometime in the ventricle, in the Puddings, and in the capacity between the puddings, & & the periton, 
Difference.  as in Tympanies, & soundeth like a drum, it is sometime dispersed amongst the muscles, & this is properly inflation differing from Edema, for in pressing with the fingers, the print doth not remain, but the other kind approach near to the nature of Edema, which is the flatuosities dispersed in the muscles of other parts musculous. The cause of this tumour is too much using of cold flatuous meats, 
Cause.  
Gal. lib· 3. simtomatum causis.  which engender the humour Phlegmatic and causeth these winds, also the cause may be in the ventricle and puddings, also in the obstruction, and stratghtnesse of the passages, and imbecility of the natural heat, as saith Galen. The signs are tumour, softness more clear, than Edema, 
2. ad glanc. cap. 6. & oribasius lib. 7. sinop. ca cap. 50.  & by pressing the fingers, there remaineth no mark as in Edema, by knocking on it, it soundeth like a bladder full of wind and so in these points it differeth from Edema. 
Signs.  The cure shall consist in two points, first in diet, which shallbe hot and dry, 
Paul. lib. 4. ca 28.  eat little and of light digestion, 
Cure.  let your bread be of good wheat well baked and salted, use things to corroborat the natural heat & discuss the thick cold vapours and attenuat, also to corroborat the ventricle with aromatical things, and electuaries, as Dia calaminto aromatico, gariophillato dia galinga, rose & such like. Eat good flesh as mutton and veal, rather roasted than sodden, let the drink be Claret or white wine. The second consisteth in evacuation of the humour which is in the part, by topical remedies which have virtue to clarify the skin to the end the vapours may pass out, and are called discutientes or carmen●atiues, as annis-seedes, Isope, fennel, parsley, baccaelauri, juniper, paritorie, rosemary, camomile and melilot, oil of Irin and Bayes: of these we may make cataplasms, fomentations, lessives, according to our own judgement, also limments of Camomile and Rue, Lilies and a little Aquavitae or the emplasters called baccae lauri, oxycroci & de vigo, mixed together, make an emplaster and lay to the sore. Also a new spong wet in lexive, also lanra succida, wet in wine and oil, if these winds make dolour, 
Paul. lib. 4. ca 28.  as commonly we see in the colic passion, first appease the dolour, then evacuate the matter, which shallbe done according to the part, habitude of the person, and discretion of the learned Chirurgeon. Use also clysters carmenatives, if the flatuosities be in the intestines, apply three or four ventouses on the belly.   

The eleventh Chapter, of the tumours phlegmatics called Atheoroma, Steotema, and Mellericeris.  
THese tumours are called commonly ecressences phlegmatics, by reason they proceed of the humour phlegmatic yet they differ from the other tumour by reason they are in a membrane, like little bags, 
Avicen. Paul. lib. 6. cap. 36.  they are also of a divers strange sorts of matter of the which they take their names as Atheorema is also called because in it is contained a matter like gruel, called by the Greeks' Athera. The Steot●ma is so called, because in it is contained a humour like Grease, called by the Greeks' Steer, 
Definition.  Mellericeris is so called, because in it is contained a matter, both in colour and consistence like honey, called by the Greeks' Meli, and is hardest of them three to heal. As for the other tumours, as br●nco ●eli, ganlion▪ testudo, and the residue we shall speak hereafter in the particular tumours, these tumours happen most commonly in places membranous, where there is scarcity of flesh, as on the joints, hands, & divers parts of the face. The cause is pimitive, 
Cause.  antecedent and conjunct, the primitive or first motive strokes falls. violent forces, immoderate eating and drinking. The antecedent cause is abundance of humours, chief of the phlegmatic unnatural., engendered by evil diet, the cause conjunct is the divers kind of substance contaened in the part. The signs are, 
Signs.  that they appear by little and little without either dolour or precedent inflammation, nevertheless by reason of the diversity of the substance contained in them, they have divers signs, the Ateorema is long in figure, in pressing on it, it goeth in slowly and returneth not suddenly, 
Togalius cap. de ateoremate.  it is soft without dolour, the colour of the skin unnatural in the which is found sometime with the matter, hair sometimes bones and such like. The signs of the Steot●ma are hardness, and if it go in, in pressing on it, it returneth not easily, it is large, in the which is contained with the accustomed matter, 
Petrus Franco, de steotemate.  bones, cotton, and such like, of the which I fond great quantity in the knee of a Nun, whom I cured in Paris of a Steotema. The signs of melliceris, are, great softness in touching, clear, in pressing on it, it goeth in easily and returneth easily, and is round in figure, and containeth beside the matter accustomed, a gravelly hard matter, 
Cure.  In the cure there is a simple intention, to wit, evacuation of the matter, which is in the place, and is done either by a lancet, or cauter potential, not evacuating all the matter at one time. Here we must consider that those tumours, are sometimes inserted with veins, arters, nerves and tendons, which require great dextetie in the operarion▪ In taking away of the bag, wherein the matter is contained, to the end ye offend not the former parts: for better it were to leave the operation by reason that oftentimes, there cometh great flux of blood, as I have seen chiefly on the temples. The tumour being opened, ye shall use such medicaments, for the cleansing thereof, as ye have heard in other tumours. The matter evacuated, we must consume the whole membrane, wherein it is enclosed, otherwise it will return, we consume it with powder of Mercury, egiptiac or such like, thereafter incarnate and close the wound as in others. Some use only resolutives on these tumours, but such things are both tedious and uncertain, 
Paulus lib. 4. & Aetius 15.    

The twelfth Chapter, of tumours engendered of the Melancholic humour called by the Latins atra bilis or nigra cholera and first of Schirre.  
seeing we have sufficiently spoken of tumours engendered of the sanguine choleric, and pituitous humour, now it resteth to speak of those which proceed of melancholy, called tumour Schirrus, by reason the Greek word Schirr signifieth hardness, 
Definition.  Schirre is a tumour hard with little or no dolour, or feeling, whereof there are two kinds, 
Gal. 2. add glanc cap. 5.  the one is called the true Schirre exquisite, the other is falls. The true is as ye have head, 
Difference.  the false is altogether without feeling, yet hardly may it be perceived. 
Gal 2. add glanc. cap. 9 Gal lib. tumorum cap. 9 & lib. 5. simple. cap 9  There is an other sort of Schirre engendered of a phlegmantick, thick & tough matter, and is composed of an humour thick and cold. The cause is a cold dry humour either of matter melancholic, phlegmatic, or both, for first when the blood is made in the liver, there is engendered in it a malancholicke humour, 
Cause.  
Gal. 14. meth. cap 3.  which is like the dregs of wine, which afterwards is drawn to the milt, for the nurture thereof, specially by the usage of such meats, as are apt to make the same, and the milt weak to draw the same, than it goeth into the veins and is mingled with the blood, which by there virtue expuitrix, expel it by the hemorrhoids, 
Gal. 5. simple. ca 8 lib. de locis aff. cap 3.  or varices & sometime disperseth it through the skin, and breedeth the Morphew or Leprosy. Sometime it is cast on the most weak parts, and according to the place and qualities of the humour, breedeth either Schirre or Cancer. 
Gal. lib. 3. meth cap. 16.  If it be cast on any dry part, as ligamentes, tendons, joints, ends of the muscles, or in the milt, kidneys, liver, or matrix, it causeth Schir. If it be cast on the soft parts, as parts glandules, as the paps, the emunctoires and face, and the privy parts it maketh cancer. The cause also may be sadness, suppression of the hemorrhoids and menstruous purgations, 
Paul. lib. 4. ca 32.  also by too much applying of cold medicines on tumours, as erisipelas or phlegmon: for by that means, the most subtle doth resolve, and the rest doth become hard. 
Signs.  The signs are these, the tumour is hard, and groweth slowly, of colour livide when it cometh of melancholy, when of phlegm, it is white, and when of both humours together, it is of a mixed colour, as livide and white, and insensible, because the humour is so thick and dry, which closeth the conduits of the nerves, so that the animal spirit is enclosed in such sort, that the part hath no feeling. Those which have no feeling, are altogether incurable, those that have any feeling, 
judgements.  if they be taken in the beginning, may be helped in some sort, but hardly, those which come to suppuration, degendreth easily into schirre. The Cure consisteth in three things, first in diet, tending to heat and humidity, 
Cure.  abstaining from anger, sadness, fear, and venerean exercise: the second point consisteth in evacuating the matter antecedent, by purgations & bleeding, by provocation of the flowers, & hemerhoides: the third point is, to evacuate that which is contained in the place, which is done by things remollientes and resoluentes, 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc  like as the grease of hens, cocks, calves or geese, also gum armoniac, stirax, galbanum, roots of althaea, lilies, camomile, of these we make lineaments and cataplasms, also the emplaster of Diachilon magnum, et album de vigo with double mercury. 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc  Galen commendeth goats dirt to be an excellent remedy, to discuss tumours schirrous. Sometimes it happeneth in the tendons, and then it is healed by perfumes made thus. Take the stone called pyrites or any other stone, that is red hot, and quench it in strong vinegar, and then receive the smoke on the sore part, then apply remollientes, sometime after the perfume the gum ammoniac dissolved in vinegar is good, 
Gal. lib. tumorum contra naturam. cap. 6. et 4. meth cap 9 et 2. ad Glan cap. 11.  and must be used with great discretion. If none of these serve, and it tend to suppuration, we must not use too hot remedies to stir it, by reason it degendreth easily into Cancer, for the which have recourse to the next Chapter. In some parts it may be cut, so ye cut all, and leave nothing adherent to the whole parts, nor no root of it. For the great flux of blood, which happhneth, either knit the veins, or staunch it, with canters actual, the which is dangerous, when it occupieth the internal parts, for the which Hypocrates forbids to seek the exquisite cure of the occult Cancers. 
Lib. 6. aphor. cap. 38.    

The thirteenth Chapter, of Cancer, which the Greeks' call Carsimonia.  
WE must understand, that Cancer is comprehended under the tumour Schirrous, yet there is great difference, for in Cancer there is great dolour, punction and pulsation, which is not in schirre, it groweth sooner, 
Definition.  
Celsus lib. 5. cap. 28. Avicen. tract. 2. cap. 15. Guido.  and hath great veins about it. Cancer in Latin is the sore of a beast, Guido saith, it is called Cancer, either by reason it sticketh to the part, like the fish Cancer, or because it is round and hath veins about it, like the feet of a Crab, and is also like unto it, being livide of colour as also because it gnaweth, eateth, and goeth like this fish. It is a tumour inequal, having the sides hard, eminent, turned, 
Difference.  and dolorous. There are two kinds of it, ulcered, 
Paul Aegin. cap de carsinomate Lib. 4. cap. 26.  and not ulcered, the ulcered is immobill, hot by accident, having many veins about it, like the feet of Cancer, the not ulcered is called Cancer occult. The cause of it is a melancholic humour, dry, not only in the part, as schirre, 
Cause.  but also in the veins about it, the which by continuation of time, maketh it more sharp and malign, 
Gal. 14. meth.  whereof cometh Cancer ulcered: also evil diet, using of things that breed thick corrupted blood, with other such causes, 
Gal. 2. ad Glanc Paul. lib. 4. cap 26.  as ye have heard in the precedent Chapter: the debility of the milt and weakness of the part. These tumours for the most part are engendered in women's paps, chief in those, who have great & very fleshy paps, 
Aetius. 4. tract. lib. 4. cap. 43.  by reason they are glandulous and cold of themselves: they breed also in the conduits of women, lips, nose, eyes, ears, roof of the mouth, legs, hands, and fundament, by reason those parts are weak, 
Signs.  & have little natural heat. The signs are dolour, tumour, and they seem soft, but in touching are hard, the ulcers inequal, sordides, the sides swelled, horrible to look on, pale coloured, evil savoured, by reason of the humour, 
judgements.  which is most sordid and stinking. As for the judgement, those in the stomach, head, shoulders, neck and under the arms are all incurable, because these places can not be cut, for the great flux of blood, which may happen in them. 
Aetius lib. cita. Hip. lib. 6. aph. 38.  Some are little ulcered, some much, some recent, others inveterate, some in one part, and some in another, some more malign than others, and for the most part are incurable. It hath divers denominations according to the parts, as if it come in the face, it is called noli me tangere, 
joh. de Vigo. lib. 2. apost. Alexander tral. cap. de carsinomate.  if in the thighs or legs, it is called lupus, if in any other part, it is called cancer: The cure of this shall be in the beginning to stay the melancholidke humour from settling in the place, and growing, which must be done by fit remedies to purge the melancholic humour, 
Cure.  and by bleeding, if the age and time permit, then abstain from all meats, that engender this humour and heat the blood, such as old hairs, salt flesh, hearts, goats, spices, mustard, pottage, cheese, fish, and such like, walk not much, abstain from great travel, sadness and anger, use meats that breed good blood, as mutton, veal, kids, capons, all sorts of fowls, saving water fowls, drink whey, corroborate the liver and milt. As for local remedies, first if it wax great, and in fit places, some counsel to cut it, in such sort, that there remain no root, but my opinion is not to do such things, but rather follow the counsel of Paul, 
Paul. lib. 4. cap. 26.  which is, to take the juice of moral, plantain, lettuce and sorrel, century, shepherds purse, wet a cloth in these juices and lay on it. Also I have often used, the urine of a young maid in the same fashion, and oil of roses, veri●ce, litage, ceruse, burned lead, diapalma, of these ye may make fit remedies to keep it in one estate, & correct gently the acrimony of the humour. If these things let not the augmentation of it, we must go to the cure of cankered ulcers in the treatise of ulcers, and thus we end the Treatise of tumours in general.    

THE FIFT TREATISE of Tumours in particular.  

Having discoursed in the former Treatise of the causes, signs and cure of Tumours most general, now in like manner we shall entreat of the Particular, which happen in the most parts of our body, beginning at the head, which is the seat of reason, memory & understanding, & is subject to many sorts of tumours, whereof we will show at length in this Treatise, but specially of those, which oftenest do happen, beginning first with Hydrocephalie & Physocephalie, which occupieth the whole head, thereafter, with those Tumours, which occupy certain parts thereof, as the eyes, ears, mouth, nose and cheeks, and so descend to other parts of the body in like manner, to the feet & extremities of the hands, as ye shall hear: which containeth thirty eight Chapters.  

Chapter 1 Of Hydrocephalie and Physocephalie.  
Chapter 2 Of the Tumour called Nodus, or Ganglion.  
Chapter 3 Of the Tumour in the eye, called Lippitudo.  
Chapter 4 Of the tumour in the ears.  
Chapter 5 Of the Tumour called Parotidis.  
Chapter 6 Of Tumours in the nose called Ozena, Sac●oma, Polypus.  
Chapter 7 Of the Tumour in the mouth called Vula or Columella.  
Chapter 8 Of the Tumours in the amigdalles called Tonsillae.  
Chapter 9 Of the Tumour called Angina, or Strangulatio.  
Chapter 10 Of the Tumours in the teeth, called Epulides.  
Chapter 11 Of the Tumour under the tongue, called Batrachos.  
Chapter 12 Of the tumours in the neck, called Struma.  
Chapter 13 Of the Tumour in the throat, called Bruncoseli.  
Chapter 14 Of the tumour called Ane●●risma.  
Chapter 15 Of the tumour in the Paps.  
Chapter 16 Of Pleurisy  
Chapter 17 Of the tumour in thaes Navel called axunfalon.  
Chapter 18 Of the tumour in the belly called hydropsy.  
Chapter 19 Of the tumour in the fundament called condiloma  
Chapter 20 Of the swelling of the veins in fundament called hemorrhoids.  
Chapter 21 Of the tumour in the intestinie, called Exitus Longanonis.  
Chapter 22 Of the tumour in the cods.  
Chapter 23 Of Hernes in general.  
Chapter 24 Of the tumour inguinall called bubono●●el●.  
Chapter 25 Of the herne called enterocele.  
Chapter 36 Of the herne called Epipocele or Zeirbale.  
Chapter 27 Of the herne called Hydrocele.  
Chapter 28 Of the herne called Ventosa.  
Chapter 29 Of the herne called Sarcoceli.  
Chapter 30 Of the herne varicus called Cirsocele.  
Chapter 31 Of the herne humeral.  
Chapter 32 Of the tumour in the Flank called bubonecele.  
Chapter 33 Of the tumour in the knees.  
Chapter 34 Of the tumour in the legs called varicus.  
Chapter 35 Of the tumour in the legs called dra●●culus.  
Chapter 36 Of the tumour tn the legs or hands called Elephansiasis particularis.  
Chapter 37 Of the tumour in the fingers called panaris or paren●chia.  
Chapter 38 Of the tumour or hardues in the toes, called Corns.    

The first Chapter, of Hydrocephalie and physocephalie.  
HYdrocephalie is a watery humour, which occupieth the whole head and Physocephalie is a windy humour, 
Definition.  which doth the like, these tumours are contained eythet between the pericrane and skin, or betwixt the muscles, 
Difference.  or betwixt the pericran and crane, or betwixt the crane & membranes, 
Com. aphor. 3. lib. 4. de ratione victus. Cause.  which cover the brains, called dura matter & pia matter, but the tumour in this case is not great. The cause is either internal, or external, the internal cometh from the matrix, and of the Mother's milk, which is too watery, 
Rondoletius.  and such like food as breed watery humours. The external cause cometh of cold, presently after the birth it happeneth also, through unskilfulness of Midwife, as I have sometimes seen, which draweth & presseth the child's head so much at the delivery, that the veins and arters break, 
Paul. lib. 6. cap. 3.  
Aetius lib. 6. cap. 1.  not being as yet strong, so the blood sheddeth through the rest of the head, and degendreth into water. The signs are great tumour with deformity of the head, 
Signs.  the eyes & face swelled, as doth appear in the Hydropicks. 
judgements.  The judgements are these. such as are within the crane, are incurable, those that are betwixt the crane and pericrane, or betwixt the pericrane and muscles may be cured. As for the curation of the curable they are healed partly by diet, 
Cure:  and by using of things drying and abstaining from things humid, also by external remedies applied to the part, that dry with some astriction and comfort the head, which shallbe done by lineaments, fomentations, unguentes made of calamint, origan, betony, camomile, methot, anthos, red roses, also ye may make lessives of the vine ashes, also shave the head and apply this emplaster following. Rec, olibani unc 1. sarcacoll● drag. 1. gummi arabici, seminis raphani & anethian, 1. unc. di. ole de spica parum, cerae quantum sufficit, fiat emplastrum. If the humour be in great abundance, or that the crane or membraines are offended, we must use incision and perforation of the crane, them eauc●ate the humour & heal the wound as in others. There is yet a kind of this called Macrocephalie, which is a supernatural greatness of the Pan and flesh, & not properly tumour and receiveth no curation, but is si●ldome seen: one of this sort I saw in Paris of the quantity of a pot of 3. quarts   

The second Chapter, of the tumours called Nodus or Ganglion which cometh in the head.  

Definition.  THese tumours are sometime hard, otherwhiles soft always round which chanceth for the most part in the dry nervous parts, but chief on the head, and joints, on the hands & feet. The causes are strokes and weariness of the joints & such other as ye have heard in A●●●roma, 
Cause.  as also the signs. 
Paul. lib. 6. cap. 3.  The cure first consisteth in good diet, eschewing all meats which engender gross humours, eat of things of good digestion, 
Cure.  abstain from drinking of water, purge & bleed▪ 
Avicen.  haunt no humid place: as for the particular remedies we must understand that this humour is sometime enclosed in the membraine, & in that proceed as in A●●●●oma, sometime it is not enclosed▪ and then we may apply a cake of lead rubbed with quicksilver, or an emplaster resolutine made of galbanum, 
O●basius lib. 7. sinopseos.  ammoniac oil of lilies and bays, brimstone & virioll roman calcined. Sometimes it is with corruption of the bone, in that case, the humour must be evacuated, and the exfoliation of bone procured, as ye shall hear in the chapter of ulcers with corruption of the bone. 
Heurnius lib. 2 praxis medicine.  For divers other diseases of the head, have your recourse to heurnius demorbis capitis.   

The third Chapter, of the tumour in the eye called Lippitudo and Opthalmia in Greek.  
OPthalmia is an inflammation of the whole eye, 
Definition.  but chief of the membraine called coniunctive with great redness & dolour. The cause is either external, or internal, 
Gal. 1. de accid morb Paul. lib. 3. cap. 22.  the external, as strokes, heat, dust, wind, great cold, rubbing, or some moat in the eye: 
Cause.  the internal ●ause is defluxion of the humours, being near to the brains, as also the veins extern & intern of the head, whereof proceedeth fluxion, also the sanguine humour, choleric or phlegmatic, which ascendeth to the head. The signs are manifest, 
Gordon pertic. 3. cap. 2.  like as great inflammation, redness, heat of the eyes & temples, dolour, 
Signs.  repletion of the veins, hardness, this sickness hath 4. degrees, like as other tumours & happeneth often to young children, & others who have weak eyes, which is the cause, that they are subject to the fluxion of humours. The judgements are, the matter of this is sometime hot, otherwhiles cold, 
judgements.  and those which hap in winter are the worse, than those which hap in Summer, if they be neglected & evil handled, there follow evil accidents, as spots, rapture of the cornea and divers others. If the dolour be vehement, it is dangerous, for corruption & corrosion of the cornea. 
Gordon lib. citato.  As for the curation, there are 3. things to be observed, the first is good diet, eat little chief at night, 
Cure.  abstain from all vaporous things & all evil digestion, fishes, fruits, spices, salt & humid things, abide neither in great darkness, nor too much light, for great light dissipeth the spirit, & sometime causeth blindness, as we read of the soldiers of Xenophanes, who through going long in the snow, became almost all blind. 
Zenopha.  Also Dioni●●●s tyrant of Sicil made blind his prisoners after this sort, first he imprisoned them long in a very dark place, then he brought them suddenly into a great light, & so made them all blind. All colours are not expedient for the sight, the white dissipeth the spirits & draweth them to it, the black maketh them too dull, & there is n● colour that comforteth the sight, but green, blue, & violet, which nature showeth us in the composition of the eye, for the tunic v●e a showeth the green & blue of the part, that looketh to the humour custalline. Endeavour to be laxative, walk not too much, beware of all perturb●ons of the spirit, from smoke and dust and blowing of Alchemy, for both it hurteth the eye and consumeth the substance, & maketh men miserable both in body and goods, hold up thy head, and abstain from wine and women and such like, as ye may perceive by these verses of the learned Gordoniu.  
Haec occulis multum, sol, pulvis, fumus et aestus▪  
Ventus cum fletu, vina Venusque nocent.  
Acria ne mandas, nec quae sunt plena vaporum.  
Nec caepas, lentes, allia, po●ra, fabas.  
The second intention consisteth in evacuating & diverting the humour by pills, clysters, bleeding of the vein Cephalicke, ventouseing on the shoulders, frictions on the thighs, legs and extremities, also by opening the vein and arters of the temples. The third intention is in the topical remedies, 
jesus lib. de oculis. Galen 13. therapeutic. Hip. de oculorum morbis.  as collyrs of divers sorts, according to the divorsitie of the degree and time of the aposteme, as in the beginning of the inflammation, take plantain and rose water, of each half an ounce, two whites of eggs, and a little fennel water, women's milk, the mu●ilages of hipsileon with a little trochistes of rasis sine opio, a litilt caiphure put of thiis in the eye, and at night make a cataplasm of an apple roasted, and lay on the eye: or this remedy, which I have often proved not only in the opthalmie, but divers other maladies of the eyes. Take two ounces of white wine, as much rose water, and euphrage, half a crowns weight of Tutie prepared, as much of aloes, 3. or 4. leaves of Massi, put all in a viol and stop it close, set it three weckes in the sun: instill thereof in the eyes. In the mean time use emplasters on the temples of mastic, de bolo et contra rupturam and such like, to stay the fluxion. For the great dolour, use the roasted apple with a little women's milk or a little plantain water, put between two clothes, likewise for the vehement dolour, the blood of a pigeon or hen under the wings instilled is very good, there are divers other remedies, whereof we shall entreat more at length in the poor man's guide like as also of Egilops, and Enchilops, with divers other maladis of the eyes.   

The fourth Chapter, of the tumours in the ears.  
THere come many grievous diseases in the ears, sometime outwardly, and sometime inwardly, 
Definition.  occupying sometime the whole ear, sometime a part thereof. The cause is, 
Cause.  an hot humour and biting descending from the nerves of the fift conjugation with the dura matter dispersed in the conduit of the ear: sometime a vaporous spirit & cold thick humour, which maketh difficulty of hearing, and sometime deafness. The Signs are manifest. 
Signs.  The judgements, 
judgements.  young people are more grievously tormented then old, and die often, afore it come to suppuration, and that within 7. days, by reason of the great accidents, as fever, lightness, sounding. In old folks it cometh oft to suppuration, yet the dolour is very vehement, by reason of the nerve of the fift conjugation, also for the membranes and propinquity of the brains, nature hath given it an exquisite feeling. 
Gordon. party. 3.  The cure consisteth in remedies universal and particular, universal, as good diet, abstaining from wine and all strong drink and fumie, 
Cure  bleeding of the vein Cephalicke, and using of clysters, or some gentle medicines according to the humour, as ye have heard in Opthalmi. As for particular remedies, they differ not much from others, except that we use no repercussives, abstain from all cold remedies, by reason of the nerve which is deep and hollow. If the dolour be vehement with heat, use oil of roses, myrtles and cidoniorum with a little vinegar, mix all together, and drop a little in the ear: cats water distilled is good as saith Quersitanus. If it tend to suppuration, handle it as other apostumes.   

The fifth Chapter, of the Tumour that cometh behind the ears, called Parotides.  
NAture hath placed by the roots of the ears, certain little glands, to the end they may receive the venomous matter deposed by the brains. 
Definition.  Parotides is an inclamation or aposteme of the glands behind the ears. 
Paul. lib. 3.  The cause is, 
Cause.  the humour which easily descendeth from the head, 
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 23. Lanfranc. tract. 3.  partly because nature hath ordained them for receptacles, as ye have heard, and by reason they are soft, cold, and the passages large, that bring the humour. Sometime the cause cometh of the whole body, like as in crise of fever, 
Alex. tral. lib. 1. cap. 34.  it may come of any one of the four humours, or all mixed together, which may easily be known by the accidents. The signs are, tumour, dolour, vehement fever, pulsation, 
Signs.  with such other, as ye have heard in tumours. The judgements are, 
judgements.  that those by crisis, without sign of maturation are evil, and if it go to the internal parts, it is for the most part mortal, as saith Avicen. The Cure general is to use clysters, 
Cure  bleeding in the vein Cephalicke, using good diet, eating things of light digestion, not vaporous, abstaining from strong drink: the particular remedies differ not from the cure of other apostumes, except that we use no repercussives, but only maturatives, attractives, 
Fuchius de medendis morbis.  and anodives, and some digerents in the beginning, like as oil of lilies, Iris, camomile, bitter almonds, with sheeps wool, or a cataplasm of digerent herbs. It is best not to abide the perfect suppuration, but so soon as may be, 
Dodoneus.  to cause it open, for by that means, the venomous vapour doth dissippe, the dolour ceaseth, and nature doth more easily discharge. It may be opened by canter, or lancet, but beware of the nerve, vein and arters, for the great accidents that happen. 
Lanfranc. 3. tractatu. Bacchanellus de consensu medicorum.  Being openeed, it must be cured by suppuratives, mundificatives, incarnatives, and desiccatives, as ye have heard in others.   

The sixth Chapter, of the Tumours in the nose, called Sarcoma, Ozena and Polypus.  
THe nose is a part of the body, by the which the brains doth discharge the excrements, in the which do chance three kinds of maladies, yet not much different, 
Definition.  the first is called Sarcoma, which is an excrescence of flesh against nature, the second is called Ozena,, which is most dangerous & ill savoured, the third is called Polypus, which differeth not from Sarcoma, saving that it is not so great. 
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 29.  Polypus is a tumour, which proceedeth of the bone ethomides, and sticketh fast to it. The cause is rotten humour thick and viscous, which cometh from the head. 
Cause.  The signs are manifest to the sight, and by the narration of the sick. The judgements are these, that which is hard and black, 
Signs.  must not be touched, that which is soft may be healed, 
judgements.  if the excrescence be white, and soft without dolour, 
Me●nes. de compos. medicament. cap. 3 Avicen 5. tract. cap.▪ 2. Avicen Rondol et Mesmes.  it is easy to heal, if it be red and brown, with dolour, it is very difficile: if it occupy both sides of the nose, either the sick sleepeth with open mouth, or else he suffoketh. The cure is most difficile, as I have oft seen, and better it were, to use remedies palliatives, then to adventure any perfect cure, 
Cure.  yet the cure in so much as may be, is by universal remedies, as purging and bleeding, and in good diet. 
Lib. de medendis morbis.  Fuch●ns counseleth to rub the head with such things as have virtue to corroborate & dry the brains. The particular remedies shall be according to the Tumour, which is sometime hard, otherwhiles soft, the soft must be taken away with instrument, or canter, or some caustic powder, 
Halyabbas. lib. 9  as powder vitriol, mercury, arsenit, alum▪ spuma aeris, atramentum sutorium: ye may mix any of these powders with some unguent anodine or honey, use de●ensiues for the inflammation, unguent pompholigs with a little balaust is good. Also this water: Rec. bolaustiorum, corticis, malorum granatorum, an. lib. 1. gelangae, caudae equinae, linguae passerinae, et her●iariae an. manip. di. radic▪ bis tortae 4. unc. sumitatum piri siluest. manip. di. contundantur & simul distilleutur & fia●●aqua, de qua frequenter abluat nares, add to it a little Alum. If either this or the other, which is hard, degender into an ulcer cankerous, touch it not, but use such remedies, as ye shall hear in the ulcer Cancrons.   

The seventh Chapter, of the tumour in the mouth called Vunla, or Columella.  
THe mouth as saith Gordon is the instrument of voice in beasts, and speaking in men, in the which happen divers grievous and dangerous passions, but we will entreat of those, which are most dangerous, beginning with Vunla, 
Gordon party. 3.  which is called in our tongue the pap of the mouth. Nature being provident that nothing should offend, hath placed in the roof of the mouth this little piece of flesh for divers reasons, first that we may pronounce and speak clearer, for which cause it is called plectrum vocis, also that the air enter not in the trachearter, 
Gal. lib. 11. de usu partum.  till the force and impetuosity of the cold be corrected, for we see in those who want it, have both deformity of speech & refrigiration on the lights. 
Definition.  Vunla is an inflammation or aposthume either in form long, and is called Columella, that is like a pillar, or like unto the vine berry called Vua. 
Brunus lib. 7. Cause.  The cause is either intern or extern, the intern are hot humours, which come from the head, and cause an inflammation, also ascending from the stomach, as happeneth in rotten fevers, in like manner of abundance of blood. The cause extern is cold, 
Aetius sermo. 8. cap. 45. Signs.  Cough, excessive eating and drinking at unacostomed hours, chief at night. The signs are manifest to the sight, chief in pressing down the tongue, accompanied with dolour and fever, & pain to swallow any thing, the sick thinketh, that he hath always something in his mouth. The judgements are, that sometime, it falleth so much, 
judgements.  that it filleth up the whole throat, so the sick suffofoketh, in case it be not quickly cut, if it be cut altogether, the patiented waxeth dumb, or at least, speaketh so, as he may not be understood, 
Aetius serm. citato.  and his drink doth avoid by the nose, which accidents I did see in a Cannon of S. Honorie in Paris who was my patient. The Cure consisteth, first in the form of diet, tending to cold and dry, 
Cure.  using meats of light digestion, drinking no strong not fumie drink, often using of clysters, and bleeding in both the arms, if ye perceive plenitude, ventouses on the shoulders, and opening the head, with sca●rifications, 
Gal. 13. therap. Trallianus.  frictions on the neck, opening of the veins under the tongue. The particular remedies shall only be, plantain, rose or common water, with a little vinegar, & wash thy mouth therewith, holding it a while therein: Or this, take barley, plantain, shepherds purse, the bark of the pomegarnet, of each one a little, and seeth them in water, putting thereto after it be strained, a little syrup of violets or roses, and use it as the former. Or this powder, made of Alum, ballast, terra sigillata, roses, red sugar, 
Rondoletius.  mixed all together, and put in a little instrument meet for that purpose, to apply it to the sore: the like may be done with a little pepper and salt brayed together, as also water of alum. If by none of these the greatness doth diminish, it must either be cut with shears, or burned with can●er actual, 
Pareus. cap. de columella. Albicrasis lib. 2 Celsus lib. 6. Hipp. progn. 3. cap. 9  or consumed with caustic medicaments, like as oil of vitriol, strong water, powder of coters. The best remedy which I have found in this disease is cutting of it with the shears, thereafter wash the mouth with oxicrate, or some astringent water, or red wine mixed with alum water. Sometime it tendeth to suppuration, which if it happen, cure it with gargarisms, and such other remedies expedient for ulcers in these parts: if all this faileth, have recourse to the poor man's guide.   

The eight Chapter, of the Tumour of the of the Amigdalles, called by the Greeks' Paris●himia, & by Latins Tonsilla.  
AT the root of the tongue, Nature hath placed two little glans, like unto almonds, for which cause they are called Amigdalles, 
Definition.  & are there placed for divers reasons, but chiefly for receiving the humidity of the brains, which if it fell only on the tongue, would trouble the speech, and also that the tongue should be moistened with some humidity, otherwise it should become dry in speaking. The Cause is, great abundance of viscous humidity, 
Cause.  mordicant, which cometh from the head, drinking of strong and fumie drink, walking morning and evening when the dew is fallen, 
Fucbius de medendis morbis.  also great abundance of blood, and sometime in children through the bitterness of the milk. 
Signs.  The signs are evident to the sight, chiefly in pressing down the tongue. 
judgements.  The judgements are dolour, fever, accompanied with such inflammation, which causeth the sick to suffocke. 
Cure  The Cure consisteth in good diet, eat little and of light digestion, abstain from all strong drink, as in other inflammations, use clysters & bleeding in the arm as also the veins under the tongue, use ventouses▪ and frictions on the neck, gargarisms, refrigeratives, and desiccatives. If it aposteme, as often happeneth, it must be opened with a lancet, if the Tumour doth so augment, that the sick is in danger to suffocke, them thou shalt make incision on the trachearter, betwixt the third and fourth ring, cutting only the membrane that holdeth them together, and not the proper substance of the cartilege, so the air shall avoid, put in a tent of silver, that is hollow, into it, till the inflammation be past, thereafter close up the wound, 
Andrew Scot  This was practised by Andrew Scot one of the King of Scotland's chirurgeons in Paris most cunningly▪ To do this operation, thou shalt hold backward the patient's head, lift up the skin with the hand, and cut it in length, so the membrane shall be discovered, then make your incision, with a Bistorie in the said place: during which time, use externally, medicamets about the neck, that are made of barley flower, lint seed, and fenegrec, with such like, as shall be found most expedient, according to the degree of the malady. It is good to use this remedy, which hath virtue to close the soft parts, & dry up the pituitous humour, which is fallen on the part, and hath the virtue to soften the glands intern, as also to lose, and is thus made. Rec. nidi hirundinis 3. unc. pulueris nucum cupressi. 1. unc. rosarum 1. unc. se. accipiantur cum oximelite, fiat cataplasma. 
Rondeletius de curandis morbis.  This operation of incision, is very dangerous, if it be not well made, by reason of the flux of blood, which often doth happen, as also for the nerves, which pass that way. I cured an apothecary in Paris after this method, and he healed, sometime it degenereth into Schirre, and then it must not be touched, but by remedies palliatives.   

The ninth Chapter, of the Tumour in the throat, called by the Greeks Schinanch, & by Latins Angina or Strangulatio,  
ANgina is an aposteme or inflammation of the interior muscles of the throat, whereof there are four kinds, 
Definition.  
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 24.  the first is great inflammation in the throat, the second is a humour contained behind the Amigdalles, 
Difference.  which hindereth swallowing, & sometime suffocketh, the third is great tumour and inflammation toward the chin, 
Aetius serm. 8. cap. 47.  both externally and internally, the fourth kind is, when the vertebres of the neck go out of their place, whereupon the tongue retireth from the proper situation, with difficulty of breathing: The cause is either great cold air, usage of cold drink, also it proceedeth of multitude of humours not of all the body, but of the head▪ and parts near to it. 
Cause.  The Signs are difficulty of breathing, fever, dolour in the throat. 
Signs.  
Paul. Aegin. lib 3. cap. 27.  The judgements are these, if it come suddenly through a fever, without any appearance outwardly in the neck, it is mortal. 
judgements.  The Cure consisteth in remedies universal and particular, 
Cure.  the general shall be in ordering good form of life, in the six unnatural things, eat little, drink ptisan, sleep little, use clysters, and some light purgations, bleed in the veins cephalicks in both the arms, also in the veins under the tongue. 
Hip. 4. de victu in mo●bis acutis & Paul. lib. alligato.  The particular remedies are to use frictions, ventou●es with scarifications on the shoulders, application, of hot bread to divertise the humour with this liment on the neck, unguent refrigeratine, oil of camomile, Lilies and violets, with a little hens grease, thereafter apply sheeps will on it, as it cometh from the sheep, in the mean time gargarize the mouth with plantive water, vinegar, or whey or with this that followeth, take barley, plantine, pimpernel, cherevill and seethe altogether, after the ebullition, put to it a little Diamoron or honey, of Roses. divers other remedies are set down by Paulus & Mesues. 
De metho. curam dor. morborum. Rondeletius.  Or this Re. aquae solani, plantaginis caprifolij, an. lib. se. aceti unc se. diamoron unc. 3. fiat gargarisma. If it turn to suppuration use this gargarism, take the roots of mallows, and althaea, sorrel, and lynseede, of every one a little, boil it in cows milk, putting thereto a little of the musilages of Psilion, which thou shalt hold a certain space in the mouth, the matter being become to maturity, open it with a lancet, thereafter this cleansing gargarism composed of decoction of barley honey and syrup of roses, being cleansed, ad to the said decoction a little alum, balanse and myrrh & sicatrize the wound. All this time keep good diet and abstain from women, beware the matter take not the course to the lights which is most dangerous. If any bone, or pick be in the throat, ye shall use the remedy set down in the poor man's guide, which is most excellent and easy to be had.   

The tenth Chpter, of the tumour which cometh at the root of the teeth called Epulides.  

Definition.  EPulides is a tumour or excrescence of flesh, which cometh at the roots of the teeth or between them in great quantity, chief about the teeth called mol●res it augmenteth by little and little. 
Cause.  The cause is a sharp, biting▪ humour which cometh from the head & stomach, as chanceth in putrid fevers, by the evil vapours which ascendeth, and corrodeth the gums, it happeneth also after ulcers in the mouth, chief to those, who have been ill cured of the Neopolitan sickness. The Signs are manifest to the sight & touch, as saith Avicen. 
Signs.  The judgements are, that sometime it is as great as an egg, 
judgements.  sometime it groweth to both the jaws, in such sort, that the mouth cannot open. 
Paul. lib. 3.  
Cure.  The topical remedies consist in usage of things discutient, as decoction seminis lini & such like, 
Gol. de comp. medicam. Paul. lib. 3. cap. 26.  sometime it suppureth, and then cure it, as in others ye have heard. Sometime it neither suppureth nor discusseth, and then ye shall proceed as I did in Paris to a Gentleman's boy, who had his mouth so grown together on both sides, that nothing almost could enter therein, and it was in this wise. First, I made incision, and cut the most part of the excrescence, so consumed the rest with caustic powders, and produced the cicatrice, and he healed. To others, I have knit the excrescence with a thread, the which I find more sure, and not to be feared, neither for flux of blood nor inflammation, that which remained after the thread was fallen, I consumed it with powder of mercury, alum, vitriol, aqua fortis and such like. Sometime this Tumour is hard and schirrous for the which ye must use palliatives, as in the Chapter of Schirre. As for the maladies of the teeth, the way to correct and help their deformity, to draw the corrupted, and put artificial in their place, ye shall hear at length in the Treatise of the poor man's guide.   

The eleventh Chapter, of the Tumour which happeneth under the tongue, called Batrachos or Rannuculus.  
RAnnuculus is a tumour of the veins under the tongue, and is sometime of such greatness, 
Definition.  that ye would think it another tongue, 
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 26.  
Cause.  this happeneth of● to children and old folk, 
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 26.  so that the voice is intercepted. The cause is a slime pituitous humour which descendeth from the head: and when the tumour is excrescence of flesh, 
Cause.  the cause is as of other excresc●nces. It is commonly wrapped in a chest or little membraine like as At●●●●ma. The sig●es are evident and it is in colour like a frog called R●na, 
Signs.  whereof it taketh the name, with great tumour in the veins of the tongue, which suffoketh the sick. In opening of it the sick sometime becometh mad as I did once see: jaques Guilmio Chirurgeon reporteth to have seen it four times. 
Cure.  As for the cure, that which happeneth in children is healed with gargarisms, resoluentis and iucisives, in old folk the veins under the tongue, must be opened. If the ranuill be great it must be cut & drawn away, 
Aetius serm. 8. cap. 37.  the superfluity, which remaineth shallbe dried with shall ammoniac, flos aeris & such like. Sometime we cut it with a bistorie, and apply ca●●er● actuals. As for the little pustulles which come in the mouth that the Latins call Aphthae, as also divers others, ye shall hear at length in my Treatise of the delivery of women, where I entreat of those diseases which commonly happen to young children.   

The twelfth Chapter, of the tumour in the neck called by the Latins Stuma or Scrofulae.  

Definition.  STruma is an inflammation of blood and pituite in the soft and glandulous parts as under the chin and oxters on the paps, and between the thigh and the body, and may happen in any part of the body. 
Gal. 14. methca 11. Cel. lib. 5. ca 25 johan. de vigo cap. de tumoribus pituitosis  The matter that is engendered of, is a rotten thick matter, & congealed blood like glans. The cause, are falls, & strokes, or humour pituitous mixed with melancholy, also drinking of evil waters, where through many were infected at the siege of Paris also the retentio of the excrements of the brains, 
Cause.  which should avoid by the muoth, 
Theodericus li 11. Gordon pertic 1.  nose, ears & eyes. This disease happeneth oftenest to young children both for the rarity of the skin, and gulosite, for the which some call them Scrofulae, by the simtlitude of a greedy beast, called Scrofa. The signs are apparent to the sight in the parts where they are, sometime few in number, sometime many, 
Signs.  and are covered membranes, like At●●●oma & Steotoma. 
judgements.  The judgements are, that those which are superficial, mobill, and not many in number, may resolve, unmovable, 
Baraia pallia.  hard & maling, do not resolve, or hardly receiveth any curation, those that are great, and near the tracharter, are difficile in opening, by reason of the nerves recurrent which being cut, the sick waxeth dumb, they are also difficile, 
Aetius & Leonidas.  when they are accompanied with veins for fear of flux of blood. The cure consists in remedies universals & p●rticuler as in good regiment, eat little and of light digestion, 
Cure.  abstain from such things as engender gross humours, purge oft, bleed in both thy arms, haunt no humid places, the drink shallbe composed after this form, take Scrofularia 3. parts, 
Avicen.  Scolupendula 2. parts, Pilosella and Brassica of each a little, the toots of Reddish and Aristolochia a little, seethe them all in white wine with a little honey, till the half be consumed, of this ye shall use 3. ounces in the morning every 2. days once. I have used to divers with good seccesse a decoction laxative the space of 15. or 20. days, also my confection set down in the poor man's guide. The p●rticuler remedies are to rub the part with a little salt butter, fried in a pan with a little vinegar till it grow black, some use the emplaster de vigo, with mercury, also the cataplasm, set down in the Chapter of Paristhimia. If it tend to suppuration, use this, take the leaves and roots of mallows, 
Rondeletius de curundis morbis.  lilies of each 2. ounces, leaves of camomile one handful, make a decoction, to the which add the flower of beans, lynseed and ●enigreck, an. 3. ounces, swine's grease that is flesh a pond, & make cataplasm, putting to it a little oil of ●rin and lilies, this ●ath the verru both to digest & ●ype. When it is opened cure it, as ye have heard in others. Sometimes children having scabs in the head, & the brains humid, & by wrong lying, & taking cold in the night, have the glans tumified, for remedy whereof, apply oil of camomile anissedes, & sweet almonds, with a little hens grease & butter If the tumour be hot, add to it, oil of roses, & violets, it is good also to rub it, with fasting spittle, till it grow hot. I have heard of sundry that have been cured perfectly by George Boswell a very learned Chirurgeon of S. john's town in Scotland, who is most skilful in our Arte.   

The thirteenth Chapter, of the tumour in the neck, called Bruncoceli or Hernia gutturis.  
THis Tumour, which the Greeks' call Broncon, is round, great, 
Definition.  engendered of the humour Phlegmatic, betwixt the trachearter and the skin, 
Paul. lib. 6. Difference.  sometime occupying the most part of the neck: of the which there are divers kinds, according to the matter contained therein, sometime like atheroma, other while like a●enfrisma. 
Cause.  The cause is not different from those, that it is like unto, yet some are external, some internal: as coldayre, drinking of evil water, as those who dwell in Piedmont, who are much subject, because the most part of their drink is melted snow: also the retention of the purgations in women, and great abundance of the humour melancholic. The Signs are most evident to the sight: The judgements are, 
Signs.  that those that come by nature, are incurable, and those which are like a●e●frisma must not be touched, 
judgements.  
Paul. cap. de hernia gutturis Rolandus lib. 3  those that are very great, aocompanied with veins, are very dangerous, & in no wise to be touched, those that are tractable, must be opened by canter, or lancet, eschewing always the veins. The cure is like unto at●●r●ma, 
Cure.  in the beginning it is good to apply a cake of lead rubbed with quick silver, or the emplaster de vigo with mercury, and rubbing it with thy hand, till it grow red, and use things to provoke spitting, for the which it shall be expedient, to use five or six grains of the arabic powder, in the mean time use good diet, and things to cause looseness of the belly: bleed in both arms if the malady requireth. Ye shall hear of this at more length in the Treatise of childbirth, by reason sometime it happeneth in time of travailing.   

The fourteenth Chapter, of the tumour called Ane●●risma.  
ANe●●isme is an tumour sofr to the touch the which is engendered of blood and spirit under the skin and muscles, which happeneth in divers parts of the body, 
Definition.  chief in the neck, for which cause we speak of it in this place. The cause is either dilatation, incision, or ruption of the arter, 
Paul. lib. 6. cap. 30.  which often chaunceh to women in the time of their birth, to water men and others who use violent labour through crying, or great violence, 
Cause.  which dilateth the arter. The signs are, this tumour in pressing on it with thy finger, thou shalt feel great pulsasion, 
Signs.  and the tumour of the same colour, as the rest of the skin, it is soft in touch, and yieldeth to the finger, by reason the spirit retireth into the arter, and having taken away the finger▪ it doth return presently and in returning making a noise, by reason of the blood and spirit, which returneth at a little incision, this happeneth when the Ane●frisme is done by An●stomis, that is being opened and cut. 
Gal. lib. tumorum cap. 11.  When the arier is riven, as happeneth in women, and those of great exercise, there issueth forth more abundance of blood, than spirit, and is more hard, than the other, and maketh less noise in retiring. Those which are superficial in the exterior parts, as the head, legs, and arms, may be knit, and are curable, 
judgements.  those which are profunde and interior, as in the breast, as of happenth to those, who sweat excessively of the Venerean sickness, also those in the neck, under the arms and flanks, and where there is great dilatation of great arters are not curable, but death ensueth in few days. 
Paul. lib. 6.  If the tumour be opened the patiented dieth presently: this happeneth oftentimes by the unskilfulness of the Barber's and Apothecary's, that meddle therewith, & and ruin a number of people through their ignorance, as I have often seen, for such people esteem all tumours, that are soft, to be opened, as common Aposthumes. In Paris 1590. there happened such a disease to one called Captane Tail, who was one of the chiefest Captains amongst the Spaniards, on the right side of his neck for the which I as Chirurgeon ordinary to the regiment, was sent for, & found that it should not be touched, of which opinion was also my companion Andrew Scot a man very expert in his art who was at that time in great practice at Paris, 
Andrew Scot  and now Chirurgeon to the King of Scotland, I ordained remedies to let the increasing of it, which receipt of mine being sent to the Apothecary, he thought it not meet medicine, for an aposthume, as he termed it. he sent for his brother, the glorious Barber, who seeing the Captain, found no difficulty but swore with great oaths, that he had charms for all sotes, and the Apothecary swore, that he had salves for all sores, & so presently opened it with a lancet, ro avoid the matter, as they thought which being the spirit & bold came forth with such violence, that the Captain died presently. I doubt not, but that in these countries, there be many such things committed by such ignorants, & so destroy many people. I use always in such, chief in the neck, & under the arms, and in the paps, these remedies that I prescribed to the Spaniard, that is, first to draw blood in both the arms, next to apply on the sore cerat Galen or de bolo, or this Ree. pulueris suhtilissimi, boli armenici, sanguinis draconis, myrtilorun, lapidis calaminarii in aceto extincti, absinthei, an. unc. 1. cum cerato refrigerantis Galeni quantum sufficit, fiat unguentum sive magdaleon. For the same effect I use a cake of lead rubbed with quicksilver, these things will hinder the growing for a time, although it be near the noble parts. If it be in the extremities, as legs or arms, they may live a long time, by the usage of the aforesaid remedies. I knew a woman in Paris who had one very great in her thigh & lived 10. years, if it be little and superficial, I find no better, than cataplasm made of claret wine with the crops & leaves of cypress, which I have often used on the arm, when the arter hath been opened in stead of the vein. Otherwise I knit them after this form, first I incise the skin long-wise, next discover the arter, and being discovered, I pass a needle with a double thread under it, two inches above the incision or ruption of the arter, and then knitts it with a double knot, voids away the blood contained, and cureth the wound, according to the estate it is in.   

The fifteenth chapter, of tumours or aposthumes in the paps.  
THe paps, which are part is glandulous ordained by nature, partly for the decoration of women, and partly to be answerable to the 2. chambers of the matrix▪ 
Definition.  & are ordained for the generation of milk, & are subject to divers diseases, as other parts of like substance, here we will only entreat of the aposthume, which happeneth in them. The cause is such, as ye have heard in other aposthumes, 
Cause.  and the retension of the purgations, also abundance of thick and knotty milk. The signs are, such as ye have heard in others, as dolour, pricking, tension, redness & fever. 
Signs.  The cure consisteth in universal & particular remidies, universal, as purgations, 
Cure.  bleeding, chief of the veins saphens, ventosing & friction on the thighs with other convenient remedies for the provocation of the purgations, as ye shall hear at length in the treatise of the diseases in women. Use good diet, tending to humidity. The particular remedies differ not from others, saving that we use familiar & weak repercussives, because it is near to the noble parts: in the beginning it shallbe good to foment the pap with hot water vinegar & oil of roses, or this, take the flowers of camomile, lynseede & fenegreck of each half a pound, the juice of mallows, roses, and plantine of each three ounces, vinegar two ounces, wet a cloth therein and lay on the sore. If it tend to maturation, use this the crumb of white bread, and bean meal of each half an ounce, flower of Fenegreck half an ounce, Mallows, althaea and lily roots of each a little, seethe them in milk, putting thereto the yolk of an egg, fresh butrer & a little saffion, when it is come to suppuration open it with canter or lancet, vacuate the humour, and cure it as other apostumes: make a bandage to hold it up, and labour not with the arm on the sore side, for that maketh attraction of milk to it.   

The sixteen Chapter of the Tumour in the thorax, c●lled Pleurisy.  

Definition.  Pleurisy is an inflammation, and tumour of the membranes which knit & cover the ribs, whereof there are two sorts, 
Difference.  false and true: the false is outward, in the muscles of the short ribs: 
Paul. lib. 3. Gordon. partic. 4. Avicen. 13. cap. de pleurit.  the true is that which cometh in the membranes which knit the ribs. The Cause is extern and intern, the extern is great heat or cold, also great usage of strong wine, 
Cause.  or very cold water, violent exercise, 
Aetius. serm. ●. cap. 68  or cold air after great heat: the internal cause is great repletion of all the body & four humours, but chief the blood and choler, which make the most subtle part of the blood ascend from the vein cave, to the vein azigos, thereafter in the muscles, veins & membranes inte●●stals. The Signs, 
Signs.  as saith Galen are great dolour from the shoulders to the nethermost rib, 
Gal. 5. de locis affectis. cap. 3.  punction in the side, continual fever, difficulty of respiring, coughing, hard pulse, great alteration with want of appetite, 
judgements.  The judgements are these, that which cometh on the right side, is not so dangerous, as on the left, if the spittle be black, livide and viscous with continual cough and vehement dolour, long continuing, 
Avicen. lib. 4.  it is mortal. If the urine be thick, blue or black, it is mortal: if the cough be very dry, and cease not, it is an ●uill sign: If the spittle be white, light, equal with little cough, and the patiented sleepeth well, good appetite, and the urine red coloured, it is a good sign. The Cure consisteth in universal and particular remedies, 
Cure.  universal as clysters, bleeding in both the arms, chief in the side opposite to the sore, keeping good diet, abstaining from all strong drink, women, violent exercises, perturbations of the mind: the particular shall be cataplasms and liniment●s of flowers of camomile, melllot, anise seed, lin● seed and fen●gre●, if the dolour be great and doth continue, Fuchius counseleth, frequent application of ventouses, with scarification of the part affected. If by these remedies the pain doth not cease, neither that ye perceive any evacuation of the humour, neither by the mouth, urine nor fundament, it is to be suspected to turn into Empiem, which is a collection of matter between the ribs and the region of the lights, sometime with corruption hereof, for the which we make incision, either by canter or lancet, but rather by the canter, for neither doth it close so soon, nor is so dolorous, the opening shall be between the third and fourth of the true ribs, beginning at the nethermost, and so counting upward, six inches from the ridge of the back. If ye see tumour eminent in any place of the thorax, open it in the most convenient place: Hypocrates counseleth to decover the third rib, and bore it with a trepan to let out the humour, when it is open, put in a hollow tent, either of silver or lead, let not all the matter avoid at one time▪ but by little and little, and cure it as other apostumes.   

The seventeenth Chapter, of the Tumour in the navel, called in Greek ●●c●mphalon, or Eminentia umbilici.  
WHen the Peritone is dilated or riven, the Navel doth swell or tumify in such sort, 
Definition.  that sometime it riveth, the cause is often in the midwife, that either knitteth too near, or too long: by the near knitting, 
Cause.  either it slippeth, breaketh, or causeth convulsion & other grievous diseases: by the too long knitting, it giveth place to the intestine or ●mentum, or some blood or flesh, watery or windy vapours do occupy the eminent place. 
Signs.  The Signs are known by the diversity of the matter contained therein: 
Theodericus lib. 3.  as if the omentum: it is soft, and in colour not different from the rest of the flesh: if the intestine, the tumour is soft and inequal, and returneth into the capacity with a noise: if humidity or vapours, the signs are, as in watery and windy tumours: if blood, which happeneth through the infecting of some vein or arter, the signs are, as in aue●●risma: if excrescence of flesh, the tumour is hard and obeyeth not easily. The judgements are these, when the dilation is great, 
judgements.  it healeth not easily, and often riveth by some violence or coughing, The Cure is, first in good regiment tending to sobriety, 
Cure.  
Celsus. lib. 6. cap. 17.  abstaining from all statuous meats, and such, as engender crudities, little moving and such like▪ Particular remedies consist in emplasters astringent, or the emplaster set down in the practice of Petrus de Angilla: 
Cap. de emin●ntia umbilici  also fomentations astringent, and bandages, chiefly in the beginning. If that help not, reduce the puddings and quafe, and cause the sick to hold in his breath, till ye knit the production, let it fall of itself, and produce the cicatrice. If it be riven by violence, or great cough, that the intestine cometh out, as happened to a woman, whom I cured in Paris, ye shall enlarge the wound with a convenient instrument, reduce the intestine, and use▪ the suitor pellitor, and cure it as other wounds. If there be wind and water in the place, cure it, as ye shall hear more at large set down in the Chapter of Hernes.   

The eighteen Chapter, of the Tumour in the belly, called Hydr●psie,  
HIdropsie is a Tumour against nature, engendered of great quantity of water, wind or phlegm, 
Definition.  sometime dispersed through the whole body, and is called universal: 
Gal. lib. 2· de facul. natura. et cap. 6. lib. 5. de locis affectis.  otherwhiles in some part thereof, & is called particular, most commonly in the capacity of the Peritone, of the which there are three kinds, to wit, ascites, timpanites and anasarca. 
Difference.  Ascites is a malady, that causeth the belly and legs to swell, 
Theodericus.  through a watery humour, the rest of the body is small and lean. Tympanites is a malady, in the which is more flatuositie, and less humour, and in touching soundeth like a drum. 
Gal. come. 2. aph Called dry hydropsy by Hip.  Anasarca or L●ncophlegmatia is a disease, wherewith the whole body▪ but chiefly the privy parts are swollen with a pituitous humour, white and clare, accompanied with fever. The cause is either extern or intern: extern as strokes, 
Cause.  falls, heat, cold, flux of blood, 
Theodericus party. 6.  or great and long running of the hemerhoides, or through dissenteria, also great usage of humid meats, as sewens, evil water, and such like, whereof we had good proof at the siege of Paris, also evil regiment, Plato saith, that in the time of Apollo and Aesculapius, neither caiter nor hydropsy, nor many other diseases which now reign were known, and that, through their great sobriety. The cause intern cometh chiefly of the virtue alteratrix and concoctrix of the liver, 
Signs.  in like manner apostumes of the liver, 
Gal. de facul na. cap. 7. et 5. de locis affectis. et lib. 3. cap. 29 Alexander Trallianus. Hip. lib. 2. prognost. Gordonius pa●●.  also passions of the stomach, through the vice of the veins mesenterics, intestine, matrix, bladder, lights, milt, and kidneys. The judgements are, that all hydropsies after a hot fever, or in the fever, are evil: if after aposteme of the liver, it receiveth no curation, if by using remedies the sick groweth better, & within 3. or 4. days is ill again, he healeth not, if he become laxative, and have no ease of his pain, it is mortal, if the spittle, the breath and extremities do stink, they are signs of death, if flux with difficulty of respration, he shall die within three days, of all sorts ascites is the worst, those that are young and robust, using exercise, and if the humour be not putrefied, 
Cure.  may be cured. For the cure hereof, there are 3. intentions, the first is good diet tending to hot and dry, 
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 48. & lib. 4. ca 6.  of good nouriture and light digestion it is good not to drink at all, but if it be any, let it be a little old man. I knew a man, that was cured, by abstaining from drink half a year. Antonius' Bene venius reporteth that he knew men cured, 
Lib. de abditis morbor. causis.  by abstaining from drink a year, without using any other remedies. Let their bread be of barley, wherewith shall be mingled the powder of wormwood▪ aniseed▪ betony, calamint, calamus aromaticus, succory, fennel, which things may also be put in their pottage & drink, asses & goats milk is also good. The second intention is, with fomentions and unguentes resotives, as ye have heard in Edema. The third intention is to corroborate the intemperie of the liver as is ample set down by Albucrasis. Some counsel to make incision the which I have often seen, 
Lib. 3. holy abbess & Guido.  but with evil success, & therefore not to be used, as being rejected by Celsus, Paulus, Trallianus▪ Gordonius and others. The manner of incision is thus, make the incision with a bistorie by the navel▪ but 3. fingers under it, towards the flank, shunning the Linaea, put a hollow tent in it, and evacuate the humour by little & little. I have set down an excellent remedy in the poor man's Guide for the curation of this disease, if the fault be not in the liver, whereby I healed many in Paris, during the time of the siege. There are many other things, which might be spoken of this matter, which I leave to the mediciners, being more medicinal, than chirurgical, but by reason that sometime it falleth under the Chirurgeons hands, I thought good thus much to entreat of it.   

The nineteenth Chapter, of the Tumour in the fundament, called Condiloma.  
THe fundament is subject to divers passions, as Condiloma, ficus, atrices, hemerhoids, rhadiae, clausio, 
Definition.  paralysis, pruritus, fistula. 
Celsus. lib. 6. Paul. Aegin. cap. de condil. Fernelius lib 5. symp▪ et parti. morb Gordon partic. 5.  Condiloma is a certain excrescence of flesh, hard, tuberculus, and membranous in the brims of the fundament, sometimes accompanied with great tumour and swelling, and are called Condilomata, sometime not swelled, and are called Atrices. The cause is the weakness, softness, and low situation of the part, also defluxion of humours, 
Cause.  which become rotten, for the which it is of hard curation. 
Celsus. lib. 6.  The signs are manifest to the sight, 
Signs.  accompanied with great tumour and dolour. The Cure consi●th in good regiment, and rest, often purging with clysters, bleeding in the arm, 
Cure.  to divert the humour, if there be any inflammation, using vomitors, & things to provoke urine. The topical remedies are, in the beginning to use lineaments of oil of roses, cidoniorum, with whites of eggs, thereafter use remollientes and discutientes: if it tend to suppuration, use such remedies, as ye have heard in others, putting thereto a little of tapsus barbatus, it must be opened in form circular, this counseleth Gordon, to the end the matter remain not long there in, which easily causeth fistule. If the excrescence be great & hard, they must be consumed with caustic medicamentes, as counseleth Celsus. Sometime the fundament is closed, as I saw in Picardy in the Town of S. Quintin in France, where I brought a woman to bed, that had two children, the one had excrescence of flesh and died soon after it was borne, the other had a membrane, that closed the passage of the excrements, which I c●tte with a bistorie, and it healed. This happeneth often to maids in their conduits, for the which do the like, or have recourse to Celsus. 
Lib. 7. cap. 28.  Or to the man's Guide.   

The twenty Chapter, of the Tumours in the Fundament, called Hemerhoides.  
THe Hemerhoides are an inflammation or voiding of blood, 
Definition.  of some one or more of the five veins, which go about the Fundament, of the which there are divers kinds, 
Symptom. morb. lib. 5.  as saith Fernelius, some are intern, which are not to be seen, others extern, some swelled and void no humour, but in tract of time return inwardly, some open, and avoid abundance of melancholic blood, which maketh great pain. The cause is great abundance of melancholic, 
Cause.  pituitous or bilious blood, also great usage of mordicant medicines, as saith Gordonius. The Signs are these, if the humour be cold, the sick feeleth great heaviness, 
Signs.  and dolour, and trembling of the belly, if the humour be hot, there shall be great pulsation, evil colour of the face, heaviness of the eyes. The judgements, this disease is dangerous and difficile, for sometime the great evacuation causeth the hydropsy, 
judgements.  evil colour, and weakness of the body, which often endeth in fistule. If they be suddenly stayed, they engender dangerous maladies, and often death, the humour taking the course to some other part, as the liver or the lights, as saith Bartapallia: if they void moderately, it is good, and preserveth the sick from melancholy, leprosy, strangury, grief in the sides, and inflammation on the lights. The natural course of them is to void every month once, 
Hip. 6. epid.  or at least four or five times in the year. The Cure is somewhat difficile, the part being sensible and cold, 
Cure  having no force of itself, also being in a low place, easy to receive fluxion, and being in a privy place, hard to come to at all times: yet in so far as may be, it consisteth in good diet, abstaining from all things of evil digestion, and which breed melancholy, next, the body shall be gently purged, then bleed, 
Finchius lib. 3 de medendis morbis. Baptista Mon●anus.  if either they flow moderately, or be painful, also bleed in the vain in the ham or foot, If they be tumified, apply a horseleech, and some medicaments to make them open, and ease the pain: as cataplasms, fomentations, half baths, or sassettes of henbane, tapsus barbatus, violets, red roses, mallows, lintseede, all soddeu in milk and applied on the part. Also the yolk of an egg, oil of roses, rose water and cream applied after the aforesaid manner, are of great force. 
Poor man● guide.  Some for this purpose use hogs dung hot on the part, for the appeasing of the pain, as you shall hear further in the poor man's guide, Or this, take sorrel, violets, henbane, of every one a little, roast it under the aeshes and mix it with a little hogs grease and lay it on the sore. If they void much, apply ventouses on the shoulders, with astringent and corroborative emplasters on the os sacrum and fundament, made of sanguinis draconis, mastic, mallows with the hair of an old Hare cut very small, and a little powder of roset, 
Montanus.  mix all together with the white of an egg, and lay on the foresaid places. If the pain be vehement and intern, take a tent, wet in the foresaid remedy, and put in it, or take this unguent, composed of rosat. m●snes, cerat. Galen & comitissae mingled all together in a mortar of lead. paulus counseleth, when there are divers, to leave one open for a certain space, for fear the humour take the course to some noble part. There are divers other familiar remedies, for this purpose, which shall be set down at large in the poor man's guide.   

The one and twentieth Chapter, of the Tumour in the Intestine, when it falleth, called by the Latins, Exitus longanovis or Any prec●dentia.  
EXitus longanovis is the fourth coming or rather turning over of the great Intestine, 
Definition.  which happeneth through the laxation of the muscle Sphinter, the which maketh it fall, & tumify, which is most common to young children. The Cause is external & internal: 
Cause.  external are falls, and strokes on os sacrum, sitting on cold stones, great compression of the fundament, also apostumes which happen in these parts. The internal cause is great humidity, which relaxeth the muscle, flux of the belly, oft pressing to go to the stool, as commonly happeneth to those, 
Signs.  who have the Dissenteria. The signs are apparent to the sight: 
Cure  the Cure shall be in general and particular remedies: 
Avicen. lib. 3. tract. 1.  the general shall be first in good regiment of life, abstaining from much drink, pottages, herbs, fruits, and all meats that engender erudities, also the usage of purgations shall be expedient. The particular remedies are to foment the place with smiths water and red wine, in these shall be sodden red roses, myrtles, centinodie, shepherds purse, roch alum, seeth all together and foment the place, then anoint it with oil of bays and myrtles, and apply on it powder of mastic, myrrh and nuts of cypress, thereafter cause the sick to draw in his breath, so it shall be easily reduced: being put in, wet a cloth in the former fomentation, and lay on it, and band it for a certain space, press not sore in going to stool, and keep you warm. If for all this it heal not, have recourse to the poor man's guide in the Chapter of diseases of young children in these parts.   

The two and twentieth Chapter, of the tumour in the cods.  
IN the cods, are situated the stones, which are ordained by nature for the generation of man, which are subject to divers tumours and inflammations so that sometime the stones do swell, 
Gal. de usu part. et artis medicae cap. 9 Definition. Lamrancus tract. 3.  to the greatness of a goose egg accompanied with dolour and hardness, so that the heart, liver, & brains feel the grief. The cause is either external, or internal, 
Cause.  the external, are strokes, falls, application of remedies, which offend the nature of these parts▪ the internal cause is defluxion of humours which often happeneth in the low, parts of our body, retention of a maling Gonorhea, also when the seed is any wise out of the domicile & yet retained in the capacity, as happeneth to young men in the night, so waking at the discharge of that humour they do retain it by force which afterwards rots, and maketh defluxion on the stones, as I have sometime seen. The signs are inflammation, dolour, hardness, 
Signs.  ponderosity which may easily be perceived, great dolour of the muscle called Suspensor which giveth voluntary motion to the stones. The judgements, if such tumours be not swiftly cured, the aposthume, become hard, 
judgements.  and sometime Scirrous, which may not be cured, but by amputation, as I have seen in three divers persons. 
Cure.  The cure is general and special, general in good regiment of life, abstaining from strong drink, eating little and of good digestion, little traveling, bleeding the vein saphen, using of clysters, and provoking urine. The topical remedies differ not from other tumours, saving that neither apply remollients nor suppuratives without great consideration, but repercussives, in the beginning as oil of Roses, vinegar, whites of Eggs and such, thereafter this remedy, that hath the virtue to repel, and discuss the humour. 
Bartapallia.  Rec. radicum altheae & lini an. unc. 2. foliorum violarum, maluae, parietary, plantaginis, hyosciami aen. manip. 1. camomillae, melioti, rosar●m siccarum an. P. 1. coquautur in oxymelite cum fari●is fabarum & hord●i an. unc. se. If it turn to suppuration, do as in others, if by long delay the stone be altered, the best remedy is amputation: if vehemenr dolour, as often happeneth, apply on the sore cassiafistula or new Cheese with a little vinegar, which are things most anodine in such griefs.   

The three and twentieth Chapter, of hernes in general, which happen in the flank and cods.  
AS in divers parts of the body happen diverse sicknesses, so in these parts come 8. sorts of diseases commonly called ruptures or hernes and are divided into five propers and three commons, the first of the propers is called Bubonocele or hernia in completa, that is when it remaineth in the flank, the second is called enterocele or hernia intestinalis that is when the intestine falleth into the cods, the third is called Epiploceli or hernia Zirbalis, when the call fall in the cods. The first of the commons is called Hydrocelae or hernia aquosa, which is a watery humour in the cods, the second is called Physocele, or hernia ventosa, which is a wind in the cods, the third is called Sarcocele, or hernia carnosa, which is a scirrous or fleshy substance in the cod, the fourth is called Cirsoceli, or hernia varicosa which is when the veins, that nourish the stones, are dilated and full of melancholic blood, the fift is called hernia hum●●alis, which is when any defluxion of humours falls in the cods, of all which ye shall hear hereaftet in there several Chapters, beginning first with B●bonocele.   

The four and twentieth Chapter, of the tumour inguinall called Bubonocle.  

Definition.  BVbonocele is a tumour in the flank either of the call, or intestine, 
Gal. tumour. cap 17. Auic. 22. ca 2. A●tius serm. 19 cap. 29.  which happeneth through dilatation, or ruption of the peritone, & is called b● the latins hernia inguinalis, or inconpleta. The cause is external and internal, external in strokes, leaping, wresting, crying, vomiting, choughing, 
Cause.  riding on hard trotting horses, bearing of great burdens, the violent using of women, or any violent using of exercise dilatation of the ligament in women, through great travel in childbirth▪ the internal cause are using of viscuous & flatuous meats, great repletion of the belly, and of humours. The signs if it come through relaxation, 
Signs.  it reduceth easily, if of the intestine, ye shall hea●e a noise, and it is dolorous. The judgements, many die of this disease, 
judgements.  the gut being forth, filleth full either of wind, or excrements or both, which is so difficile & painful to be reduced, that the sick dieth. As for the cure, 
Cure.  use fomentations remollientes and discutientes made thus. R●c. radicum altheae, brioniae, cucumeris ●grestis an. M. 1. foliorum maluae, bismaluae, pari●tariae et violarum an. M. 1. florum, et foliorum camomillae, melitoti, & rosarum an. P. 1. seminis altheae, lini et fen●greci an. unc. se. coquantur omnia in lact vel aqua, et f●menta locum cum spongis. If by these remedies, it reduce not, being great abundance of wind, ye shall use five, or six punctions with a needle for the purpose, which dissipeth the wind, & reduceth easily, then use emplasters astringent, with a bandage for a certain space, in so doing those which come of releaxation sometime heal others, which come by ruption do nor heal, so the sick must have a truss for the purpose, with an emplaster to let the falling down again, and no other cure to be used, yet there are some ignorant people, who take upon them to heal this, as also the 2. completes by drinks, charms, praying to Saints, & going on pilgrimage, which are all false & found on no reason, others, as Tbeodo●ricus counsel to cure them by actual canters, Lanfrancus by potential, Bernardus & Rogerius, by the wearing of a golden thread, called punctus aureus, which are all dangerous and uncertain ways.   

The five & twentieth chapter, of the herne or rapture intestinall called by the Greeks enterocele.  
THis kind of rapture is, 
Definition.  when the guts fall down into the cods, either through ruption, 
Baccha. lib. 3. Paul. cap. de rami●e. Fanenrinus de medendis mor. Pareus lib. 7.  or enlarging of the peritone, where the spermatic vessels do pass, and where the muscles Cremastres' end, and the membranes Dartons and Heretroides begin, wherein the gut, caul●, or both do fall. The causes are like to Bubonocele, 
Cause.  
Signs.  the signs are great in equal tumour, sometime hard, by reason of the fecall matter contained therein. The judgements are these there commeteh inflammation, 
judgements.  and the more ye press to reduce it, the inflammation is the greater, so it changeth the colour, which is an evil sign, sounding and voiding of matter at the mouth are evil signs & if the intes●i●e be not reduced the patiented dieth, which happeneth through the narrowness of the dilatation. 
Cure.  As for the cure, first rub the cod with oil of camomile, and lay the sick on his back in such sort that his arse be higher, than his head, reducing with thy hand little, and little, pressing most on the place where it defended. If the fecall matter let the reduction use the remedies set down in Bubonocele & clysters to discharge the intestine, if by these remedies, the intestine do not reduce, but the matter wax hard with grea● dolour, ye shall make incision in the upper part of the cod, eschewing the intestine, thereafter put a little piece of wood up by the production of the peritone, near the hole of descent, the piece of wood must be round on the one side, & flat on the other, whereon ye shall make the rest of your incision, and rub the descent with a lttle oil, so it shall easily reduce. If then it reduce not, the peritone must be incised, and use the canter Gastrographick, & handle it as other wounds, this operation must not be used, but in great necessity, & when the sick is strong, prognosticating still of the danger, nefefellisse aut ignorasse videaris. Being reduced, it must with bandages and astringent fomentations be contained with rhiss ●●plaster. 
Celsus.  Rec. emplastri contra ru●turam unc 2. mastichae unc 1. unguenti comitissae & desiccativi rubei an. unc. se. lapidis calaminaris in aceto extincti parum: or this, tak● bean flower and the bark of the oak tree, sanguinis draconis, powder of sage and roses, of every one a little, seeth all in smiths water, putting thereto a little hogs grease, and lay it on the place in form of an emplaster, and keep the bed for the space of forty days, shifting it once in six days, using good diet and of light digestion, abstaining from crying and coughing, laying the hinder parts higher than the head, through this method some heal, chiefly when the dilation is not great●. If the dilation be so great, that there is no hope of recovery by these remedies, we come to the operation of the hand, the body having purged and bled afore if need be, eating little the night before the incision: the sick shall be laid on a form or board, situated as ye have heard, his legs and hands bound, and so reduce the intestine, which being done, one shall hold his hand on the hole of descent, than the Chirurgeon shall take the stone on the sore side, making an incision two inches broad, at the which draw out the testicle, 
Halyabbas Rogerius Theodoricus Albucrasis Brunnus and Rolandus.  separate the didyme from the scrotum, till ye come to the hole of descent, and knit with a waxed thread, and cut the production with the stone a little from the thread, stay the flux of blood, and heal it, as other wounds. If the patiented be old, make incision in the lower part of the scroton, to the end the matter may avoid the better. Sometime the dilation being great, the intestine sticketh to the peritone, so in knitting the peritone, ye knit the intestine also, which if it happen the sick voideth the excrements by the mouth, and so dieth. This happened once to my Master, who had used this operation a long time, whereof I thought good to let you understand, if any such cure come in your hands. Sometime being healed in the one side, it falleth on the other side, for the curation whereof, do the like, yet it is very incommodious, for after, the party is disabled to engender, and the hair of the beard becometh thin and falleth, for the which cause and divers, 
Gordon. Paul. Leonellus. Faventinus & de Vigo.  I am of the opinion with the learned, not to attempt this operation, but rather to use a truss, so in process of time, nature engendereth a certain piece of flesh in the hole of descent.   

The twenty six Chapter, of the rapture Zirball, called Epip●cele.  

Definition.  EPipocele is a descent of the call in the cod or flank: the Cause is not different from the precedent, 
Cause.  accompanied with abundance of humidities in these parts, 
Signs.  the Signs are like the precedent, saving that it is softer and uneasy to reduce, 
Cure.  not dolorous. The Cure must be like to the intestine in all, cutting the production that falleth, knit & canterize it, to let the flux of blood of the veins and arters, whereof cometh great danger, if it be reduced and yet bleedeth, it causeth flux of the belly and often death.   

The twenty seven Chapter, of the watery Herne called Hydrocele or Hernia aquosa.  

Definition.  THE watery Herne is a Tumour in the cods, which groweth by little and little sometime to great bigness, 
Celsus. lib. 5. Fuchius lib. 6. Albucra. lib. 1. Gal. lib. 3. de sympton. causis. cap. 2. Aetius serm. 19 cap. 22. De Vigo cap. de aquosa ramice.  and is contained sometime in the cod, otherwhiles betwixt the membranes, that cover the stones called Dartos and Heretroidos, sometime within them, sometime it is accompanied with the gu●te, and is called Hydrointerocele. The Cause is like as ye have heard in hydropsy, and is a particular hydropsy, sometime strokes, the vessels being riven, the blood changeth into a watery humour. The Signs are, the Tumour is clear, and becometh long still in one estate, 
Cure.  not painful, heavy, sometime hard, and is known by holding the cod betwixt thee & the candle, 
Signs.  and being enclosed in membranes, it appeareth to be a third testicle. 
judgements.  The judgements, some resolve, oftentimes the intestine also falleth, chiefly in the left side, by reason of the milt, 
Bacchanellus lib. 3.  which is full of cold melancholic humour, which oftentimes corrupteth the testicle. As for the Cure, the sick must be purged, 
Cure.  with fit medicines, according to the nature of the humour, use mean exercises, meats hot and dry in small quantity, abstaining from drink, and keep thy belly lose, sleep little, and provoke urine by diuretic things, abstain from all things which breed wind. The particular remedies are in using fomentations as in hydropsy, next, the astringent emplaster made of red desiccative, the unguent Comitisse, with the powder of lapis calaminaris, extinguished in vinegar, oaker, ballast, bol armenie, alum, mustard seed and euphors, malax. all together with a little oil of camomile, and lay on the sore. If these remedies suffice not, by reason of the great quantity of the water, we put a Seton through the lowest part ●f the cod, and draw it twice every day, till the humour be evacuated. If the humour be in the membranes, that cover the stones make incision in the side of the cod, eschewing the testicle, put a tent in it, and dress it twice a day, keep it open, till the humour be evacuated, use remedies anodi●us, for to appease the dolour, 
Paul. lib. 6. Albucrasis li. ●.  and ●ic catrize it as other wounds.   

The twenty eight Chapter, of the Herne windy called Physocele.  
THis Herne is a collection of wind in the Scroton, called Hernia ventosa: 
Definition.  the Cause is imbecility of natural heat in these parts, and phlegmatic matter, 
Cause.  with such other causes, as ye have heard in windy apostumes. The Signs are, the Tumour is somewhat hard, light, round, 
Signs.  suddenly engendered, occupying for the most part, the s●roton and wand, resisting to the touch, clear as a bladderfull of wind, the wand greater in one place, then in another. The judgements, if this vapour dissip not, 
judgements.  it causeth many evils, sometime occupying the whole body, and proceedeth often of matter venenous. The Cure shall be, 
Cure.  first in good diet, as in Edema, next, to apply on the place things resolutive and corroborative, as ye have heard in windy apostumes, some allow the plaster of Vigo with mercury, or diapalma malaxed with wine, also the dregs of claret wine, boiled with bran, & laid warm on the place.   

The twenty nine Chapter of the Herne carnosa, called Sarcocele.  

Definition.  THis is a Tumour in the cod, sometimes in the membrans dartos and heretroidos, 
Paul. lib. 6. Faventinus.  chiefly about the stones, like unto a tumour schirrous, 
Cause.  and as it were accompanied with veins varicous. 
Albucra. lib. 3. de Vigo. lib. 11.  The Cause is, abundance of gross humours in these parts, which doth corrupt the testicles, and at last degendreth into a hard fleshy disposition. 
Signs.  The Signs are, 
Guido. tract. 11.  unequal tumour, hard, always in one estate, dolorous, and being touched (all which is in the testicle,) doth move. 
judgements.  The judgements are, that when it happeneth to young folk, and handled in the beginning, it doth some time heal, but commonly it is incurable, and the worst of all the eight kinds. If by feeling it at the uppermost part of the didim, it seem unnatural great, the tumour is incurable, and better it is not to touch it, then to attempt any cure: if ye find the didim small, there is some hope of cure: For the which we must situate the sick as ye have heard, 
Cure.  
De Vigo. lib. 2▪ Rolandus & Albucrasis de hernia carnosa. Arnoldus de villa nova de mala complexione.  next, make the incision in the upper part of the cod, knit the didim and canterize it, as ye have heard in interocele. If it adhere to the cod, separate it, and cut off the testicle, with the excrescence, if after the incision, there cometh inflammation and dolour, let the patiented bleed, and rest five or six days, as counseleth Franco, and leave the cure, to give order to the accidents.   

The thrrtie Chapter, of the Herne varicous, called C●rsocele.  
THis Herne is a Tumour, and dilation of the veins that nourish the testicles, 
Definition.  
Paulus. Bacchanellus.  which are full of melancholic blood, and also the membranes hereof. The Cause is, some gross humour or melancholic blood, 
Cause.  gathered in that part, by reason of the debility and declivity of the place, 
Gal. lib. de tumoribus.  and heaviness of the humour. 
Signs.  The Signs are, the repletion of the veins, sometime few in number, sometime many wrapped together like a vine branch, soft in touch, and returning into the belly, by pressing on the didime. 
judgements.  The judgements are, it is without dolour, most dangerous, and difficile to be cured, 
Gordon Bacchanellus.  as ye shall hear in the varices of the legs. The cure shallbe first in purging the body of melancholic, then bleed if need be, 
Cure.  therefore make incision on the scroton the breadth of two fingers in the place of the varice, thereafter make pass a needle with double thread under the varice and in the upper part of the wound, an other in the lower part▪ leaving an inch betwixt, then open the varice, and evacuate the humour contained: if there be any more do the like, that done knit the thread, and handle the wound as others. If the testicle be infiltred with veins accompanied with dolour, that it may not be handled this way, the didime must be cut as in the pre●●dent, and so proceed in the cure,   

The one and thirtieth Chapter, of the herne Hum●rall.  
THis herne is an aposthume and defluxion of humours together in the cod or membranes, 
Definition.  
Rolandus.  that cover the testicles, and sometime in their proper substance. 
Cause.  The cause is not different from other aposthumes, as also the signs. 
Signs.  The judgements are, 
judgements.  such as are long in healing the part being cold and membranous, sometimes suppureth, otherwhiles resolveth, if it continue long, it corrupteth the testicle. The cure, the sick shallbe purged with clysters & bled rest, and wear a truss to hold up the stones, 
Cure.  and dressed according to the nature of the humour and accidents, after the method set down in the general Chapter of Aposthumes.   

The two and thirtieth Chapter, of the tumour in the Flank called Bubo.  

Definition.  THis word Bubo is taken in place for the part betwixt the thigh & the body, 
Gal. lib. 5 ca tumour 2. add glan et 3. meth.  called in latin Ingnen, in which there are many glans, which often do swell, & tumify. 
Cause.  The cause is, defluxion of humours, violent exercise, crisis of maladies, 
Signs.  dolour, or ulcer in the leg or foot, or some other part near to it. 
judgements.  The signs are evident. The judgements, when it happeneth by crisis of malady it is difficile, 
Gal. 13. meth.  if no fe●er have proceeded, nor vapour venomous, it is easy, sometime it doth resolve, otherwhiles suppo●eth. There are other glanss lower, where ordinarily the plague engendereth. 
Cure.  The cure differeth not from other aposthumes, which come in parts glandulous, where of I have spoken amply in the Chapter of Scrofulae.   

The three and thirieth Chapter, of the tumour in the knees.  

Definition.  THis tumour cometh by fluxion or congestion of humours in the joints, 
Cause.  and chief in the knees, the cause is, 
Gal. come. aph. 74. lib. 4. Paul. lib. 3. cap. 78.  strokes, falls, plenitude of humours, crisis of malady, heat▪ cold, long travel, laxations. riding and frictions. The signs are manifest, & the judgements are, that those which happen after a long malady, 
Signs.  are difficile and dangerous, 
judgements.  as saith Hyppocrat●s, & are long in healing, painful to the sick dolorous, the humour being either extreme hot or cold, which maketh inflammation in those parts, sometime matter virulent under the lid, which causeth the bone go out of his place, and sometime turneth over, as I saw once in Paris. The cure consisteth in universal, and p●rticuler remedies, 
Cure.  universal shallbe according to the quality of the humour, as ye have heard in the general Chapter, the Topical remedies, shallbe repercussives, & discutientes, & drying according to the nature of the part, which shallbe distinguished, 
Auïcen▪ Henri.  according to the degrees of the aposthumes, as ye have heard in Phlegmon. If it tend to suppuration be wary in opening of it, our ancients forbidden to open deep under the lid, because parts are sensible and dolorous, of the which happeneth evil accidents. Use medicamentes corroboratives, and anodynes, evacuate the matter and cicatrice the wound, as others: sometime the tumour is ingencred of wind, which deceiveth the Chirurgeon, and if it happen, cure it as ye heard in windy, and watery tumour.   

The four and thirtieth Chapter, of the tumour in the veins of the legs called Varicae.  
VArix is dilatation of the vein greater, than natural, which happeneth in divers parts of the body, as temples, 
Definition.  
Paul. lib. 6.  belly, under the navel, on the testicles & matrix, but chiefly in the legs, which is sometime one vein, sometime divers together, full of thick, burnt, melancholic blood, letting action of the place. The cause is abundance of the melancholic humour, retention of the moveth course in women, 
Cause.  & Hemorhoides in both sexes, which dilateth the veins, & sometime breaketh, as oft happeneth to women in their travel, for the which I have treated at lenhth in the treatise of women's birth, likewise vehement exercise, as leaping wresling, carrying of great burdens, strokes, falls, torments & such like. The signs may be seen by the greatness of the veins, which commonly are blacker, than the natural. 
Signs.  
judgements.  The judgements, those that are intern, 
Gordom. partic. ●  are incurable and not to be touched, because it letteth the effluxion so returneth to the noble parts, & causeth great accidents, intertaineth old ulcers & letteth the cure thereof. The cure is diversly set down by divers authors, some counsel to incise them in divers places according to the circumvolution; and let the blood, 
Cure  then to close up and bind the wound, as in other blo●dinges, resting that day, 
Rolandus. Paul. lib. 6. cap  and if they swell again do the place with a little ink the skin, above the vein, thereafter take up the skin with thy hands, and incise in the midst thereof, then let it go, that the vein, may be seen & pass two needles, as in the varicus herne, let it bleed, a quantity, & knit it, let the three add fall of itself, without drawing it by force, and cure the wound as others.   

The five and thirtieth Chapter, of the little Tumours in the legs called Dracunculus.  

Definition.  THis is a tumour or extraordinary dolour bred in the legs or arms, 
Aetius cap. ultimo. Paul. Aegin. Auic. lib. 4. cap 21.  called Draguneus, yet divers authors have given it divers names, as Avicen calleth it Meden by the name of a town, where it is frequent, Albucrasis calleth it Venacivilis, Halyabbas vena famosa. There is also touching the cause, & cure, great difference, it chanceth most commonly in the midst of Arabia, as writeth Paulus and is not oft seen amongst us, yet somewhat I will say of it for the better instruction of the young Chirurgeon, Paulus and Avicen are of opinion, that in the place affected, the humour is like unto little worms sometime great, otherwhiles small, chief in the parts musculous, as in the arters, 
Cause.  thighs, and legs, and sometime in children's sides under the skin, with manifest motion. Some take it be a sharp and mordicant humour between the flesh and skin, which in time waxeth hard like an nerve or tendon. It is iugendred of a hot melancholic blood & burnt phlegm sent through the veins to the exterior parrs by the virtue expultrix. 
Monard. lib. 7.  
Signs.  The signs are vehement dolour, fever, hard, and round like nerves, seeming to move in the touching as it had life, the tumour is long, and stretched from one joint to an other, as from the kne● to the foot. The cure whether it be humour, 
Cure.  or animal vegetative, is to foment the place with milk and camomile, or medicines to appease the dolour, then to give air either by canter, or vissicator, if it be not dolorous and tend to suppuration cure it, ●s ye have heard in Erisipelas, changing always your remedies according to the times of the Tumour, and Humour which reigneth.   

The thirtte six Chapter, of the Tumour in the legs or arms, called by the Greeks', ●lephantiasiis particularis.  
THIS if it be universally through all the body, it is called Leprosy, if it be particular, 
Definition.  it occupieth only one member, which spoileth the form, figure and disposition thereof, and maketh it rough, like the skin of an Elephant, 
Gordon. part. ●.  for which reason it is called Elephantiasis. If it occupy the skin and not the flesh, it is called Morphaea. The Cause cometh from the mother's womb, 
Cause.  and is called Malady hereditary, or after we are borne: if from the womb, either the child hath been conceived in the time of the monthly purgations, or else the mother, or father hath been elephanticke. After we are borne, it cometh either of corruption of air, as in places near the Sea, which maketh the humours of the body thick: also dwelling in hot countries, as in africa, Spain and others, where many have this disease: also in cold parts, which thicken the humours, & plenitude of the humours, chief of the melancholic, retention of the hemerhoides, or purgation menstrual, defect in the milt corrupteth the humours, chiefly melancholy, great usage of melancholic meats, ae Swine, Goats, Hares, cheese and such like, The Signs are, 
Signs.  great tumour occupying the whole member or some part thereof, which augmenteth by little and little, not dolorous, insensible, which sometime is inflamed. The judgements, when it is universal or particular, it is incurable, yet some remedies palliatives may be used, 
judgements.  to let and stay the malady, 
Cure  by purging the melancholic humour, bleeding, bathing, ventousing, provocation of the flowers, and hemero●hes, using of good regiment and things that engender good blood, abstaining from things of contrary quality, the which must be done by the advise of the learned Physician. If there come inflammation in the heart, use such remedies as are set down in the Chapter of Phlegmon. I have seen some have this malady, and live 20. years and more, by the using of good regiment, but I have known none to come to perfect cure.   

The thirty seven Chapter, of the tumour which cometh in the extremities of the fingers called Paneris or Paranochia.  

Definition.  THis Aposteme, which occupieth the extremities of the fingers and roots of the nails is called by the Greeks' Paranochian, by the Latins Redwiae. The Cause is melancholic humour, venomous, and most hot of the nature, 
Cause.  which proceedeth from the bones, nerves, tendons, and membranes, which cover the same. The signs are vehement dolour, 
Signs.  whic maketh the ●icke almost beside himself, great inflammation, fever, and sundry other like accidents, 
judgements.  as in Carbuncle. The judgements it is sometime ulcered with virulent matter, & is very dangerous as saith Gordonius, oftentimes afore there, be any outward appearance in the flesh, it rotteth both the bones and ligaments and membranes, and then there is no remedy, but to cut it, for fear it infect the rest, and also cause death, as reporteth de Vigo. 
Cure.  The Cure, first the sick shallbe purged and bleed in the arm opposite, using good regiment, and abstaining from all strong drink: as for the topical remidies, there are divers opinions amongst our old writers, some counsel repercussives and ●nodins and supuratives, other counsel for the greatness of this disease, not to abide the maturation, but presently make incision in the inner side of the part or joint, the length of the said joint, going to the bone, 
Petrus Bayrus in sua practa.  to give issue to the venom, which is commonly the periost, and bone let it bleed, till it ●●aunch of it self, thereafter wash the part with strong vinegar, and Aquavitae, wherein hath been delayed a little Treacle, using a lineament of unguent rosat, Populeon, with a little oil of Roses, or a cataplasm made of the leaves of Henbane, Sorrell, mandrakes, roasted under the ashes and mingled with a little Butter or Hogs grease, this doth appease the dolour and provoke matter. This being done cleanse the ulcer, and cicatrize it as in others.   

The thirty eight Chapter, of the little hardness in the feet commonly called Corns.  
THose hard tumours, 
Definition.  which commonly occupy the toes and feet, chief the joints and under the nails, are called Corns, and in latin Claws, 
Difference.  of the which there are three kinds to wit Corpus, Callus, and Claws. The Cause is chief in wearing strait shoes, 
Cause.  superfluous excrements, which cannot avoid, so remaineth in the partueruous▪ and acquireth a certain hardness, according to the nature of the part, where they are. The Signs are apparent to the sight. The cure is, that those, 
Signs.  that are little, not deep, are to be cut finely at the root, 
Cure  and filled up with a little wax and green copperous, or else a little of the sand, which remaineth of the urine, take heed ye cut not to deep amongst the ligaments & tendons, for the great accidentses, that follow, as inflammation, 
Petrus bayrus.  sometime convulsion, and Gangrene, so that some lose their toes & feet. In cutting a part of it, the root groweth more large, than it is best, to foment the part with water of mallows and Althaea, or water, wherein Tripes have been sod, thereafter use Gum Ammoniac dissolved in Aquavitae and lay one it, or this which I have often used made of like quantity of Turpentine, wax and verdegreace and apply thereon. And so we end this Treatise, and shall follow out to entreat of wounds in like manner.    

THE sixth TREATISE Of Wounds, and containeth twelve Chapters.  


Chapter 1 Of wounds in general.  
Chapter 2 Of the simple wound.  
Chapter 3 Of the composed wound with loss of substance.  
Chapter 4 Of the contused wounds.  
Chapter 5 Of wounds done by gun-shot.  
Chapter 6 Of wounds in the veins and arters.  
Chapter 7 Of wounds in the Nerves.  
Chapter 8 Of wuundes by biting of venomous beasts.  
Chapter 9 Of wounds in the bones.  
Chapter 10 Of wounds in the head.  
Chapter 11 Of wounds in the thorax.  
Chapter 12 Of wounds in the belly.    

The first Chapter, of the cause, signs and curation of wounds in general.  CO. 

Definition.  Like as we have proceeded in the former Treatise of Tumours, 
●al. 3 method. cap. 1.  we shall follow out the same Method in wounds, and so I demand, what is a wound?  LO. 
It is a dissolution of the continuitie, 
Celsus lib 5. cap. 26.  recent, bloody without putrefaction in the soft, hard, or organicke parts.  CO. 
Which is the cause of wounds?  LO. 
Whether they be animate or inanimate, they are of three sorts, of the which they take their denomination, as if the wound be made by a thing sharp pointed, as a rapier, lance, or dart, it is called thrust or stab: 
Celsus ibidem.  if with a cutting thing, it is called incision or cut, if with a heavy blunt thing, as a stone, or club, which cometh by force and breaketh & contundeth the flesh, 
Signs.  it is called contusion.  CO. 
Which are the signs of wounds?  LO. 

Celsus ibidem. Gal. de causis morborum. cap ultimo.  They are manifest, according to the judgement & accidents that follow.  CO. 
Which are the differents?  LO. 
Some are simple, others composed,  CO. 
What is a simple wound?  Lo. 
It is that, wherein is no lack of substance, & healed one way only to wit by consolidation, as saith Hippocrates.  CO. 
What is composed?  LO. 
It is that in the which there is loss of substance▪ and hath divers intentions for the cure thereof.  CO. 
Differ wounds no otherway?  LO, 
They differ also in that some heal easily, some are difficile, and some are mortal, some without intemprie, some little, other great, sperficiall, profound in the simple or similar, others in the instrumental or orgaine parts, some in soft, some in hard parts.  CO. 
Which are those which heal easily.  LO. 
Those which are in the flesh not touching veins, nerves, nor arters, in bodies well composed, and where there are no great accidents, nor in parts dangerous.  CO. 
Which are dangerous?  LO. 
All those, which are intern also in the membranes of the brains, in the heart, lights, liver, Diaphragma and great intestins, 
Hip. lib. 6. & apho. 18.  and those that are within three fingers to the joints, also wounds in the nerves, which cause convulsion for their communication with the brains, those in the Esophag, vines Ingulare, in the flank thighs & betwixt the fingers and all those yet are without tumour, 
Paracelsus in magna Chiru●gia.  all wounds in the head both great & small, wounds that are deep made overthwart, also some are difficile for the excellency of the part, being necessary to all the body and life itself.  CO. 
Which are mortal?  LO. 
All those in the substance of the brains, heart, liver, midst of the lights, chest of the gall, midst of the diaphragm, stomach, milt, kidneys, & small intestines, 
Hip. lib 5. apho  bladder, matrix, trachearter, and spinal medull: Also those at the roots of the emunctoires and noble parts: in like manner in the vein ca●e descending or ascending, the vein part, great arter, or in the back cause present death, be reason of the great evacuation of the blood and spirits.  CO. 
Which aere the particular signs, whereby you know those parts to be mortal?  LO. 
Every one hath a particular sign, as if the brains, or membrane thereof be hurt, the blood cometh forth by the nose by the ears, 
Brains.  with vomiting of choler, voiding of the excrements unawares to the party, the face ugly to the sight, the feeling dull, and understanding hurt, the patiented falleth into raving & convulsion within 3 or 4 days. We know the heart to be hurt, when there cometh out quantity of blood, 
Hart.  thick & black, chief if the right side be hurt, if the left, it is more red and subtle, the pulse becometh weak & variable, the colour pale, with universal trembling, casting a cold ill savoured sweat, the extremities wax cold, often sounding, and dieth shortly. 
Lights.  We know the Lights to be hurt, when the sick doth breath with difficulty, voiding a spumous blood at the mouth and wound, & lying on the wounded side, speaketh, and not on the other side: some rave, the red colour and heat goeth to the visage, in the end issueth quantity of matter at the wound. 
Diaphragm.  The diaphragm being hurt, the flanks retire & close, there is great weight on the part, dolour in the rig back, cough, difficulty of breath, with issue of a spumous blood at the wound, as in the Lights. If the Liver be hurt, 
liver.  there cometh out great abundance of blood the flanks retire towards the back, the colour like death, the eyes sink in the head, want of rest, the urine is bloody, the excrements purulent, the sick cometh to lie on the belly, the dolour is pricking, extending to the breast bone and ribs, in respiring he draweth in his shoulders and vomiteth choler. 
Lib. 6. cap. 88 Milt.  Paulus Aegineta reporteth, that one lobe of the Liver may be hurt, and yet death not follow of necessity. If the Milt be hurt, the blood cometh forth black & thick at the wound or left flank, which with the stomach waxeth hard, there is great drought, dolour in the furcilles, as in the Liver. 
Kidneys.  If the Kidneys be hurt, the dolour descendeth to the root of the thigh & testicles, there is difficulty of urine, pissing of blood, sometime blood stayeth within, & the sick dieth all swollen. If the Orifice of the stomach be hurt, 
Orifice of the stomach.  there ensueth vomiting of choler, as also of that which is eaten presently, the pulse is weak, sweeting, the extremities cold. The stomach and intestine ieiunum being hurt, have the same signs with the meat & drink issuing forth at the wound, the flanks dolorous and hard, the Patient voideth choler at the mouth, & spiteth blood, with great cold in the ext●mities. The spinal medull hurt, 
spinal medull.  the sick becometh paraliticke & in a convulsion, and looseth the feeling, the inferior conduits are relaxed, so voideth the seed urine or excrements. If the Bladder be hurt, 
Bladder.  there is great dolour above the yard, pissing of blood, voiding of urine at the wound, vomiting of choler, cold in the extremities. If the Matrix be hurt, 
Matrix.  the dolour doth communicate to the liskes, haunches & thighs, the blood cometh forth partly by the wound, partly by the nature, some lose sense and reason, and some speech, & have the same accidents with those that are hurt in the heart. 
Intestines.  If the Intestines be hurt, there is great dolour, with continual voiding of the fecall matter at the wound.  CO. 
What is to be considered of the Chirurgeon touching the judgement of wounbs. 
judgements.   LO. 
First to know what part is hurt, & the nature thereof, whether there be any or no hope of health, knowing the parts, that are easy to heal, difficile, & mortal, also the usage, action, substance, & situation of the same, likewise the figure of the wound & actions that happen, the temperature, age, sex, region, season, & constitution of the time. Wounds in the nerves, tendons, joints & bones without appearance of tumour are evil signs, & show the humour to be brought to the noble part. Wounds with fracture behind, are in danger of spalme, & such being before, are in danger of ra●ing & frenzy. I● convulsion happen in a wound, 
Hip. lib. 5. apho 65.  chief after some great inflammation, it is for the most part mortal & showeth the parts nervous to be hurt. Wounds in the head, if after x. days symptons do happen, signify abscess in the liver, and likewise great desire of drink signifieth the same. Wounds that have bled much, if convulsion ensue, are dangerous, as also all thrusts in nerves & tendons, the unvoluntary vomiting of choler, when the sick is hurt or the inflammation lasteth is an evil sign.  CO. 
Until what time should we stay our judgement of wounds in the head? 
Hip. de vulneribus capitis.   LO. 
Until Forty days, and some late writers till fifteen and twenty days, days, after which time, cometh often fever and other evil accidents, which chance often at full Moon, and dieth, as I have sometime noted.  CO. 
What time of the year is most expedient for curation of wounds?  LO. 
The spring time, when the weather is neither hot nor cold, the Autumn is evil, for the moistness of the ayte, as also the cold winter which is enemy to ulcers and wounds in the membranes and bone as saith Hippocrates.  CO. 
How many points are there to be observed in curing of wounds? 
Cure.   LO. 

Hip. aph. et 20. lib 5. Ce. lib. 5. ca 25  Five, first in ordering of universal remedies, regiment of life, air, which must be hot and temperate, the sick must be nourished with little meat and of light digestion, somewhat refrigerative if there be fear of fever or inflammation, which danger is most to be feared afore the 7. day, abstain from wine and all strong drink, except through loss of much blood the heart be faint, 
Avicen.  sup lightly, abstain from women, and all vehement passions of the mind. If great dolour, inflammation, convulsion happen, as in parts nervous and bare of flesh, 
Gal. lib. 4. met. & lib. de curatione per sanguinis misson. cap. 7. & 8. Hip. lib. de uloeribus.  let blood, use some light purgations, if the body be cacochymic. In great wounds of the head and in such times, as is not convenient ro give potions at the mouth, as ye shall judge by the sickness & state of the diseased, use Clysters. The second point in taking away of that which is noisome, as Iron, Balls, Stones, Wood, Cloth, and such like, pieces of bones and congealed blood are also to be taken away being separated from the part and not joined as before.  CO. 
By what means takest thou such things away?  LO. 
They shallbe taken away either by the part where they enter, or parts, whether they tend, which is done by divers sorts of instruments fit for that purpose, also by the help of these medicaments, radix pectinis veneris cum malua tusa. Plin. lib. 24. cap. 19, Aristolochia, ammo inacum cum melle, arundinis radix con●●sa et melli●d●nista, altoresi fructus tritus, dictanmum, propolis narcissus, lacerte caput tritum, et appositum. Oribas●●s lib. 7. cap. 17. excepting always if they be in some part noble, and in that case, are not to be touched, because it hasteneth death, and helpeth not: then we must consider, 
Cel. lib. 7. ca 3.  if the thing be superficial, not yet passed the great vessels, as veins, arters, and nerves, it shallbe best to draw it out by the wound, if it be passed the veins, arters, and nerves, it shallbe best to draw it by the part, whether it tendeth, by incision of the part, least by drawing it forth, where it came in, dilacerations of the said parts, 
Cel. lib. 7. ca 3.  which is to be observed in broad arrows: by this means the wound healeth more easily, by teason that the medicament may be applied on both sides, and the matter doth void better. Beware in making the incision to cut nerve, vein, or arter, if at first they cannot be drawn out, they are to be let alone for a certain space, 
Albucr. lib. 2. cap. 94.  in which time the flesh which is about it doth consume and putrefy, & so giveth an easy issue. The late practitioners think best to draw it out at the first, if it be possible, because then the patiented feeleth not the sore so much as afterward, also the part doth swell through fluxion of the humours, which maketh the wound, narrow accompanied with greater dolour than at first. For the extraction we situate the sick in such form as when he was hurt, 
Hip. Paul. lib. 6. cap. 88  and seek the thing in sounding of it with meet instrument, or the finger which is most sure, and draw it forth, with the least pain, that may. If the wound be not great enough, that it may not be drawn without delaceration of the flesh, which maketh great inflammation & dolour, we must after the counsel of or ancients dilate the wound with a razor, to the end, the thing therein may be drawn forth the more easily, for the which it is necessary to know the form substance, situation and connexion of the part▪ 
Cells. lib. 5. cap. 26. et Paul. lib. citato.  with the Symptoms which do commonly follow. If the thing be in the bone, it must be drawn by a Tyrefond, and shaken a certain time afore, as counseleth Albrucrasis, if the bone be much broken, it shallbe best to use dilatation, both to draw more easily the little pieces, and also conjoin the great. If without great pain the bullet, or other thing can not be found, and the sick feel no great harm ●hereof, 
Hip. Paul. lib. 6 cap. 88  it shallbe best to let it alone, till such time it show itself, which sometime happeneth not in long time, as we see by daily experience. The third intention is to close the lips of the wound by suture bandage and ligators. 
Gal lib 4 3. m●●ho et artis medicae●ca. 90. Suture. Gal. lib 3 m●tho. cap. vlt. & cap. 4. comm. apho. 9   CO. 
What is suture? It ●s a joining of the parts separated against the course of nature with needle and thread, to the end the cicatrize be the surer in great wounds as the Thighs, Leg, and a●mes, where there is great distance between the brimms. I● the part be altogether cut & have almost no hold, whereby to receive life the suture availeth not, also if the lips of the wound be swollen & inflamed it must not be done, till the inflammation be past, and the wound something suppured, in doing whereof it must neither be too slack, nor too strait. 
Cel. lib. 7. cap. 2●.   CO. 
How many sorts of sutures are there?  LO. 
divers according to the diversity of the wound, hurt, parts, and nature of the bodies, and are commonly referred to three, 
Suture incarnative.  to wit, incarnative, retentive, and conservative.  CO. 
After how many ways usest thou the incarnative?  LO. 
Five ways, first we must have a needle of a reasonable length, sometime right, otherwhiles kerbed, triangular at the point, with a soft, round, great thread, to the proportion of the needle and wound, also you must hold your needle case on the other side of the wound to hold it steady, let the first stitch be in the outside of the wound and the case on the hurt side, next the stitch on the hurt side of the other side, and the case on the whole side, beginning always in the midst of the wound taking reasonable great stitches in deep wounds, and superficial in small wounds, the lips must be joined even together, so knit the thread, and it cut near the knot, thereafter if need be, put an other stitch in the interspace, observing always an inch between the stitches.  CO. 
How is the second done?  LO 
Either with a needle or divers together, as if the wound be great and deep, and the thread not suffitient, we pass an other needle in the wound, as the pre●●dent yet not drawing it through, as doth women, when they stick a needle in their sleeves, and turn thread abour it, and after this order, use so many, as shallbe needful, according to the greatness of the wound: and this kind of future we use in cloven lips, which shallbe done in this manner. If it be not great, and much dilated, and the person neither too young, nor too old, nor of evil habitude, we take the lip and cut all the skin of the inner side of the cloven, with an instrument, than we pass one needle as abovesaid or two if need be, with an emplaster of Betonica, or such like, which doth conglutinate the lip commonly in Ten days, after which time cut the thread, and out the needle, and induce the cicatrize, as in others: Do the like in the ears, or nose, being so cloven.  CO. 
How dost thou the third future incarnative?  LO. 
With long needles and strong thread, double with a hard knot in the end, which we pass in divers parts of the wound, leaving always an inch betwixt, then pass a little round piece of wood, the greatness of a small goose quill in each side of the wound under the thread, and press the lips of it gently together and knit the thread with double knots one after another, until all be knit, which is used in great wound.  CO. 
How is the fourth future incarnative done?  LO. 
By little pieces of cloth as the breadth of the wound, & place requireth, that is strong, with the selfedge out in points like arrow heads, the rest shallbe covered with some astrigent, and conglutinative emplaster as this, take powder of sangue Dragon, true bol, incense, mastic, S●●rocolla, fine flower, 
Auic. tract. 1. cap 8.  incorporate all with whites of eggs and lay on both sides of the wound with the aforesaid clo●h, and the cloth be further back, than the lips of the wound, so the points shallbe near, to the said lips, which being fast, we put a thread through these points till such time, as we see the lips of the wound to close▪ and knit the thread with double knot, this is called dry future, and is commonly done in the face, and such places, where we desire the Cicatrice not to be seen.  CO. 
How dost thou the fift future in carnative?  LO. 
With clasps of Iron sharp pointed, and long, which take the lips of the wound being put together and hold them so, this was used by some old practitioners, but at this present, it is not in use, as being dolorous, & exciteth inflammation & fluxion. 
Second suitor general.   CO. 
How is the second kind of future general done?  LO. 
It is done after the manner, that the glovers sow there gloves but is neither sure nor profitable, for one point slipping, the rest slip also. In like manner, the blood, which is retained, swelleth the part, and falleth amongst the muscles, which often doth rot, and gangrene the part▪ so it is better to knit the veins and arters or canterize them, which I have done with good success, & used by our ancients where there was great effusion of blood in the veins and arters, and now commonly used in the intestines and bladder, and such o●her membranous parts.  CO. 

Third suitor general.  How is ●he third suture general done?  LO. 
As the rest, but not so hard, and is used to conserve the lips of the wound being separated, and where there is great loss and dilaceration of flesh.  CO. 
What time appoint you to take away the points of your sutures?  LO. 
According to the opinion of Vigo in 6. or 8. days, yet in our ordinary practice we limit no time, for some conglutine sooner than others, so when the part divided beginneth to conglutinate assuredly we take out the stitches.  CO. 
Is there no other sort of sutures commonly used?  LO. 
There is a kind which We use in the belly, called Gastroraphie of the which divers have written in divers manners, here I will set down that which is sure and most easy in the wounds of the belly. 
Gal. 6. metho. cap. 4. Albucr. lib. 2. cap. 85. Cel. li. 7. ca 16.  First if the guts come forth, they must be put in their place, also the call, first knitting and cutting away that, which is altered, leaving the end of the ligator out at the wound, that which falleth, may be drawn out, than thou shalt cause one to take both sides of the wound in his hand, than he shall discover a little of the wound, so make the first stitch of the needle at the extremity of one side of the wound piercing the skin and muscles, not touching the peritone, thereafter put the needle in the other side, through the peritone, muscles, and skin, then make an other stitch, like to the first, not touching the peritone, then make the fourth point like the second, piercing peritone, muscles and skin, so continue it, till it be all sowed, taking the peritone on the one side, and leaving it always on the other.  CO. 
What is bandage, or ligator?  LO. 
It is a piece of cloth made long two or three else, 
Ligator, which is the second help in conjoining of wounds. Celsus. lib. 5. cap. 26.  and in breadth three or four inches, according to the member and hurt, the cloth must be soft, clean without 'em or seam, and more slack in wounds than in fractors, and of it there are divers sorts, for some are to contain, as in simple wounds, some are to expel matter, as we see in cave wounds, some are defensives to stay fluxion, some to retain the medicaments on the part, as in the throat and belly, some are mortificative, which we use in legs or arms gangrened to cut them off. The way how these bandages should be used, are after divers manners, according as ye shall hear in their proper places hereafter. 
Four points in correcting accidents of wounds. Aposteme. Hemeragie.   CO. 
Which is the fourth point observed in curing wounds?  LO. 
To give order to the accidents, which are double, to wit proper, and accidental.  CO. 
Which are proper?  LO. 
apostume, hemeragie, and putrefaction.  CO. 
What is apostume?  LO. 
I have set down the definition, signs, difference, and cure thereof in the general Chapter of Apostemes.  CO. 
What is hemeragie?  LO. 
It is an issuing of the blood in great abundance, the vein or arter being cut, riven, or corroded: there is another flux of blood, which sometime cometh at the nose, and chanceth often in days critic, 
Gal. 3. de cri●bus.  which should not be stayed, unless it be excessive.  CO. 
How should the excessive flux be stayed.  LO. 
By things, about & on the place, which cool, agglinat, & dry by ligators, canters actual, & such like, as I shall set down in the Chapter of wounds with flux of blood. 
Putrefaction.   CO. 
What is putrefaction?  LO. 
It is that which corrupteth & letteth the spirit & natural heat in the member, where through it becometh rotten & putrefied.  CO. 
What is the cause of this putrefaction?  LO. 
Either corruption of the spirit vital, or else viscus and cold humours, which stop the passage of the vital spirit, some are causes primitives as strokes, contusion, strait binding and such like.  CO. 
Which are the accidental symptoms?  LO. 

Symptoms accidental. Evil▪ complexion  Evil complexion, fever, dolour, spasme, paralyse, syncope and alienation.  CO. 
What is evil complexion?  LO. 
It is an evil comixtion of the four humours, when one reigneth more than an other, as was said in the first Treatise.  CO. 
What is Fever?  LO. 
It is an extraordinary heat, beginning in the heart sent through all the body with the spirit & blood, 
Fever.  by the urines and arters.  CO. 
By what means is it cured?  LO. 
It is distinguished according to the time cause & nature, which points belong to the Physician.  CO. 
What is Dolour? 
Dolour.   LO 
It is a feeling of a thing, which hath a contrary quality in our bodies.  CO. 
What is the cause of Dolour?  LO. 
Solution of continuity, or some sudden alteration, the accidents which come of it, as also the cure, is set down in the general chapter, yet we will say somewhat of it at this present. All dolour maketh altration of humours & blood, which maketh inflammation, for the which foment the place with oil of roses, with the white of an egg, if the dolor be great stupefy the part with oil of popie & opium with mandrager, also the root of solanum brayed, and put with the same is good to mitigate the dolour, as saith Galen, if it be not appeased by these remedies, 
Lib. 5. method. et lib. 3. cap. 4.  it is a sign that the nerves are hurt, for the which have recourse to wounds in the nerves.  CO. 
what is spasme.  LO. 
It a mnladie in the nerves, 
Spasm●.  making involuntari moving, drawing the muscles & tendons towards their beginning, uneasy to relax.  CO. 
What is the cause of Spasme?  LO. 
Repletion, 
Hip. aphor. lib. 5. et 6. apho. 39 et Gal. lib. de sympton. causis. Gal. 3 technic.  evacuation, and dolour.  CO. 
Is it dangerous?  LO. 
Avicen saith, that all spasme confirmed in wounds is mortal, others are curable: that which chanceth through thrusts in the nerves is evil. If it happen by great evacuation of blood, it is mortal, as saith Hypocrates, and better it is, that a feu●r come in a convulsion, than convulsion in fever: spasme after fevers, is mortal, as saith Hypocrates.  CO. 
Which are the signs of spasme?  LO. 
Difficill moving of the body, tension of the neck, contraction of the lips, astriction of the jaws, pervertion of the eyes and face, which, if it take the course to the parts appointed for respiration, it is lamentable, and the sick shall soon die, that which is confirmed, is incurable.  CO. 
What is the cure of it?  LO, 
First we foment the part, with hydrel●on or hydromel, sometime bathe with water, wherein hath been sodden mallows, althaea & violets, extremities of calves, mutton, goats, lambs & such like, with a certain quantity of oil: being taken out of the bath, rub the part with oil of violets, sweet almonds, hens grease or mutton, also rub the neck, back and head being razed, with oil of lilies, vulpinum, turpentine▪ ph●losophorum. For the same purpose, dry perfumes are good, 
Gal. 6. meth▪ Galen come. aph 17. lib. 5.  it shall be good, sometime to draw blood on the same side, if there be plenitude with inflammation, if there be cacochymy, purge the body of the humours, which abound: if the cause come of dolour, or some bite of a venomous beast, the dolour must be appeased, and apply on the sore, treacle, and ventous, to draw out the venenosity.  CO. 
What is Paralysy?  LO. 
It is a mollification or relaxation of the nerves, with privation of the moving, 
Paralysy.  whereof there is two kinds, universal and particular.  CO. 
What is the universal?  LO. 
It is that which occupieth all the body saving the head, and if it occupy the head also, it is called apoplexy, which is an other kind. 
Galen▪ 3. de locis affectis. cap. 10.   CO, 
What is the particular?  LO. 
It is that which possesseth & occupieth one member only, as the hands, feet, tongue, legs, and such like.  CO. 
Which are causes?  LO. 
Some are intern & some extern▪ Intern as gross humour, which moisten the nerves in the brains & the marrow in the which let the vital spirit to pass. Extern are wounds, incision, falls, strokes, con●usion▪ aposteme, cold, & all outward things, that may let the animal spirit to pass.  CO. 
Is it curable?  LO. 
All parali●●es are difficile, by reason the nerves are destitute of their natural heat, which is the efficient cause of curation, yet some are curable, when the nerve hath lost the feeling & moving it is called Aploplexie, 
Gal. 3. de locis affectis  when it cometh to one side it is called Resolution of the part.  CO. 
How is it cured?  LO. 
By universal and particular remedies, universal, as purgations, Clysters, bleeding, good diet hot and dry, particular, as emplasters, lineaments, ventoses, cataplasms, fomentations, also the balm of Guido, who counseleth to apply ventouses in the beginning of the nerves. Togatius counseleth a liquor set down in ad ditionibus Petri apponensisde scriptionis mesue, also to rub the neck, back & parts most offended, with unguentum martiatum or agrippae. 
Sincope.   CO. 
What is Sincope?  LO. 
It is sudden fall and decay of all the whole forces of the body, and of all accidents it is the worst. 
Gal. 12. metho. ca 5.   CO. 
Which are the causes of it?  LO. 
Great evacuation of blood, in●emperatur of the noble parts, vehement passion of the spirit, fear, lack of courage, rotten vapours, as happen in pestilent fevers and all things, that may intercept▪ and destroy the vital spirit. 
Ga. 10. ingenio sanit●tis cap. 5. Gal 12 metho. ca 4.   CO. 
What is the cure?  LO. 
First to encourage the sick, speak little, give him a little wine, cast water in his face, and hold vinegar at his nose: draw his extremities, and chief the fingers and rub the part affected with this Rec. olei costini, terebanthine an. unc. 2. misceantur et ungatur. With this unguent Rec. unguenti martiati. unguenti Agrippae an. unc. 1. se. olei costini, & nardini et de piperibus an. drag. 1. sagapeni, 
Alienation.  apopanocis dissolutorum in vino an. drag. 2. cerae parum, fiat unguentum, quo ungatur neruorum origo?  CO. 
What is alienation?  LO. 
It is an inordinate perturbation of the mind, with diversity of speech, whereof there are two kinds proper and accidental, 
Gal. 9 metho. cap. 10.  the proper is that which we call madness, the accidental, is that which we call raving, as chanceth in hot fevers, and other maladies, wherein hot fumes ascend to the head or by hot and cold air, as saith Avicen, also by putrefaction and venenosity of our meat and drink and is cured by diverting the fumes with frictions and ligators of the extremities, using Clysters and rubbing the head and neck with Oxyrodinum. 
Gal. 3. thera Pu●   CO. 
What is the fift thing to be observed in curing of wounds?  LO. 
To conserve the substance and the temperature of the hurt part, 
Thing observed in curing wounds.  and consolide the wound, which is done with unguentes, emplasters, tents, plumations, as ye shall hear in particular.  CO. 
Tell me some thing of plumatiens, tents and there use? 
Plumations.   LO. 
Plumations are made of little pieces of cloth, the threads drawn out, or the pieces of cloth themselves, will, or tow, 
Gal. come. apho 3● et lib. 2. de off●● medici.  the pith of the Elder tree, the hairs of a hare, gentian. Of these some are round, some triangulars and quadrangulars, the ancients give them divers denominators, either of the matter, they were composed of, or of their form: some are applied dry, others wet in divers li●quors, as whites of eggs, wine, vinegar or oil, 
Cel. lib. 7. cap. 28. Holleris lib. 3. cap. 4. De materia chirurgica.  according to the disposition of the part, we apply them unto. Sometime we apply many, otherwhiles few, as the case requireth. The tents are sometime made of cloth, otherwhiles of sponges or roots of certain plants, of brass, lead, silver some cave within, others not, 
Tents.  of length & greatness according to the hurt, some are even, others crooked, yet always round, and are used for divers causes, as when wounds are to be amplified or cleansed also in cave wounds with loss of substance, in contused wounds, altered by the air, also when the wound is affliged with phlegmon or any other tumour against nature, 
Celsus lib. 5.  also in wounds which come of biting, for such wounds have some venenosity. In wounds with corruption of bone. In all other wounds we use not these things▪ but induce the cicatrize and con●solide the wound. 
Consolidation.   CO 
What is consolidation? It is that, which hath force to join, consolide and dry the wound, & maketh if like unto the skin.  CO. 
Wha● skin is it?  LO. 
It is nothing else, but the flesh made dry and hard by the work of nature, & virtue of medicaments, and is like the other skin, but not of the same nature in all points.  CO 
There are many other things, which may be spoken generally of wounds, which for lack of time, we will refer, till our next meeting, against which time I would have you to bring me in writing your opinion of wounds in particular, aswell made by gun-shot, as otherwise, and then we will entreat of ulcers after the same manner.   

The second Chapter, of the particular and simple wound in the flesh, without loss of Substance.  
I have spoken in the precedent Chapter, that wounds in the organic parts receive no curation, now according to your direction, I will prosecute these which happen in similare or simpler parts, beginning with the simple wounds in the flesh, which is without loss of substance either with accidents or without. As for the causes, signes● & judgements, ye have heard sufficiently in the prec●dent Chapter but for the Cure, the simple wound in the flesh, healeth by joining the lips of it together and help of nature, 
Cure.  yet for the more assurance we use to let it bleed a little, 
Gal· 3· et 4. me●tho cap. 10. Hippolito lib de vulneri et Celsus lib. 5. cap. 26.  if it hath not bled sufficiently already: next we dress it with a clean cloth or soft sponge, than we close, and put on it the white of an egg with lint, bind the wound, and stir it not in two or three days; the white of the egg preserveth it from inflammation heat, 
Gal· 3. therape● et 3. met. ca 10  dolour, and bleeding. If the wound be great that it joineth not by the simple l●gator, we use a future, with powders incarnative or retentives, composed of s●nguinis draconis, thus, mastic, hollarmenie, wheat flower, all mingled with whites of eggs and a little oil of Roses, with lint on it as before. Also a double cloth broader than the wound, wet with oil of Roses and vinegar, bind it and stir it not for two or three days, if accidents do not chance, and being removed, wash it with Claret wine, wetting plumations in the same wine, 
Gal. 4. methho cap. 4. Gordonin●.  which have the virtue dry & comfort. If the wound be deep & these remidies not suffitient, we make a liquor of oil of Hypericon & Turpentine, with the yolk of and an egg, or a little of my balm set down in the Chapter of gun-shot. I use, especially following the wars, this digestive made of yolks of eggs hard roasted, and beaten with a little oil of hypericon, Turpentine and Myrrh, so this keeps a long time, 
Holler. de matern. chirurgie.  and bringeth the wound to matter, the which not avoiding for the situation, which is to high, we situate the part in such sort, that the orifice is lowest, as for example, if the wound be in the thigh and there be a cavity in the knee, we situate the knee in such sort, 
Gal. li. 3. meth.  that is much higher than the thigh, if it avoid not that time and the cavity be great, we make incision in the bottom of the cavity or cut it altogether. Tho● mayest know which of those issues is best by the greatness of the wound and nature of the part, 
Brunus Guido.  it shallbe best to make it in the bottom of the cavity, using a hollow tent in it to avoid the matter. We use also a seton, which is a little cord or piece of cloth, rolled in form of a cord, anointed with some liquor mundificative, drawing it sometime from one issue to an other, and so continuing, till it be cleansed, dressing it thrice a day, thereafter I use some glutinative medicine, as ye shall hear in the next Chapter.   

The third Chapter of, of the composed wound with loss of Substance.  

Definition.  THe Composed wound is when there is loss of substance to wit, 
Cure  skin, flesh, and bones, for the cure we use two intentions, 
Gal. lib. 4. metho et artis par●e cap. 92. Gal. lib 2. cap. 1 de eompos. pharmac.  that is, reparation of the substance lost, and induction of the cicatrize: which is lost, if the body be well disposed, is repaired by nature only, using in the mean time medicaments▪ that are cleansing and drying. If the flesh renew not in his fashion, we use medicaments sarcotricks, which shallbe made of Iris of florence, Thus, Mastic, Aloe, Colophony, Pix resnia, Farina, Hordei, Orobi, Fenugreci, Lupinorun, Apopanax, Myrrha, Saccocolla, and sanguinis draconis with unguentum aureum mesue. If the wound be deep mix some of these powders with wine & wash the wound, with Turpentine in form of unguent and put it in the wound either with plumations or tents, dress it twice a day in Summer and once in Winter, using an emplaster, that drieth and comforteth with bandages. In these wounds there are four intentions to be observed, first to ingen●er such substance as is lost, secondee to know the temperature of the body and hurt part, to the effect, we may judge, whether the medicaments should be cold hot or dry, 
Gal. meth. ca 3  thirdly to know the accidents which hap to the sore, four the region, air, & way of life. The swounde being filled up, we induce the cicatrze with epulotick medicaments, as red Deficcative album Rasis, ceruse, plantine, also to wash the wound with wine, 
Gal· 3· meth ca 5.  wherein hath been sod, ballast & alum, or this emplaster. Rec. tuthiae preporatae, plumbi crudi, antimoni crudi, corticis mali granati, balaust●●rū, nucum gallarum, boli armenici, sanguinis draconis an. drag. 1. accipi antur omnia simul cum vnguento epompholigos onc. 3. fiat magdaleon bone cousistentiae, 
Lib. 2. de materia chirurgica cap. 4.  you shall find divers other remidies set down by Holler. Take heed that the cicatrize be neither high, low, hard, soft, nor inequal, the high happeneth, when it is not dried enough, and must be mended by scarrifications, medicamentes catereticke, s and corrosives. The low contrary wise cometh, through lack of some piece of bone or too much drying, and is helped only by frictions, the inequality cometh through the points of the needles, which hath been over thick and ill done, and is helped by medicamentes emollientes, discutientes and astringentes.   

The fourth Chapter of the contused Wound.  
THe contused wound, to the which chanceth great accidence, 
Definition.  according to the instrument it is done with, is a kind of solution of continuity, made with a bruise, 
4. theurapeuticorum.  and is called by Galen and some late wtiters echymosis, in the which there is separation and dilaceration of the flesh & muscles thereof with great quantity of blood and differeth somewhat from attrition as saith Avicen, for contusion happeneth in the fleshy parts, 
Gal. li. 4 meth. cap vlt.  and attrition is done in the head and end of the muscles. The signs are like unto other wounds with inequality and roughness in the flesh and skin, diversity of figure, 
Signs.  according to the diversity of the cause, the part and parts about are black and livide, by reason of the blood, which is out of his place and remaineth in these parts, and cannot be evacuated by sensible or insensible transpiration, but by suppuration. The judgements shall be according to the greatness of the hurt, for great contusions are dangerous, 
judgements.  for the corruption of the member, and consequently the body also. As for the Cure, there are four intentions, first, to stay the flux, if the contusion be with wound, as oft happeneth, 
Cure.  next to stay the fluxion of humours on the part by evacuation, as purgations, bleeding, ventousing▪ ligators, frictions, good regiment in unnatural things: thirdly in using particular remedies, 
Hip. lib. de ulceribus et vulneribus capitis. Celsus lib. 5 cap. 19  first digestives, for such wounds must suddenly be brought to suppuration, for the which use this cataplasm of mallows, violets, althaea sodden in fresh broth, putting to it a little barley flower, butter, basilicon and the yolks of eggs, with a digestive, or this: Take wax, turpentine, 
Celsus Paulus.  calves grease, goose grease, honey, myrrh and oil of roses, mingle all together. To appease the dolour, use oil of camomile, roses, lilies, myrtles, oxyrodin and bol armenie. The fourth intention is, in correcting of the accidents, as dolour, aposteme, gangrene, for the which use such remedies as ye have heard in the second Treatise. The wound suppured, and the accidents corriged, it must be cleansed with honey of roses and turpentine, mundificative de appio, 
Gal. de comp. medicament. & Aetius lib. 5.  apostolorum and such like, as ye shall hear in the introduction to & chirurgery in the pooremans' guide. Being cleansed, we use incarnatives, and desiccatives, as was set down in the former Chapter.   

The fifth Chapter, of wounds done by gun-shot.  
I Have spoken of simple, compound and contused wounds, now will I entreat of wounds with dilaceration and loss of soft and hard parts, and is made by divers sorts of instruments, as bullets of lead, iron, steel, brass, stones and other such like matter in divers figures, as round, triangular, quadrangular, pointed▪ flat, little and great, which sometime penetrate, sometime not, whereof our ancients have made no mention, except only Celsus, who telleth not with what instrument they were shot with, 
Lib. 7. cap. 5.  therefore though some have written of late, yet because they are of divers opinions and written in sundry languages, I will show my opinion touching the same, not making any mention of others, who have written of the same. This kind of wounds is accompanied with tumour, dilaceration of flesh, veins, arters, nerves, tendous, ligamentes and bones, superficial▪ profound, otherwhiles through the body, and according to the difference, the Chirurgeon must take his indication to diversify the remedy, in like manner, aposteme, dolour, corruption of the parts gangrened and mortified through the great abundance of blood, dispersed betwixt the muscles, also for the dissipation of the natural heat, sometime one only accident, otherwhiles divers together, for the which we use two curative intentions, to wit, restitution of such things as are lost, and to conjoin the parts divided. These wounds come indifferently to all parts of our body whereof there are divers opinions, some think, that there is venenosity in the powder, and burning in the bullet, which is false, for the things whereof the powder is ordinarily made, as brimstone, saltpetre, coals of divers sorts of trees, water, wine and aquavitae, have no venenosity in them, likewise there is no burning in the bullet, for if the bullet of lead being shot a great way, should burn, through heat would be melted itself. I have cured divers within these ten years of divers nations, which have followed the wars in France, in the which I have found no more difficulty then in other contused wounds: so I think these accidents come only by contusion and dilaceration of the flesh, and not by any venenosity, nor ustion: yet there may be some extraordinary mixtion in the powder, which causeth venom, for the which we take some other indication, according to the thing. The Causes, Signs, differences and judgements are not much different from those of other wounds set down, and sufficiently discoursed in the general Chapter, 
Cure.  as for the Cure there are five intentions, first, to draw the ball, secondly, to appease the dolour, thirdly, to cause suppuration, four, in mundifiing generation of flesh and consolidation, fifthly, in correction of the accidents. As touching the first and second, to draw out the bullet and appease the dolour, I have discoursed at length in the general Chapter, nevertheless, because in these wounds there is vehement dolour, 
Gal. therapen.  which weakeneth the sick, hindereth nature, causeth fluxion, letteth suppuration, and consumeth the flesh which is contused, I will set down things more particularly for the appeasing thereof, in changing the temperature of the whole body, in due usage of the six unnatural things, by purgations & bleeding, and abstaining from things which cause dolour, as great tents, sections, strait bandages, wrong situation of the part, incision, unless there be great need. The topical remedies, as cataplasms with bread, milk, yolks of eggs and a little saffron, also mallows sodden and beaten with wheat flower, oil of roses, and hogs grease and saffron, are good: or this▪ Rec. sanguinis draconis, boli armen●ci an. onc. 1. pulueris rosarum et myrtillorum. an. onc. di. aceti. onc. 1. albumina ovorum quatuor, olei rosacei quantum sufficit, fiat unguentum. If there be great heat, oil of roses with whites of eggs and vinegar, laid about and on the part, is good. Also cerat. Galen. or unguent. rosat. mesne, with bol armenie▪ sanguinis draconis, powder of roses and myrtles. If we fear inflammation, which oft chanceth till the seventh day▪ use the same remedies and shift them twice or thrice a day. The tents shall be soft, wet in turpentine with a little hypericon and aquavitae according to the nature of the part, and use this remedy hot, and continue it till the inflammation be past, let the sick eat and drink little, that he engender no superfluities, Avicen counseleth to give meat to the sick only for sustentation of nature, abstaining from wine, for it is enemy to all wounds, drink sodden water with sugar or honey or ptysane, till the inflammation be past, 
Hip. lib. 5. aph. 17.  keep rest and quietness, abstaining from all actions of the spirit, watching, and women, 
Hip lib. 5. apho 17.  according to the disposition and nature of the hurt. Third intentions consisteth in medicaments suuppurati●es, 
3 Intention.  which must be done with speed, to the end, 
Hip. lib. de ulce section. 7.  they be less subject to inflammation, using remedies which are of quality hot and dry, with virtue to correct the putrefaction, & let the Gangrene & mortification of the part: there are of divers forms, the simples are made of oil of Hypericon, of eggs, yolks of eggs, lynit seed, Lilies, Turpentine, Myrrh & such like, or this Rec. tereb enthine onc. 2. corticis thuris drag. 1. mastichiss drag. 3. olei hypericonis, et rosarum an. parum, vitellum unius oui fiat medicamentum. Or this which I most commonly use of Hypericon, Turpentine and yolks of eggs, or my balm which is excellent in all kinds of wounds, made thus Rec. summitatum et florum scrophularie et hyperico nis an. quantum volveris, offi●glossi, vel herb carpentari●rū et consoli dae regis an. quantum volveris, terebenthinae venetae, quantum sufficit, macerentur in sufficienti quantitate olei hypericonis insolentur omnia in sole calidissimo spatio 40. dierum in vase plumbeo, vel vitreo duplicato, posteo fiat fortis expressio, servetur liquor pro balsamo. The fourth intention is to mundify and regenerate, that which is lost, 
4 Intention.  which must be done with things, that have little or no mordification, according to the nature of the part as this take syrup of Roses, violets, fumitarie, wormwood, honey of Roses, unguent de apio, apostolorum, ●uscum, egiptiacum or this take Turpentine, honey of Roses, Iris of Florence, barley flower, Succi apij of each a little and make an unguent. If there be great putrefaction & the matter in great abundance use this. Rec. terebinthine onc. 4. vitellorum ouo●um onc. 2. unguenti ●giptiaci dr●g. 1. fiat mixio. The wound being mundified and void of all superfluity we use for the regeneration of flesh, unguentum aureum, basilicon maius, emplastrum de betoni●a, diapalma, tetra pharmacum, gratia dei, oleum mastichini et absinthij, mix there with a little flower of barley, lupines, and orob, with Thus, Myrrh, Mastic, and Aloes. Sometime we use in these sorts of wounds; a certain drink called potion vulnerar, wherewith we wash the wound, and is thus made, Rec. consolidae maioris et mediae, serpentariae. linguae canis, ceruinae, herbae Roberti glyciriz●▪ pimpinellae artemisiae scabiosae, plantaginis, aristolochiae, agrimoniae, betonicae, pedis columbini, capilli veneris, ceut anreae maioris et minoris, gaiaci, s●ls●par●lle, millefolij, baccharum lauri, of which all or some make a decoction in water and aromatize it with cinnamon honey or sugar, drink of it twice or thrice a day as it is needful, and also thou mayst wash the wound, putting thereto a little honey of roses or syrup of roses. The wound being filled with flesh, it must be dried with medicaments epupoloticks which by their astriction and drying do harden the flesh, and make a substance like to skin, as unguentum desiccatiwm rubeum diapompholigos, album rasis, dia calcit●●s, triapharmacum, ceruse de minio, mixing therewith galbanum acasia, sarcocolla plumbum et es ustum, vitriolum, allumen, calxlota and such like. The fift intention is in correcting the accidents, which are divers and great, 
5 Intention.  for some come by accident, or some sharp feeling of the part h●rt, as dolour, inflammation, convulsion, fever and such like some come through violence of the bunllet, as extinction of the natural heat of the part, hemoragie, dilaceration, contusion of the nerves, fractures of the bones, & some by the ignorance of the Chirurgeon, for the which cause he must be diligent to stop such accidents, & if they happen to help them with speed.   

The sixth Chapter, of wound●s in the veins and Arters.  
Having spoken sufficiently of wounds in the flesh, in like manner you shall hear of them in the veins and arters, one or more, without & with loss of substance, which are accompanied with flux of blood, which cometh when there orifice is open, and is done by incision, imbecility of the veins abundance of blood, or some sharp quality, & when their tunicks are divided, contused and pierced, or else when the blood goeth through the veins, as the sweat through the skin, 
Gal. 5. metho. ca 2 et 12. metho cap. 7.  the tunickes and membranes are divided by some external cause, as contusion▪ riding shooting, falls in divers manners, The signs are these, 
Signs.  if the floxe be of the arter, or vein, 
Gal. 5. met. ca 7  of the arter the blood cometh leaping out subtly red and hot. If it be more gross, black, and thick, and not leaping, it proceedeth of the veins, as saith Aui●en. The judgements are, 
judgements.  if the blood come out in great abundance it is dangerous, chief when there is either convulsion, belching or raving, if it be not stayed, 
Hip. aphoris. 3. lib. 5. et lib. 7.  it causeth death because it is the treasure of life. As for the Cure, there are two intentions, the first to stay the blood, 
Cure.  the second to conglutinate the wound, 
Gui. tract. 3. ca Gal. lib. 5. metho. cap. 2.  the blood is stayed by filling up the wound, with dry lint and above it an astringent, or cloth wet in vinegar, if that stay it not, remove the lint often & wet it in vinegar, which staunceth it much for these things cold and mordicant stay flux of blood in the wounds, or make this medicament of bolarmenie, sanguinis draconis, thuris, aloes, of each like quantity, 
Hip. aph. 20. lib. 5. Ga. 5. met ca 4▪ Auic. tract. 2. cap. 18.  mix them with the white of an egg and the hairs of an old hare cut small▪ thereafter bind it reasonable strait, wetting the bands, clothes, & all about it in oxycrate, touch it not in four days, in touching remove all very softly, if it flick to▪ humect it with oil, whites of eggs or wine. Some to stay blood, put these powder in the whund, which I have sometime used, viz. man's blood dried with burnt cloth, wherewith thou shal● fill the wound full, some apply ventouses frictions, ligators, on the parts opposite, some hold their thumb long on the mouth of the vein, which is a good remedy, for the blood congealeth in the vein & so stanceth. If for all these remedies, it stanceth not, we apply on the vein or arter a little lin● wet in vinegar with a little powder of vitriol, otherwise we knit them as was taught in the Chapter of Ane●●risme: if that cannot be done, we canterize them with hot Irons, 
Albuc●asis.  taking heed to touch the parts nervous Shelander counseleth the gum lemnium sodden Rhenish wine, which hath many virtues, for it digesteth, mundifieth, incarnateth, 
Matheolus.  & is good in wounds of the head, as saith Matheolus. If none of these staunch flux of blood, it is dangerous, if it be in the matrix intestins or bladder, it shallbe stayed by injections of juice of plantine and such like, the blood being stayed, the wound is healed as others, having regard to the part, for as the vein is more dry, than the flesh, and more soft, than the arter, so it must have contrary remedies: in like manner the wound in the arter is harder to be healed, than that in the vein. Sometime there cometh such flux of blood at the nose, that it is hard to staunch, for the which take an ounce of bowl, the bark of Pomegarnet tree, ballast and galls, of each 3. drams, seed of white Poppy 2. drams, incorporate altogether with the white of an egg and vinegar, and apply on the temples and nose, if by this the violent flux do not stay, take four grains of my requies, which infallibly stayeth all fluxes.   

The seventh Chapter, of wounds in the nerves and parts Nervous.  
CVttes and thrusts in the nerves chance in divers parts of our body, and in divers manners according to the instrument, it is done with, some are simple, others composed superficial, profound, according to the diversity of the which we must diversify the remedy. 
Causes.  The causes ye have heard in the general Chapter. 
Signs.  The signs are known by offending of the moving & feeling and by the vehement dolour, 
Gal. metho. 6. cap. 4.  which causeth fluxion, fever, spasme, raving, inflammation & fluxion on the nerves. 
judgements.  The judgements are that all wounds in parts nervous are dangerous, for the great communication they have with the brains, and the nerve half cut, is more dangerous and dolorous, than if it were all cut, which if so be, the action of the member, doth decay or at the least some part thereof: 
Gal. 6. ther●pu.  also wounds in the joints are for the most part mortal, because of Aponenfrasis, Tendons and membraines, that they are covered and knit with so evil accidents do happen, chief being profound. As for the Cure, if the body be full of humours, purge and let blood, if the nerve be thrust, 
Cure.  beware of putting to it any medicines conglutinatives, but first of all some gentle remedy to appease the dolour, hold the wound open, if it be narrow and deep, incise it, that the mattir may pass more easily, then put in the wound a medicament, 
Paulus. lib. 4. cap. 54. Gal. meth. 6. Gal. cap. 6. de comp. medic. Aetius lib. 4. cap. 27.  that heateth and drieth, to wit, oil of Hypericon, turpentine of Venice, aquavitae, and a little enphorbe, some put to the turpentine and oil of Hypericon, a little quick sulphur, rub the part about with oil of sage, turpentine and anise seeds, which must be reiterated twice or thrice every day. If there be putrefaction or inflammation, use a cataplasm made of barley meal, linseed, or●bi, sodden in sapa, vinegar or oxymel, sometimes cometh pricking of the nerve in the arm of bleeding, for the which use this set down by Mesues. Take two ounces of oil of olive, 
Mesues.  of salt two ounces, seeth them together, and put to it flower of turpentine, and put it hot in the wound: if dolour happen, it shall be appeased as ye have heard, if convulsion, rub the head, neck, back & under the arms, with oil of lilies, bays, costini et lumbricorum, hens grease, calves marrow, unguent de althaea, if the nerve be cut in length and appeareth to the sight, abstain from all sharp remedies, as euphorbe, use diapampholigos dissolved in oil of roses. Also this remedy of honey dissolved in oil of roses, 
Gal. 6. meth. Hypocrates lib. 5. apho. 18,  wax, a little turpentine, all which remedies must be applied warm. If there be much mattir in the wound, dress it softly with bombast, or washed with sweet wine, and lay on it the emplaster triapharmacon, or eneapharmacon If the nerve be cut overthwart, there is great danger of convulsion and inflammation, for the fibres which are cut, communicate with the uncutte. For the cure of the which, rest, keep diet, and draw blood, with such other remedies as ye have heard. If the nerve be contused, and skin also, and ulcered, it requireth a medicament drying, and binding the parts disjoined, made of oxymel, flowers of beans and oreb sodden together, putting thereto a little flower of eruy, also to rub the part with oil of roses and the white of an egg, thereafter foment the wound with warm wine. If the nerve be contused without offence of the skin, rub it with oil of camomile, iris and ●ue. If the tendons be hurt, which is a substance mixed with nerves & ligamentes, they have the same cure that nerves, but the medicament must be more strong and dry. If the ligaments be hurt, 
Gal 6. meth. cap. 4.  which are like the nerves and tendons, it requireth a stronger medicament for they have little feeling, not communicating with the brains, they proceed from the bone▪ and go to the bone, so any medicament drying, may be used without offence: thereafter fill up the flesh, 
Gal▪ ibidem.  and consolide the wound, as others.   

The eight Chapter of wounds which happen by biting of venomous Beasts.  
SEeing we have spoken sufficiently of most part of wounds done by instruments and things inanimate, now it resteth to speak of those, 
Celsus. Paul. lib. 5. cap. 27.  which are done by living creatures, as men, horses, oxen, swine, bees, apes, serpents and divers others, the which are not without venom. The Signs are evident, the judgements are, that those which are venomous are most dangerous, 
Signs.  
judgements.  for if good order be not taken, they go to noble parts, so that death doth ensue. Paulus Aegineta reporteth that man's biting when he is fasting in the morning, 
Lib. 5. cap. 26.  is very venomous. Gordonius saith, that the biting of a mad dog is most dangerous, for albeit the sick feel not much in the beginning▪ yet after a month or a year it doth appear, for in that time it seeketh the heart, being of nature and quality to seek the destruction thereof. I knew a boy in London bitten with a mad dog, and being well six weeks died afterwards. Antonius Benevenius counseleth to take treacle with wine and minister to such as are bitten, or hurt by ven●mous beasts, 
Cure.  in like manner it shall be good to apply ventouses with scarrifications, also sucking with the mouth, by medicamentes attractives, by canters and such like. 
Paul. lib. ●. ca ● Gal. 13. meth. cap 6. D●osc lib 8▪ cap. 14.  If the wound be little, we wash it with oxycrate warm, after the ventouses are taken away, it shall be good to open little dogs, cats, or fowls and lay on it, sometime to apply canters actuals, to consume all that which is affected. If the beast be very venomous, salt or brine with a little honey, in the which nepeta hath been sodden, is very good. And likewise the treacle of Andromach applied in form of a plaster. Or this, Rec. picis nigra▪ axungiae veruecinae, olei antiqui an partem unam galbani onc. 1. fiat unguentum: the ungent of Dinus is good for all wounds both venomous and not venenous, in all this time we must comfort the noble parts, give drinks of treacle and mithridate, and let not the sick sleep. If the venom be dispersed through the body, use purging, vomiting and bleeding, also provocation of sweat and urine. The venom by these means being taken away, proceed in the cure, as is said in other wounds.   

The ninth Chapter, of wounds in the bones.  
Having spoken of wounds in the flesh, veins, arters, nerves, ligamentes and tendons, 
Definition.  now we will entreat of those which happen in the bones, which is an incision done by some instrument, that cutteth, thrusteth or breaketh, sometime superficial, otherwhiles through the substance thereof. The judgements as saith Hypocrates, if trisipelas do happen in a bone uncovered, 
Iudgemente●.  it is an evil sign: if the great bones be hurt, as the thigh, leg, or arm, it is without all question very dangerous, if by the stroke of instrument any piece of bone be separated, thou must by fit medicamentes help the separation, and not draw it by force, for that causeth great accidents, as fistules, 
Lib. 9 suae medicinae.  fevers, syncope, convulsion as saith Avicen. The Cure is not different from the curation of other wounds, if the bone be broken or cut, 
Cure.  it must be bound & dressed as ye shall hear in the Chapter of fractures. If it be discovered, we put on it, as counseleth Avicen, the powder of myrrh, which causeth the flesh to grow on it, then use incarnatives & desiccatives & cicatrice the wound as others   

The tenth Chapter, of wounds in the Head.  
Here it shall be necessary to understand, that in our bodies there are three noble parts, whereby we are governed, and without them can do nothing, as the brains, the heart and the liver, for the which three parts nature hath ordained for every one a several domicile, as the head for the brains, the thorax or breast for the heart, and the inferior venture for the liver, the which three domicilles being wounded, there must some other particularities be observed for curation thereof, than ye have heard. Therefore we will discourse of them severally, & first of the head. The head, 
Definition.  wherein are contained the brains, is subject to solution of continuity, which sometime is simple, otherwhiles composed with fracture of the crane, some penetrateth the membranes, other the proper substance of the brains, 
Cause.  
judgements.  the Cause and judgements are, as ye have heard in the Chapter general of wounds. 
Signs.  The Signs of the simple are as in others, the signs of fractures mortal in the skull, are fever before 13. days in Winter, and 7. days in Summer, evil colour of the wound, livide, little quantity of mattir, the skin dry and arid, the tongue black, avoiding unawares of excrements and water, the sick raveth, pustulles in the tongue, convulsion in the part opposite, some fall into apoplexy, and death followeth. The signs of healing of fractures in the head, if after the head be trepained, or the bone cut out by stroke or otherwise, the membrane called dura matter, being of natural colour and moving and the flesh that groweth be red and the sick removing well his neck and jaws, all these are good signs otherwise not. 
Cur●  The simple wound is cured as others the composed with fracture and other accidents is cured after divers manners according to the diversity of the fracture as ye shall hear. The bone is sometime broken superficially, otherwhiles to the midst▪ and sometime through both the tables, 
Hip lib. de vulneribus capitis Eive kinds 〈◊〉 factures.  offending the membranes that cover the brains, of the which fractures there are five kinds, the first is called fissure or cleft, which shallbe known by incision of flesh to the pan in form of St. Andrew's cross, them separate the crane from the pericrane put in lint to dilate the wound, to the end the trepan or other instrument touch not the flesh, if in cutting any vein or arter it bleed, it must be knit. Thou shalt know the cleft by rubbing on it with thy nail, which if you suspect to be in both the tables, cause the sick to hold his mouth and eyes close, holding in his breath, and if there issue out humidity by the cloven be assured that both the tables be riven, for the which we must either with trepan, rongin or other instrument cut the bone to dura matter taking away the least you can of the said bone as counseleth Celsus, giving only issue to the blood and matter contained in the place. The second kind of fracture is called con●usion, which is oftentimes so great, that it separateth the crane from the flesh, for the ●●●edies which we use section to evacuate the blood, yet applying no humid remedies which are contrary to the bone of the head, sometime the crani●u● is pressed in by the stroke, chief in children, that have the bone yet soft, which sometime rise of themselves, if not we apply ventouses and cause the sick to hold in his breath to make it rise, amplasters which have the force to draw. If for all this, it doth not rise, incise the flesh and apply a ●ire found, if that be not suffitient, apply a trepan, the an elevator. The third kind is pressing down of cranium which cometh by the weight of the inst●●●ent, it is done with or else with a fall from some high place & is reduced as the precedent, if it be pressed down by pieces, it must be lifted with the elevator or pi●cetts meet to draw these pieces, without the membranes, apply not the trepan, if the bones be altogether broken. The fourth kind is called incision in the bone● whe●e of there are divers kinds according to the diversity of the instrument▪ according to the which we must diversify the remedies, if it chance the flesh & bone be all cut, thou shalt by the counsel of Celsus, evacuat the blood if any be, cleanse & dress well the wound, close the bone with the flesh, sow up the wound, leaving a space for the te●●to evacuat the matter in both sides. The fift kind of fracture is called counterclift, that is when the cleft of the bone, is in the part opposite to the sore and of all fractures this is the worst, and deceiveth most the Chirurgeon, for in it there is no sign but conjecture, and by feeling the hurt man, in oft putting his hand on the place, and if he got the stroke with violence, if he fall after he got it, if he did vomit, notwithstanding there be no cleft, where he got the stroke, I have known sundry die in this case, chief at the battle of Sandlis in France, a valiant Captain of Paris who had a stroke on the right parietary, who notwithstanding of all handling by skilful Chirurgeons, died within 20. days at which time his cranium was opened, and there was found great quantity of blood, under the left parietary, with cloven in the same. There is yet another kind of malady, called commotion or astonishment of the brains, 
Astonishment.  the which causeth the same accidents, as the the fracture of the cranium & is caused by falls from the high places, strokes, shot of bullets, lances, or by the sound of a Cannon shot, or with the hand as faith Hippocrates speaking of a man, 
●●pid emiorum  who gave a young woman in playing a little blow on the os bregma, who incontinent took a fever and convulsion, voided humours by the ear, and so died. We must understand that any violent stroke may astonish the head and be occasion to break veins and arters, not only of those which pass between the suitors, but also those between the tables, for the suspension of dura matter, of the which cometh great flux of blood, which runneth betwixt the bone and membranes, or betwixt the membrane and brains, which afterward doth rot and cause many accidents, as divines of sight, vomiting of choler, which chanceth by reason of the nerves of the sixth coniugaton, that hath connexion with the stomach, in like manner inflammation of the membranes, which communinicate to all the body, and causeth fever, raving, aposteme, corruption in the brains & death. The wounds of the head must in no wise be neglected, albeit they be but small, for oftentimes in little wounds, come great accidents, and especially in bodies evil disposed. The cure hereof consisteth first in abstaining from wine and strong drink, using ptysan, 
Hip. lib. de vulner. cap. 2.  or sodden water with a little syrup of vyolerts, or acetose, called potus divinus, so continue till the accidents be past, let the sick eat little and of good digestion, as Capons, Chickens, Pigeons, Veal, Mutton, and such like, using a strait diet till the accidents be past, in the mean time he may use Comfitts of Sorrell, conserve of Roses, for such things keep the vapours from ascending to the head, the air must neither be hot nor cold, sleep moderately, and purge gently with Clysters, bleed in the Cephalicke vein, according to the accidents. Parey telleth of a man, from whom he drew 100 saucers of blood in Four days, who thereby was cured, and otherwise had died. Shave the head and apply Cataplasms of Flower of beans and Oxymell with the Oil of Roses and such like, that are somewhat cold and humid, use frictions and ligators on the extremities, ventouses on the shoulders, sometime to open the vein puppis ftontis sub lingua and the arter on the temples. Abstain in the sickness and long after from women and perturbations of the mind. The particular is thus, first we consider if the bone be broken, that must be trepained, ronged or lifted, for the doing whereof, the place must first be incised as ye have heard, yet it is not needful to trepaune in all fractions and clefts, for sometime the first table is offended yet not penetrating to the diploy otherwhiles the duploy, con●used the second table whole, sometime the broken bone is a little lifted, so that the matter contained hath place to pa●●e and therefore it is not needful to trepan. If any piece of bone the dura matter, it must be drawn by fit instruments, the trepan is good, when the clefts in the are so little, that the matter cannot evacuat, yet it is not meet to trepanne in all fractures as ye have heard, no● to discover the brains, 
H●p. de locis in homine.  without necessity & good judgement, so that the young Chirurgeon may not so hastily, as in times past, trepan for every simple fracture, I will show, when trepaning should be used & for what cause, & in what places, also the way to trepan well. First the Chirurgeon shall well consider the stroke & Simptomes if it be little & the veins betwixt the 〈◊〉 tables, o● those, that hold up the dura matter with the ●rane be offended, & the blood fallen on the membrane, than the trepan must be used to withdraw that matter, which other wise would cause death, sometime it must be used for the out taking of the little bones, that p●ick the membrane, also that more commodiously we may apply our remedies: In all these things Hipp. counseleth to trepan. When the fracture is inthe first table, 
Lib. de locis in homine.  we use the trepan exfoliative to give issue to the blood, which is betwixt the tables. The time we should trepan is 2. or 3. days at the furthest after the hurt, long delay causeth defluxion of humours on the dura matter, 
Hip. Cel. Auic.  which putrefieth & causeth inflammation, so incontinent after we have perceived the offence of the crane and that the membranes suffer which is known by the fond or finger, we should trepanne in the beginning: yet sometime stay till the 7.10. or 14. day, which is dangerous, for which cause be advised in judging therein. Then we must know what places may endure the trepanne, & which not, for to avoid divers accidents, considering first if the bone be broken and separated in divers pieces, which if it be, the pieces must be lifted by fit instruments, and not by the trepan. In like manner we must not trepan on the fractures, for that cutteth the veins, arters & filamentes, which pass betwixt the pericrane and dura matter, and cause great dolour and hemoragie of blood, for the which cause, if occasion constrain us to trepanne in those parts, we apply the trepan on both sides of the future, for the avoiding of the foresaid accidents as also for evacuation of the humour contained. The Trepan in like sort must not be applied on the open of the head in young children, being yet soft and not solid, nor on the temples, for the muscles temporal, where there is abundance of arters, membranes & nerves, whereof cometh great flux of broud, fever, convulsion with other evil accidents, yet if fracture doth chance in those parts, we apply the trepan a little above the said muscle temporal. We must not trepanne on the bone petrosa, which is under the said muscle, nor on the bone of the eyes, because there is great cavity, full of air and humidity, ordained by nature to prepare the air that goeth to the brains. And these are the places, which we should eschew in applying the trepan, yet I have seen some trepanned in these places, and heal, but no● without great hazard. The way to trepanne is thus: First situate the head of the hurt in good situation, and holden by some body, that it do not wag, close his ears with cotton, 
Hip. de frac●▪ capitis.  have a good fire, lest the cold air enter on the membranes, which may make putrefaction, than the Trepan perforative shall be applied, to make a hole for the pyramid of the great Trepan, next apply the whole Trepan with the pyramid, turning it about softly, till thou hast made a way with the teeth of the Trepan, then take out the pyramid, otherwise it shall pass & offend the membranes, continue in turning softly the Trepan, sometime to lift it, to put off the sawinges of the bone, and when thou art at the duploy, which shall be perceived by the outcomming of the blood, you shall consider if it be needful to pass further, as ye have heard, take good heed in trepanning of the second table, lifting oft the Trepan and sounding if it be near cut, if it be more cut on the one side then the other, press the Trepan on the thickest part, and in this take good heed, for often in cutting the one before the other, thou scratche●t the dura matter which causeth inflammation and death: being almost cut, assay with the elevator to draw it without violence, if there be much of the sawinges on the dura matter, take them out. This I thought good to advertise the young Chirurgeon touching this operation, which being done, thou perceivest if the membrane be inflamed o● in any wise altered as oft happeneth, and is most dangerous, for which we give clysters, draw blood, and use fomentations on the place of anodins and repercussives. If there be alteration, make a medicine of honey of roses, syrrupe of wormwood, aquavitae, with a little aloes and myrrh, some add to it a little white wine. If there be great putrefaction, put thereto a little Egiptiac: if there be neither inflammation nor alteration, it shall suffice only a little aquavitae with honey of roses, so continuing till the membranes be mundified, applying always the medicine hot, and cure it afterwards as other wounds. Use always aswell in this, as all wounds of the head, the emplaster veneticum, prescribed in the poor man's guide, and also the emplaster of betonica, or diacalci●●os malaxed with wine. There is great judgement to be used in doing this operation, and few there are found that do it well. Many I have seen of very learned and expert men, and heard of divers to my great joy & comfort, among which, Gilbert Primrose and john Nessmith Chirurgeons to the King of Scotland, men very expert in this operation, like as in all operations chirurgicals, God increase the number of such learned men in this Land.   

The eleventh Chapter, of wounds in the Thorax.  
THe Thorax, which is domicill to the heart and lights, 
Definition.  suffereth solution of continuity in divers manners, whereof some are extern and do not penetrate▪ others penetrate to some of the parts contained therein, as the heart, lights, mediastin and diaphragma, some pass throughout, of the which, some are curable, some incurable, and some mortal, as ye have heard in the Chapter General, as also the Causes and Signs. Those which penetrate at the back are more dangerous, 
Cause.  then at the interior part, because of the veins, arters, 
Signs.  nerves and such like. The Cure consisteth in good diet in the six unnatural things, purgation, 
Cure.  letting of blood according to the temperature of the body, time and Region. Those which do not penetrate, differ nothing from the general of other simple wounds, saving only in binding, which must be incarnative, sometime narrow, otherwhiles broad according to the difference and situation of the wound. Touching those which penetrate, there is great diversity of opinion in the cure, some are of the opinion to consolide the wound as soon as may be, to hinder the extern air to hurt the parts vital, others give counsel to hold them open, and in case the issue be not large enough, to dilate it, and make it larger▪ that if there be any blood or other thing in the capacity, it may avoid, but which of these ways ought to be followed, the judgement of the expert Chirurgeon is to be required: knowing first, if it doth penetrate, which shall be done in closing his mouth and nose, and then holding a candle to the wound, if the air cometh forth, it is sure, that it penetrates, if there be blood in the capacity, you shall know by the ponderosity of the diaphragma, accompanied with dolour, fever and vomiting, if any chief part be offended, ye shall know by the signs set down in the Chapter General. If neither blood be shed, nor any part offended, ye shall conglutinate the wound, putting no tent therein, using only a little of my balm set down in the Chapter of gun-shot, in the mean time use one potion vulnerar, which doth penetrate. If there be any little thing left in the wound, nature will easily discharge it, for as saith Galen, it doth expel not only that which offendeth, 
Com. 7. apho.  through the pannicles, but also through the midst of the bones. Those which penetrate with effusion of blood on the diaphragma & are not mortal, must be tented, with a thread at the tent, to the end that if it go in, it may be drawn out again, cause the sick lie on the sore side, chief when you dress him, that the blood and mattir may issue at the wound, using always injections of barley, pimpernel, pilosell, bugloss, scrofularie, chervil, all sodden in water, putting thereto a little honey or syrup of roses, with a little white wine for a certain time. Sometime the blood cannot evacuate by the wound, it being higher than the diaphragm, which causeth difficulty of respiring, for the which make an issue, as ye have heard in Empiema, to evacuate the humour contained, if the putrefaction be great, mix with the foresaid iniection a little egiptiac, the wound being mundified, with this or such like, thou shalt use this iniect●on, which is somewhat desiccative. Rec. rostrum, balaustiorum, myrtilorum an. onc. 1. mirabolani, citrini an. onc. 2. mellis rosati parum, coquantur in aqua plantaginis, ad consumptionem tertiae partis: with this thou shalt wash the wound twice a day. If the body be of an evil temperature, or that the neither part of the lights be hurt, it stayeth not quickly, but will void much, than we must use a tent of lead or silver, that is hollow within, that the matter may enacuate, we use also this decoction to drink in the morning, fasting four hours after. Take scabions, bugl●sse borage, pimpernel, aristo●●lochia, agrimony, betony, pilosell, an. M. se. unarum mundatarum, seminis hipericonis, et cardui benedicti an. onc. 1. florum trium cordialium an. P. 1. coquantur in aqua, add in sine v●ni albi parum, sirupi rosatis, et cinamomi an. on● 2. using on the wound the emplaster Diacalciteos malaxed in wine. If notwithstanding these remedies, it remaineth long in healing, it doth degender infistull, for the curation of the which. have recourse to the Treatise of ulcers Chapter of Fistula.   

The twelfth Chapter, of wnundes in the Belly.  
THe inferior venture, wherein the liver with the Kydneiss & milt are enclosed is often wounded in divers manners, some penetrates and some not, offending the parts contained, as the stomach, liverr milt, kidneys, gutt● veins, arters, the epiplon and ureters, or some other part, the causes, signs, and judgements whereof, ye have heard in the general Chapter. The Cure is, 
Cure.  those that do not penetrate, are cured like other simple wounds, those which penetrate into the capacity, require an other manner of cure. Wounds in the side, in the obliqne muscles are not so dangerous, as those in the transuersall, because that the peritone is uneasy to sow specially in musculo recto which descendeth from the breast to os pubis. Also little wounds in those places are more difficile, than those that are more ample, in them if the guts come not, they tumify, and so are uneasy to put in again, for the which use such remedies, as ye have heard in Ax●mphalon, using the future Gastoraphick, if the guts be pierced, they must be sowed with future pellitor and cast on the wound the powder of aloes, myrrh, mastic, and bowl, and reduce it softly in the own place, using an emplaster retentive and agglutinative. If the l●i●●ium be cut, it is impossible or most dificill to heal, by reason of the great veins contained therein if any of the guts hath changed colour, there is no hope. If the call of the venture be altered, it must be knit and reduced, as ye have heard in the general Chapter. In all wounds in the belly use Clysters and innections, astringents, & detersives, chief if the great intestine, matrix or bladder be hurt. And so we end this Treatise of wounds, and shall follow out that of ulcers after the same manner.    

THE seventh TREATISE of ulcers which containeth Ten Chapters. By Peter Low Arellien.  


Chapter 1 Of ulcers in generell.  
Chapter 2 Of ulcers sanious and their curation▪  
Chapter 3 Of the ulcer Virulent.  
Chapter 4 Of the ulcer profound and Cavernous.  
Chapter 5 Of the ulce Sordid and Putrid.  
Chapter 6 Of ulcers difficile to Cure.  
Chapter 7 Of ulcers with corruption of the Bones.  
Chapter 8 Of ulcers cankerous.  
Chapter 9 Of Fistula.  
Chapter 10 Of burnings.    

The first Chapter, of ulcers in general.  CO. 
Seeing we have amply spoken of tumours and wounds, of their definit●n, cause, signs, and cure, so in like manner we will proceed in ulcers, seeing many tumours and wounds do suppure and degender in ulcers, so it is needful after the Treatise hereof to speak of ulcers, 
Definition.  and first I demand, what is an ulcer?  LO. 
It is a solution of contim●t● made by erosion in divers parts of the body out of the which proceedeth a ma●ter purulent, which hindereth the consolidation thereof.  CO. 
Are they not different?  LO. 
Some differ in nature, in substance, in quantity, figure and accidents.  CO. 
How differ they in nature & substance?  LO. 
Some are simple in the flesh, without any other indisposition, as saith Galen, or are composed with one, or mo● maladies, as ulcers with intemperie, corruption of the bone, aposteme, nodositie and divers other accidents.  CO. 
How differ they in figure and quantity?  LO. 
Some are round, long, profound, superficial, great and small.  CO. 
How differ they by accidents?  LO. 
Some are putrid, dolorous, fistulous, cankerous, some are inveterate, some recent, some in on member, some in other places.  CO. 
How many causes are there of ulcers?  LO. 
Three primitive, antecedent, and coniunct.  CO. 
Which are the primi●●tiues?  LO. 
Contusion, scratching, heats, application of sharp medicaments, corrosion, great cold, that extinguisheth the the natural heat, chief in the extremities.  CO. 
Which are the causes antecedent?  LO. 
Evil humours in the body, which come of evil nurture, or evil disposition of the body, or some part thereof, 
Gal. de causis mo●bor. ca 10. et cap 4. meth.  chief the ly●er and milt.  CO. 
How are these humours causes of ulcers?  LO. 
Partly by their evil quality, partly through abundance thereof do spoil, open & co●ode the most debill parts of our body, not having force to resist such malignity, and so causeth ulcers.  CO 
Which are the conjunct causes?  LO 
The foresaid humours conjoined in the parts ulcered, as also all other violent things, that have force to ulcerate the same part.  CO 
Which are the signs?  Lo. 
They are evident, or are in the body, & are known by the dolour, 
Signs.  nature or the place, accidents & excrements, & such as you shall hear in the six kinds of proper ulcers.  CO. 
Which are those six kondes of ulcers?  LO. 
The first is sanious, 
Ga●. come. 3 aph et li 1 de officina medici et 3 de loc●s affectis.  2. virulent; 3. filthy, 4. cankerous, 5. putrid or stinking, 6. corrosive or rotten away.  CO. 
Have they no other names?  LO 
They have five other names, and first by the humours, secondly of the matter, that cometh from them thirdly of the accidents, four of the sickness, fifthly by comparing them to the similitude of beasts.  CO. 
How take they their names by the humours?  LO. 
Some are of the Phlegmatic humour, and are called phlegmatics, some by the blood, and are called sanguinis, by the choler, choleric, and by melancholy, melancholic.  CO. 
How take they the nemes of the matter?  LO. 
Of the great abundance of sany or humidity, it is called ulcer sanious, of the pus, purulent, of the sordidities, it is called sordid, of the virulence, it is called virulent.  CO. 
How take they their names of the acdents?  LO. 
Of the hardness called callosity it is hard and callous, of the cau●●ns of it, it is called cavernous, of the fistule, it is called fistulate, of the putrefaction, putrid, of the corosion or malignity of the matter, corrosive, of the cankers, or hardness turned over it, called cankerous, of the dolour, dolorous, of apostume, apostemus. In all ulcers, where any of these reign, they heal not, till they be taken away.  CO. 
What is callosity?  LO. 
It is a dry flesh without dolour, because it hath no vein to make it humid, nor nerve to give it feeling.  CO 
How is that called, which commonly cometh from ulcers?  LO. 
It is called sanie or matter.  CO. 
What is sanie?  LO. 
It is a corruption of the part, which nature cannot digest, and make it to nourish the same.  CO. 
How many sorts of sanie is there?  LO 
Two, to wit, that which is commendable, as it ought to be, and that which is not.  CO. 
Which is commendable?  LO. 
It is, that which is white, light, equal in consistence, neither thick, thin, nor evil tasted.  CO. 
Which is not commendable, or evil sanie?  LO. 
It is a corruption of the instrument, much altered, through unnatural heat, & according to that alteration it produceth evil sanie.  CO. 
What call you pus?  LO. 
It is a kind of sanie made of the nurture, and superfluity of the member tending to corruption by the alteration of the natural heat, & debility of the member, out of the which cometh a matter called virus & sordities.  CO. 
Hot is virus?  Lo. 
It is that, which is engendered of the most subtle and hot part of the pituitous humour, which nature cannot digest for the great abundance thereof.  CO. 
What is it, thou callest sordities?  LO 
It is a gross matter, engendered of gross humours.  CO. 
What callest thou durities or hardness?  LO. 
It is a thing hard and solid, not easy to be corrupted, which may come of three causes, that is, great heat, congelation, repletion.  CO. 
What callest thou fistula?  LO. 
It is a profound ulcer, 
Gal. lib. de ●●moribus contra natura●●.  having the entry, hard, narrow, deep, cavernous, from the which proceedeth a matter virulent.  CO. 
What is putrefaction?  LO. 
It is a change of the substance of our whole body, or of some part thereof, through an unnatural heat.  CO. 
What is the cause of putrefaction in our bodies?  LO. 
It cometh, either that the spirit animal is corrupted, or cannot go to the part, for cold, heat, aposteme, pustulles, ulcers ambulatives venenous, also putting of oils and such like in deep ulcers, doth corrupt the flesh, also too much using of refrigeratives in hot apostumes, and ligators which intercept the spirit.  CO. 
How many sorts of putrefactions are there?  LO. 
Three, ro wit, Gangrene, Estachiles, and Histiomen.  CO. 
What is Gangrene?  LO. 
It is a putrefaction of the part, having yet feeling, and differeth in that from others.  CO. 
What is Est●●ache●?  LO. 
It is a putrefaction of the member, or part thereof, without feeling, corrupting both flesh and bone.  CO. 
What is H●stiomen?  LO. 
It is a whole corruption of the member, eating & consuming the whole body away.  CO. 
What is Corrosion?  LO. 
It is a consumption of the flesh, through the bitterness and sharpness of the humour.  CO. 
What are the causes of Corrosion?  LO. 
The malignity of the flesh, the humour choleric, phlegmatic, salt, admixed.  CO. 
What callest thou Cancer?  LO. 
It is a malady of a matter cold and dry, being hot by putrefaction, hardness and other signs, as ye shall hear in his proper Chapter.  CO. 
What are the judgements?  LO. 
There are divers, 
judgements.  according to the accidents that fall, and first, that ulcers remaining a year or more uncured, make the bone under them altered & rotten, & when such ulcers are whole, 
Lib. 45. apho.  there remaineth a cavity in the part ulcered: all ulcers that are evil coloured black are esteemed maligns, if any ulcer being filled up & ready to cicatrice, begin suddenly to run again without manifest cause, it is in danger to become fistulous. 
Lib. apho. 4.  Hypocrates saith that ulcers, which have no hair about them, are uneasy to heal and cicatrice, also those ulcers which come, by reason of some malady, as hydropsy, & cachexy, are hard to heal. Hypocrates saith also, if any man have an ulcer, whether it be come to him before his sickness, 
Lib. 1. progl.  or in the sickness, and the sick die, that ulcer shall be before he die, dry, blue, or pale. The same Hypocrates saith also, that those, who have ulcers accompanied with tumour, 
Lib. apho. 65.  do neither fall in convulsion, raving, nor frenzy, but if the tumour go away without manifest cause, & if the ulcer be in the back, the sick falleth in spasme if before in the body, in raving and frenzy: if in the thorax before, he falleth in empasm and pleurisy, all ulcers accompanied with varices, or intemperie, and those also, that have the sides hard, are difficile to heal, all ulcers in the extremities of the muscles of the legs and arms are difficile and dangerous, as also those, which penetrate in the body: such ulcers as chance in the extremities of the body, as in the feet, or hands, make oft phlegmons, or other tumours against nature, and in crisis of a malady are difficile.  CO. 
Which are those, which are of easy curation?  LO, 
Those which happen in bodies of good complexion, & in the which none of the foresaid accidents do happen. 
Cure.   CO. 
Which are the chief causes, 
Celsus lib. 7. cap. 3.4. meth. cap. 5. et 2. Alex. apho pro. 199. lib 1. et come. in apho. 8 lib. 6.  that hinder the healing of ulcers?  LO. 
According to Galen, the chief cause is want of good blood, to engender flesh, or else that it is evil, either by quantity or quality of itself, also dolour, intemperie aposteme, contusion, erisipelas, echymois, superfluous flesh, hardness, callosity of the sides, corruption of the bone, varices, hemoragie of blood: also roundness in figure, for the which Hypocrates counseleth if the ulcer be round, to put on it an other form. Imbecility of the part ulcered, indisposition of the liver or milt, retention of the monthly course in women, and of the hemerroihdes, and also the applying of medicines unmeet for such ulcers. Many ignorant barbers fail herein, thinking one kind of emplaster to be good for all sores, in the which they are deceived: for he that would cure ulcers, must first take away the cause, as also the impediments and accidents, otherwise he travaileth in vain, as saith Paulus, for the performance whereof, we must ordain first good diet, secondly take away the cause antecedent, to wit, the humour which falleth, 
Lib. 6. cap. 82. Galen 4. meth. cap. 1.  which shall be done by purging bleeding, according to the cause on the part: thirdly correct and heal the accidents and indispositions which accompany the ulcer, these things done, he may come to the curation hereof, as shall be particularly set down of every kind of ulcer, in his proper place.   

The second Chapter, of Ulcers sanions and the Curation thereof.  
AS in the former Chapter I have spoken of Ulcers in general, of their difference, cause, signs and judgements & cure, so now I will particularly entreat of them. All Ulcers are either simple or composed, 
Gal. 4. meth. cap. 1.  with some other malady, the simple Ulcer requireth only desiccation, those which are composed, and joined with some other accident, except those accidents be taken away, cannot heal, for the cure of the which, there are four Intentions, first in the way of life, which shall be according to the strength of the sick, nature of the malady, & abundance of the humours in the body, as if the humours be hot and sharp, we ordain cold things, The second Intention is, in diverting and intercepting the matter antecedent, which is done by purgations and bleeding if the strength permit, also by frictions, ligators, application of emplasters, that have the force to repel the matter. The third Intention is, in correcting the accidents joined with the ulcer, as dolour, tumour, contusion, excrescence of the flesh, callosity of the lips, rottenness of the bone, varice and worms. First then, we must labour to take away the intemperie, which shall be known by the colour of the member, by the touching and feeling of the patiented, which sometime is hot, sometime cold, which if it be dry, we remedy it by purgation and bleeding, also if need be, foment the place with hot water, till it grow red, as counseleth Galen: thereafter use this unguent made of mallows, sodden in water with a little hogs grease and honey mixed with nutritum, 
4. meth.  ceratum galeni rosatum, populeon, incorporate with plantain water, moral and houseleek. If the Intemperie be humid, use unguents that dry, as pompholigos, de plumbo, cerusa, alum water, unguent basilicon, citrinum, fuscum de althaea: or this fomentation of claret wine in the which hath been sodden roses, betony, wormwood, roch alum. If the Intemperie be cold, we foment the part only with wine, wherein wormwood hath been sodden, hyssop, calamint, rosemary, unguent basilicon & de althaea. If the Intemperie be hot, we remedy it by water of plantain, solanum, houseleek, or unguentum rubrificum cum camphora, or cerat galen: if there be dolour with ulcer, which cometh of intemperie, erosion, of a subtle humour or solution of continuity, or plenitude of gross humours, or a flatuous spirit, for the which take unguent populeon, oil of yolks of eggs, unguentum album camphoratum, with other such as are in tumours, if the dolour be vehement, we make a cataplasm narcotic of barley flower, oil of roses, henbane, mandrager, poppy, all sodden in milk, If the dolour be accompanied with tumour, first look to the cause of it, thereafter, ordain the diet strait and cold, bleeding, purging, according to the nature of the humour, with such particular remidies, as ye have heard in tumours; The excrescence of the flesh shallbe taken away with canter's, razors, shears, powder of mercur●● burnt alum, ●●●stum, squama aeris, unguentum aegiptiacum, apostulorum, vitrioli romani. The hardness is cured by Remollientes and Resoluentes, as goose, hens, duck and calves grease, oil of Lilies, lumbricorum, vulpinum, muscilaginis of althaea and fenigreci, basilicon, diachilon magnum de muscilaginibus, thereafter scarify as counseleth Avicen, 
Gal. 4 meth●● cap. 2.  then put powder of mercury or cut it with a Razor to the soft part. If the ulcer become black and Red, scarify it, and let it bleed well and apply things drying. If it be accompanied with Varice, it must be taken away as ye have heard in the Chapter of Varix. If there be rottensse in the bone, ye shall have recouse to the proper Chapter. If there be worms in the ulcer, we must consume the rottenness and humidity they are engendered of, and kill them also, take the decoction of Wormwood, agrimony, century, Calamint, which is to wash the ulcers also in the ears, 
Aetius.  fasting spittle is good for ulcers in the ears, and make the Cicatrize well favoured with the foresaid docoction wash the ulcers, as also with Oil of Wormwood, the powder Aloes, mixed with the Oil of Absynthe and a little wax is very good. Millefolum taken the weight of one dram in white Wine slayeth the worms in belly also. The fourth intention consisteth in healing of the places ulcered, 
Ga. 5. me. ca 17 et 3. met. ca 3. Paul. lib. 4. cap 45.  which shall be done in taking away the impediments as ye have heard, thereafter, ci●atrize the ulcer with such things as are set down for the consolidation of wounds.   

The third Chapter, of ulcer virulent and Corrosive.  
HEre ye shall hear of those two ulcers which are not much different: those ulcers which have certain virulency and venenosity are virulent, but after the bitterness augment and corrodeth the flesh and maketh 〈◊〉 great▪, it is called corrosive, 
Definition.  or eating ulcer, if eat much of the flesh nor going deep, it is called ambulative, if yet it doth augment it becometh in cancer or lupus as ye shall hear. The Cause of these ulcers are evil bilious humours sharp and biting, 
Causes  the which get some malignity venenosity by their adustion, and happen oft after Herpes, or wounds that have been irritated by shar● and biting medicaments. The C●re is first in the manner of life according to the disposition of the body and humours, 
Cure.  that reign, next in purging partly for the evacuation of such sharp humours, thirdly in applying fit medicines on the ulcer, as if it be very humid, the medicaments must he more drying and like to the parr, as this, take water of alum or playntine, decoction of Cypress, 
Gal. li 5. meth. cap. 10.  Mirabalon, ba●k of Pomegarnet, & such like. If there be great heat in the place cool it by refrigeratives & desiccatives, Guydo for such ulcers useth a cake of lead rubbed with quicksilver, unguentum pompholigos, de minio, or de plumbo, unguentum rubrum cum camphora, take any of these mixed with a little tuthiae preparate, plumbi usti, cerusae lotae, beaten in a mortar of lead, with water of plantain, a little terra sigillata, with a little oil of Roses, make an unguent. If the malignity be great oft the body, is dry and consume these humours, with canters actual, powder of mercury mixed with unguent rosat, till such time the malice be consumed, thereafter wash it with the decoction above specified. If by all these remedies, we profit not, we use the thochisces of diandron de musa, arsnic, copporous, using always defensives to repercute the fluxion, which may come through the violence of these remedies. If these be not suffitient Avicen counseleth to cut the member infected and ulcered.   

The fourth Chapter, of the ulcer profound and Cavernous.  
The ulcer cavernous hath theorifice staight & the bottom broad many caverns some right, some obliqne, 
Definition.  with divers fractuositives without hardness & callosity, & so differ from fistules. 
Cause.  The cause of such ulcers is apostemes wounds evil healed, in the which the matter hath b●n long retained & the orifice higher than the bottom, as ye have heard, the party debilitated, so causeth defluxion of superfluous humours, not only of the part but of all the body. Thou shalt know these caverns by the sonde, either of lead, 
Gal. ad glanc. ca· 8. et lib. tumorun contra naturam.  silver, or a wax candle, & therein contained by the iniection if it be white & cernsse, it is cold, if it be subtle & reddish, the matter is hot, those that are easy to heal have little matter with diminition of dolour & humour. 
Cure.  The cure of such ulcers consists first in the way of life with remedies, 
Gal. 3. me▪ ca 8. et 9 et lib. 4. ca 7 et 2▪ ad glan. cap. 8.  according to the quality of the humour & nature of the part ulcered, as also the situation, the dolour, intemperie & other accidents, that entertain the ulcer. As for the topical remedies if the orifice be in commodious situation that the matter may evacuat, by unguents emplasters mundificatives, de●iccatiues with lygaturs, compresses, fomentations & injections of red wine, if the orifice be high. & the bottom low, the member must be situate in such fashion that the nethermost be as ye have heard in wounds cavernous. If by the situation, the matter doth not evacuat or if it be in such places, that it cannot be so situated, them make an incision from the orifice to the bottom with meet instruments, thereafter appease the dolour, and flux of blood, if it be in such parts that this incision be not sanely done, them make an issue in the bottom, & put a seton as in wounds caneruous, or a tent wit some fit medicine, that mundifieth as ye have heard in tumours, or this Rec. mellis lib. 2. viridis aeris 3 5 olei rosatis lib. 1. aristolachiae long, alluminis cerusae an. onc. 1. fiat unguentum, or wash with wine & honey called mulsum. If the humour be sanguinolent and evil savoured, wash the ulcer with Oxymell, Allom water or honey, aqua marina, with a little egyptiac. Albucrasis counseleth to dissolve egyptiac with Hydromell, which mundifieth and corecteth the maligninie. If the matter be subtle and watery, take barley, agrimony, centaury, worm wood and seethe in honey and vinegar, it being cleansed use this in carnative and glutinative, 
Lib. 3. met. ca 3  take the roots of Iris, Plantain, Agrimony sodden in water and honey. Avicen counseleth the emplastrum catholicon & centorium which is of a marvelous effect in this, put also the emplastrum de minio, di●calciteos or nigrum, composed with galls, honey, powder of Iris, aloes, myrrh and suchlike. Togat. setteth a marvelous good medicine to cong●tinat ulcers made thus, Rec. decoctionis hordei lib. 1. mellis rosatis onc. 3. sacroc●llae drag 2. mirr●thuris an. drag. 1. vini odoriferi onc. 3. bulliant ad consumptionem tertiae partis addendo aloes parum, strain this & put it on & in the ulcers & bind it upward, shift it once a day till the ulcer be whole.   

The fift Chapter, of the filthy & rotten ulcer.  
THese ulcers which are oppressed with abundance of matter thick, 
Definition.  tough and evil coloured are called by Guydo and others sordids and filthy, if they augment rot and mortify the f●esh, ulcered voiding a matter evil savoured and cadaverous, they are called ulcers putrids. If the malignity and rottenness continue it is gangrene and is called ulcer gangrenous of the which ye have heard. 
Fuchius lib· 8. cap. 12.  The Cause is abundance of gross humours, 
Causes.  proceeding of an adustion and ebulition of blood, for the which they become venomous and malign as chanceth after carbuncles tumours and wounds evil dressed. 
Cure.  The Cure of them consisteth in regiment as ye have heard in the Chapter of carbuncle, the using of the decoction of gaiac is good to dry up the humours and eucuat them by sweeting. Avicen commendeth much purging of the body to discharge the part of these evil Humours, by medicines mundificatives, like as humidity by drying medicines, by ventouses, scarcifications▪ horseleeches, epithems. Topical remedies are, first to wash the place with hydromel and aqua marina, 
Gal. 3. me●h. cap. 6. et 7.  apostolicon or egiptiac and put on the ulcer, applying on it an emplaster de bolo, with cloth wet in oxicrate. If the matter gender in corruption, wash it with oxicrate, water of cenders or white soap, with this emplaster made of salt fish, 
Haly abbess.  flower of aristolochia longa & orobie sodden in wine and put on the sore. If this be not sufficient, take this medicament, quod recipit dragaganti rubri dicti auripigment. onc. 1. calcis vinae alluminis corticis mali punici singulorum onc. 6. thuris, gal●●rum singulorum onc. di. cerae et olei an. quantum sufficit, fiat unguentum, with defensives of bol. If for all this, the ulcer augment and grow worse, we use more strong remedies to consume the putrefaction, as canters actuals, or razors, or medicaments, that have virtue to make a scale, according to the saying of Hipp. that which healeth not by medicaments, it healeth either by iron or fire, 
Lib. 7. apho. ●.  which shall be continued till ye come to the good flesh, and shall be known by the colour. Arsenic or vitriol roman is good to separate the rotten from the whole, being mixed with aquavitae, honey and egiptiac. If by all these remedies ye profit not, but that the evil doth augment, the part must be cut off, for the safety of the rest, as counseleth Celsus.   

The sixth Chapter, of the Ulcer difficile to heal, called Cacoethes.  
Ye have heard, that some Ulcers are easy, some hard, and some indifferent, 
Definition.  but those ulcers which heal not after all things duly used, are called Cacoethickes or maligns and long in healing, and by Galen, dispulotica. The Cause is, the evil temperature of the body, as, 
Cause.  if the humours be vitiated, called by the Greeks' cachochymie, or if there be abundance of humours, called by the Greeks' plethorie, they must be also evacuated, also that that the callosity or intemperie in the part must be taken away. The Signs are, 
Signs.  the diuturnity of the Ulcer, the indisposition and malice of the humour, the hardness and callosity of the lips tumified, there cometh Sanie in quantity, but thin, evil savoured, little dolour, sometime healeth, and oft openeth up again, 
Cure.  chiefly in the feet and legs. As for the Cure, 
Gal. 4. meth. cap 5.  ye must take away the cause and reduce the part to the natural, otherwise it is impossible to heal it. If there be plenitude, cachochymie, intemperie, either of all the body, or some part intern, as the liver, the milt, the stomach, or else of the part ulcered about it, vice in the humour, or some varix, roundness and hardness of the ulcer: first ye must purge the body, as ye shall find expedient, bleed if cause require, use good diet, eat things that engender good humours, using decoction of falseperell made thus. Take salseper●ll onc. 4. guiac onc. 1. di. macerentur per noctem in lib. 8. aquae purissimae, bulliat lento igne, ad consumptionem mediae partis, addendo in fine saniculi buglossi, pilosellae, pimpernellae, quinque nerui●, ga●●ophillate, consolidae maioris et minoris, capill●rium omnium an. m. di. glicerize race onc. di. fiat decoctio, capiat summo mane et sudet, et a prandio onc. 4. sine sudore et aliis horis si volverit. This is a most excellent help for all ulcers. If the fault be in the liver, milt or stomach, corroborate these parts by advise of the learned Physician, if the fault be in the part ulcered, either being tumified with varix & such accidents, it shall be corrected as in ulcers sanious, 
Hip. lib. de ulc.  as also if it be round. If the fault be in the humours which occupy the ulcer, they must be evacuated. All Ulcers which are difficile to cicatrize, must have the blood about them evacuated, either by scarrifications or horseleeches and washing it with alum water and such as ye have heard in ulcer putrid. If the part about the ulcer be black, livide or red, scarify it and evacuate well the blood, applying a dry sponge, with medicamentes defensives, as in ulcers sanious. If the lips of the ulcer be callius hard and livide, it must be consumed with medicamentes, if not that way, we●●t the hardness to the quick flesh, 
Celsus lib. 5. cap. 26. Hip. lib. de ulceribus Gal. 4. meth. cap. 2.  and let it bleed well to divertise the fluxion & intercept the cause of the hardness. These things all observed, thou shalt follow out the rest of the cure, as is set down in the simple ulcer.   

The seventh Chapter, of Ulcer with corruption of the Bone.  
THere are some Ulcers, which after they are healed and cicatriced a certain space, 
Definition.  become tumified & suppure and renew the ulcer again, which chanceth when the ulcer hath been long in healing, malign, fistulous, gangrenous & cancrenous, by the defluxion of the humour in the proper substance of the bone, as we see in the virulence of the venerean sickness, the which consumeth the periost, rotteth the bone, and consumeth the blood, 
HiP. lib. 6. aphor. 45.  which is the proper nurture thereof, also application of oil or things unctuous on the bone, which corrodeth This corruption cometh by degrees: first becoming fat, through the humour which is soaked in it, next, 
Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 2.  either black or rotten, and is known by the mattir that cometh from it, which is viscous and stinking, also great store of spongeous flesh, the corruption is also known by the sight, not being white as it ought, also by the sound, not equal but knotty and soft. For the Curation, after remedies universal, let there be used a good diet, purging and bleeding, 
Cure.  and using this potion in the morning, not eating four hours afore, nor three after. Rec. hor dei mundi parts 3. gentianae parts 2. centaureae minoris parta 1. coquantur in vino albo, putting to it a little gaiac, this potion is good for the suppuration of the bones as is learnedly written by Togatius. The particular remedies are of three kinds, that is, rougins, canters potential and actual, before the application of the which, 
C●lsus. lib. 8. cap. 2.  we must be assured what quantity of the bone is altered, then incise the ulcer, discover that which is offended, and if the rottenness be but superficial, we use rougin till we perceive the blood, which showeth it not to be altered. The bone which is near consumed, as in the head and such places as be near the noble parts and joints and in the ridge of the back, we use also the rougin with this powder of the roots of aristoloohia, iris▪ florentiae corticis pini, thuris, aloes, s●oriae, aeris an parts aequales. stamp them in aquavitae and dry them in an oven, which shall be done twice or thrice, and lay these powders on the bone, with the emplaster diacalciteos or betonica: ye may also mix these powders with a little honey or aureum. If these things be not sufficient, and the alteration be greater, we use canters potential, as oil of vitriol, oil of cloves, mercury, camphor, sulphur, salis, antimonij, incense and such like. But if the rottenness be great, fat and unctuous, we apply canters actualls once or twice, to separate the whole from that which is rotten, perfunding till the outmost of the altered thing, which ye shall know, when there cometh no more humidity: if you continue them longer, you consume the humidity natural, which should engender flesh betwixt the rotten and the whole, for the which have good judgement. This remedy hath virtue to corroborate and comfort the part, and drieth and consumeth the evil humours, and helpeth the separation, the which being perceived, shake it by little and little, and draw it not by force: if it be drawn, before the flesh be grown on the whole, the air will alter the other also. Of this remedy cometh no dolour, if ye touch nothing but the bone, after the canters are applied, we use oil of roses with whites of eggs for the first two days, then mixed with whites of eggs and fresh butter with honey, thereafter some mundificative till the bone be exfoliated, and then use the powder above written mixed with honey, to incarnate & cicatrize, thereafter consolide the ulcer. If the rottenness come to the marrow and the bone be all corrupted there is no remedy, but amputation, except in the head, haunch, and rig back, in the which we use remidies palliatives as ye have heard.   

The eight Chapter, of the ulcers cankerous and their Curation.  
Having entreated heretofore of Cancer in general, here we will speak of the ulcered, 
Definition.  which as saith Guydo is an ulcer round horrible, having the lips thick, hard, inequal sordid, turned over, cavernous, evil favoured, of colour livide and obscure accompanied with many veins full of Melancholic blood, voiding a matter virulent, 
Paul. lib. 3. cap. 67.  sanious worse than the venom of beasts, subtle watery, black or red. It is so called for two causes as saith Avicen, the one because it cleaveth so fast to the part as cancer to that which it taketh hold of, the other because it hath veins about like the feet of the cancer. The cause cometh of the cancer unulcered, and ulcers evil cured, 
Cause.  and by the humours Melancholic which come from all the parts of the body, which do putrefy and heat, so acquir a sharpness and venenosity and breed cancer. The signs are these, the cancer ulcered is still red, 
Signs.  cave to the profound of the member casting a virulent matter in great abundance, pricking dolour, 
Aetius lib. 4. ca 43.  and irriteth by the application of remidies and operation manual, so not to be touched and therefore called Noli me tangere. 
Guilliel. de sali ceto.  The Cure general consisteth in purgation and diet, as in tumours cankerous, 
Cure.  Guydo commendeth a potion made of capillars, herbi Roberti▪ scrofuralia, cent●nodie, Treacle and Mithridate are good, for they cause venom to come out in the skin. The particular is, 
Gal. 2 ad glane cap. 10.  if it be in such a place that it may not be taken away with the branches, it shallbe done by incision, canterization, or corrosion and that the blood be all well exprimed out of the veins, thereafter canterize it with such as have force to consume the evil humour, quoniam in extremis morbis▪ 
Hip. 6. apho. 1.  extrema sunt adhibenda remedia. The arsnic sublimat is excellent, for it mortifieth in one day cancers, fi●●ules, and other strange maladies, apply defensives and anodins, produce the fall of the scale as in the ulcer precedent. 
Gal. 14. metho cap. 10.  When ye perceive that there is neither stink nor virulency, but good flesh, heal it as other ulcers. If it be in any part that it may not be thus handled, or the patient will not or that it is incurable, we use palliative remedies, the which consist chief in good diet, abstaining from things contrary, using good things, thereafter evacuation general purgations, bleeding, applying on the part medicamentis corroboratives, lineaments and refrenantes to divert the fluxion with proper medicines as this take the juice of scabius & solani an. onc 2. plumbi usti loti, unguenti pompholigos an. onc. di. unguenti albi onc. 2. diacalciteos onc. di. oleum ●mphacinum parum agitentur in mortario plumbeo. There are divers other proper medicamentes for this effect as succus solani, spima argenti, cer●sae, olei, an parts equales contundantur et agitentur in mortario plumbeo, donec haheant colerem plumbi. When there is great dolour seethe althaea in wine and honey putting thereto a little oil of roses to make a cataplasm, 
Gal. Paul. Cells. Actius.  also wash the ulcer with wine, wherein tapsus barbatus hath been sodden. There are divers unguents and lineaments set down afore in the tumour cankerous.   

The ninth Chapter, of the ulcer fistulous.  

Gal lib. tumour. contra naturam. Definition. Lib. 4. lib. 49. et lib. 7. cap. 77  FIstula is an ulcer deep strait, round, cavernous with great hardness & callosity from whence proceedeth an humour virulent. Paulus Aegineta saith it is a sinuosity callous not dolorous in divers parts of the body chief after apostemes not well cured & hemorroides, which have run long, as also apostemes hemoroidall. 
Cel. lib. 7. ca 4  Of it there are divers sorts the causes are, 
Cause.  as in ulcers cavernous, but the humour which proceedeth from it is worse coming of an evil phlegmatic & melancholic adust causing a bitterness & venenosity. The signs are known by the sound & by the humour that cometh out which is virulent, stinking, 
Guliel. de saliceto.  not dolorous except it be near the nerve. 
Signs.  Galen calleth it a siring because it is cave within, Paulus compareth it to the reed, 
Aet●us lib. 6. Gal lib. contra naturam.  that have cavities as also Aetius. The judgements some heal easily, some are long in healing, & some are incurable. 
judgements.  Fistules with many caverns are difficile as saith Celsus, those that are near to any noble part as in the thorax, allo in the bladder, matrix & intestins are all perilous & mortal, those in the ribs, back joints are suspect and of difficile curation. Fistules in the fundament, which have the orifice exterior, are hard to heal, 
Panlus. Arnold. de villa nova.  all fistules in bodies evil disposed are of long curation. There are divers sorts of fistules, for some are superficial, others do penetrate, some a slope, some right, some simple, others composed with one or more sinuosities, 
Difference.  some end in the flesh, some in the bones, 
Celsus lib. 5 ca 28.  and some in the cartilages. As for the cure, we must first consider by the judgement & sound, the deepness and cavernosities, 
Cure.  if it be callons, and endeth either in tendons, cartilages or bones, or penetrateth within, all which things considered we ordayn the way of life & purge the body according to the nature of the humour, thereafter corroborate the parts intern with this potion which hath oft been experimented by old authoes Re. hordei mundi scrofuraliae an. partem unam agremoniae, centa●●re●●, plantaginis minoris an parts duas, aristolochiae partem di. foliorum oli●ae, filopendulae an. parts duas, scindantur omnia minutim pislentur bulliant in vino albo cum parrum saccari. Of this decoction ye shall take a draft every morning 4. hours afore meat. The particular remedies consist in 4. things, first to dilate orifice, if it be stright, which shallbe done by tents of gentian, briony, spong prepared, ciclamin if the fistule doth penetrate deep, tie a thread to the tent, the orifice being dilated we come to the second point to take away the callosity, which is done either incision or canterization, or by remedies caustics & corrosives, or to cut it with sheres or razor, or with such remedies, 
Paul. lib. 9 cap. 77. et hip. lib. de locis in homine.  as ye have heard in ulcers caneruons. If it be profound & such kind of places, where it may be knit, we put a needle with a strong thread through it, and knit the thread every day more and more till it be consumed as ye shall hear in the fistula of the fundament·s If it end in the bone and it be filled, it must be discovered and handled as ye have heard in his proper Chapter. If it end in the tendons, or membranes, it is dolorous and the matter sanious and clammy, if on the vein or ar●er, ye shall perceive blood. All these things considered if the callosity cannot be taken away by manu●l operation we apply medicaments caustic, as counsel our ancients, like as trochisces de aphrodelliss or powder of mercury, auripigmentim or white soap, or a tent covered with arsnic, or with strong water, or steep any of them with vinegar and distill in the wound, that is good where there are many cavities, for that liquor goeth through all, let it remain two days putting about it refrigeratives & repercussives, some canterize them with canter actual. Thereafter apply on it to appease the dolour, and to cause the scale fall, oil of roses, with whites of eggs, as ye shall find in the poor man's guide, till the great heat be past, & the scale fallen & that the fistule voideth matter commendable, which is a sign, that the call is abolished. The 3. point consists in medicaments mundifitives & incarnatives, as ye have heard in ulcer cavernous. The 4. point consists in sarcotices or cicatrisants, as ye have heard before. If the fistule be incurable, as ye penetrating to a part principal or such other cause as ye have heard, as also if in curing of it, there come a more dangerous accident, as in the fundament happeneth voluntary ejection of the matter fecall or cunuulsion, in such we should not seek the perfect cure, but use palliatines, as purgations of the humour pituitous & melancholic, mundificatives to mundify the evil flesh & matter in the wound, thereafter deficcatives, as diachilon iria●ū, desiccati vum rubeum, diapalma. And this is the cure general of fistules, as well by medicaments as manuel operation so now we will show the manner to cure those in the fundament by manual operation: 
fistule in the fundament.  of the which some are apparent, others not, having no orifice exterior, but either within the great pudding or mus●●e sphinter, this we judge by the matter that cometh forth, also by the dolour, or some precedent aposteme in these parts, wounds evil cured, hemerroil●des 〈◊〉. As for the Cure, some use canter actual, which is in oft dangerous in those parts, some counsel to cut it with a sharp instrument which is dangerous for the flux of blood, 
Cure.  and cutteth the fibres of the muscle sphinter, 
Albucrafis Pareus. Guid.  which may relax the matter fecall at all times. Hear I will set down, how by the ligator this may be cured, 
Hipp. Celsus. Paulus.  which is more sure & easy than any of the foresaid: first the patient shall stand on his feet, leaning forward, either on a bed or chair, opening his legs, and continuing them so, till the operation be done. Of this situation ye shall advise more amply with Paulus and Celsus, in the mean time the Chirurgeon shall put his midmost finger in the fundament, to the highest part of the fistule, rubbing it first with oil or butter, with the other hand he shall pass a sound in form of a needle, made of silver, lead or gold, to the end it ply the better, thread it with a strong thread, rub it with wax or medicament caustic, so it shall cut the sooner, put the needle in the orifice of the fistule, thrusting it always in, till thou feel it on the end of thy finger, and if there be some little membrane betwixt, pierce it through with the point of the needle, that being done, thou must ply in a little, and draw it out that way by the fundament, knit the thread with a running knot, meanly hard, and knit it every day straighter and straighter, till it be consumed. If the fistule be hidden, that hath orifice interior and none ●●terior, it is more difficile, yet we dilate it with the specu●ūan● not hurting the sick, so we perceive the orifice interior, and pass a sound pliable, as before in the orifice, with a thread, turning it till it come to the bottom: if it haste not the force to pierce through, we make an issue on the end of the sound, and knit the thread, as the other. Further we must consider, that fistules which are high above or in the ring of the intestine, are not to be cut, by reason the sick shall always avoid his mattir. This operation like as divers rare operations, are most cunningly done by my good friend james Hendersome a man very expert in the art of chirurgery in Scotland.   

The tenth Chapter, of Burn.  

Definition.  BEcause of Burning and violent heat come ulcers dolorous and evil to heal, therefore I will set down the way to cure such ulcers. Burning is a violence done by the ardour of the fire, hot water, or some other hot liquor, in divers parts of our body, and make many accidents. The superficial are subject to inflammation, the great ones to excoriation and exulceration, those which are mean, have little blisters on the skin, in all which is dolour, redness, ardour & such like with evident signs apparent to the sight. The Cure is, if the combustion be great, first in the way of life, 
●ure.  tending to tenuity, next in universal remedies according to the humours which reign. The topical remedies are diversified according to the diversity of the accidents: Arist. in his first problem counseleth to hold the place burnt to the fire, and so one heat draweth forth another. Also whites of eggs with rose water stay the pustuls, those which are superficial, accompanied with inflammation and dolour, must be cured with things that refresh, as whites of eggs, water, vinegar, houseleek, lettuce, moral, plantain, henbane, solanum, roses or the waters hereof distilled and laid on the place with a cloth wet therein. Allom and Ceruse dissolved in Camphire water, is good: these things appease the dolour and inflammation, and heal the burn, also the blades of leeks or onions peeled, with salt, and put on, healeth it marvelously, or lettuce with salt. The roots of lilies fried in oil of roses, or the leaves sodden, will heal it also: if there be blisters, pierce them, if there be ulceration, use remedies lenitives & deficcatives, as this, oil of nuts onc. 3. wax onc. di. mix them together and wash them in plantain water and lay on it. Also leek leaves sodden in wine, or the juice of them with unguent rosat▪ is good, if the sore need mundifiing, take turpentine washed in the decoction of barley, a little syrrupe of dry roses, with aloes and barley meal. The sore being mundified, cicatrice it with unguent populeon, diapompholigos, album rasis, emplastium de minio, or diacalciteos dissolved in red wine, wet a cloth therein and lay on it. The foresaid remedies must be softly applied, not touching it with the hand, the oft touching doth iritate and cause fluxion, therefore I have set down a secret in the poor man's guide, to heal all kinds of burning in a shot time, with one emplaster only, wherewith I have had good effect, at divers times. This remedy is very good, easy to be had, and healeth without scar. Take the bark of an Elm tree, steep it a night in water, take it out in the morning, ye shall perceive a jelly on the inner side of it, wipe off that jelly with a feather, or thy finger, anoint the sore therewith, and it healeth, as is aforesaid. And thus we end the Treatise of Ulcers.    

THE SEVENTH TREATISE of Fractures and dislocations and embalming, & containeth four Chapters. By Peter Low Arellian.  


Chapter 1. Of Fractures in general.  
Chapter 2. Of Curation of Fractures.  
Chapter 3. Of Dislocations general and particular.  
Chapter 4. Of Embalming of dead bodies.    

The first Chapter, of Fractures in general.  CO. 
Having entreated heretofore of maladies which happen in the soft parts, 
Paul lib. 6. cap. ●9. Galen. come. 1 aph. et lib. 1. de fracturis.  as the skin and flesh, here we will prosecute those which happen in hard and solid parts, as the bones, and first of Fractures, what is then a Fracture?  LO. 
It is a general division or disscision, or solution of continuity in the bone.  CO. 
How many kinds of Fractures are there?  LO. 

Gal. lib 6. meth cap 5. et Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 7. Hip. 6. cap. 5.  Three, the first is overtwart breaking, the second in length, and the third obliquely, in this kind of Fracture the the points of the bones enter in the flesh, and causeth dolour, by the pricking of the flesh and nerves.  CO. 
Are these kinds of Fractures simple or composed? 
Difference.   LO. 
Sometime simple, otherwhiles composed with wound, inflammation, gangrene, dolour and such like.  CO. 
Differ they not after another manner?  LO. 
They differ according to the parts, where the Fracture is, as Fracture in the head, nose, back, legs, fingers and such like.  CO. 
Which are the causes of Fractures? 
Cause.   LO. 
Haly Abbas saith, & also Galen, that all outward things, 
Gal. de fracturis Haly Abbas serm. 8. come 9 aphorism.  that have force to bruise, break, cut or cleave, are sufficient to cause Fracture.  CO. 
Which are the Signs of Fractures?  LO. 
Avicen, Rasis & Celsus say, 
Signs.  that by the sight and feeling the part with the hand, thou shalt perceive it unequal, 
Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 10. Avicen. tract. 2. cap. 1. Gal. 6. meth. c. 5  and also feel and hear a noise in handling harder, & there shall be dolour in the part.  CO. 
Which are the judgements of Fractures?  LO. 
Fractures in hard bo●●es and dry▪ as in old folk are more difficile and longer in healing, then soft and humid in young people. Avicen saith, that Fractures in choleric and old folk, are difficile, & in very old folk impossible: Fractures of the ribs with inflammation & spitting of blood are most dangerous. 
Cure.   CO. 
Of all sorts of Fractures, which are easy to heal, & which difficile and dangerous?  LO. 
All Fractures i● the ribs, which are simple, in the midst of the legs or arms and fingers made overthwart, are not dangerous. All fractures near the joints and in the heads of the bones are difficile, and the motion afterwards not good & those which press inward, are worse, than those which go out. All fractures in the head how little so ever they be, are dangerous: 
Celsus lib. 8. ca 10  all fractures where they are many broken pieces are dangerous, those with wound are difficile, because the bandage cannot be done without dolour of the wound Celsus saith that fractures in the thigh, are evil, 
Hip. de vulneribus cap. Hip. ibedem.  because the member remaineth always shorter, all those that are eminent, & have much marrow, are dangerous.  CO. 
Are all fractures healed in a certain space?  LO. 
Some are longer, some shorter, according to the greatness, hardness and dryness, fractures in the head are healed in 35. days, in the thigh in 45. days, in the legs and armer in 40. days, 
Hip. aph. 6. et ●. et lib. 2. de fractur. Arhors. 6 5. Celsus lib. 8. ca 7.  the nose in 16. days, the ribs in 20. days, in the jaws, the shoulder, clavicles, hands, feet, are healed in 20. days, in the haunch and point of the shoulder in 40. days, and likewise in other places, according to nature of the bone, the age, the air and time of the year, and constitution of the body, the diet, medicaments and government of the sick, which things duly done do shorten the time of the cure. 
Auic. tract. 2. cap 9 Paul. lib. 4. et 6 cap. 110. Com. aph. 42. et lib. 1. de fractur.  The defect of the aliment viscous is helped by fomenting with hot water, the oft pessing and shifting it doth prolong the time as also strait ligatures, so in deed there is no limited, but some are longer, some shorter time in healing as we see by day experience.   

The second Chapter, of curation of factures in General.  
IN the precedent Chapter ye have heard, what fracture is with the causes, signs, and judgements now remaineth the cure, for the which ye must consider first if there be inflammation, to differ the reduction▪ till it be past, for to avoid great accidents, than we must have a quantity of whites of eggs & oil of Roses beaten together cloth, compresses, 
Gal. 6. meth. ca cap. 5.  bands, fe●ules, machines, lacs, oxycrate, men to help thee, with other things necessary for the purpose, having all these in readiness, there remaineth yet five points, the first is in extension of the member which is done, 
Soranus.  by laying it on a bench or other place proper, the sick being well situated, there must be two persons to hold the member fractured, the one at the neither part, the other at the upper part, of the which one draweth up an other down, to make the extension, if the hands be not suffitient to do this, we take cords or strong cloth and bind fast the member one to the upper part, an other to the neither, which shallbe drawn by two men contrary as ye have heard. 
Hip. li de fracturis come aph. 12. et lib. 1. de articules et 6. meth. cap. 5. Cel. li. 8. ca 10.  For the same purpose ye may use glossocomes, if great force be needful, beware of extension, chief in dry bodies, for fear of dolour fever and convulsion. The second intentision after the extension is made, thou shalt take the member softly with thy hands & reduce the bones in situation natural, then lose the machines that the muscles may go to their own natural. 
Hip. aph. 21. et lib. 1. de fractu.  The third intention is to bind it well to hold it in the estate unmoving & it is done by medicament● & bandage, we apply for the first time an emplastrum astringent or defensive, 
Aph. 26. et lib. 2. de officina medici et lib. 1 de fractrris.  made of bol, fry flower whites of eggs & oil of roses, it shallbe best to rub the mamber with cerat galen, oil of roses, mirtill or mastic before the application of the astringent, the cloth must be wet in oxycrate & the bands also. Thereafter bind the member, of the which our ancient used only two kinds to wit the under band, 
Aph. 12. et 37 ●ib. 3. de office medici.  which Hipp. calleth Hypodesmedy, & the upper band which he calleth Hypodesmos. The neither band is divided into 2. or 3. the first is short beginning right on the fracture wearing upward toward the knee, if the fracture be in the leg, the volutions must be close together, this kind of bandage letteth the fluxion on the member hurt. The second band, which must be longer shall begin in the same fashion, 
Com. aph. 13. et lib. 1. de frac Celestina lib 8. cap. 10. Com. ca 13.  making 2. or 3. circumuolutions on the fracture, conducing downwards, this bandage maketh expression of the blood which was fallen on the fracture, let the volutions be further asunder, being low ye shall wear up again, and end at the other joint. The third band shall begin at the neither joint & pass upward on the fracture to the other joint and there end with the rest, the band must be of clean cloth thin, soft without seam or hem, of length according to the member, 
Gal. 5. de office medici et Celsus lib. citato.  & the breadth of 3. or 4. fingers, reasonable strong, that they be neither too strait, nor too slacketh bound, the strait maketh dolour and inflammation and letteth the vital spirit, likewise the too lose binding, 
Hip. aPh. 19 et 26. lib 2. de ofic. medici et come. apho. 21 ec lib. 1. fracturis  holdeth the bones together, so there must be mediocrity in that matter. The band being governed in such fashion, ye must consider, that the legs, thighs & arms are smalller in the neither parts, than the higher, therefore we must put double clothes to proportion the member, to make the small parts equal with the rest & also that our splints that are made of cards, would or white Iron, be holden faster by the upper hand. There must be 3. splents made hollow, 
Aph. 41. lib. 1 de fracturis.  the first which is biggest shall embrace all the under part of the fracture, as fundament, tother 2. shallbe put on both sides a little space one from an other, these 3. splents, 
Hip. lib. 1. de fracturis.  being placed on the under band do hold them fast, and also keepeth the bone steady from moving, they must not be put to afore the 7. day, also they must be narrow at the lower end according to the member, broad and strong on the place fractured, with a little cotton or will. Our ordinary practice is to use them the first day, if there be no inflammation, and being done, 
Aph 1. et 2. etli. 3. de officina medici  we apply the two upper bands on them, called Epidesmons, the first shall begin in their inner side of the neither joint, and turn upward to the upper part of the member. The second shall begin in the uppermost part, 
Lib 8. cap. 10. et Hip. lib. 1 de fracturis.  in the out side, turning inwards, so the one shall go contrary to the other in form of St. Andrew's Cross as saith Celsus. The member bound in this fashion and situated according to the situation of the veins, arters, 
Lib. 6. met. ca 5.  nerves and muscles as saith Galen, the next we must take a napkin and row a little straw in every end of it, sow it together and lay the member in the midst of it, bind it with little cords or ribbon, situate it right, soft and high, so continue it 3. days, if no accidents happen, renew it again in 3. days, but if the fracture be simple we remove it not before the 7. day or longer. 
Aph. 39 et l●b▪ 1. de fract et apho. 4. ibidem.  The seeventh day past, renew it every 7. day or 12. or 20. day if other accedents do not happen as saith Hipp. defensives in the superior parts at least in the beginning, also foment it with warm water for that revoketh the blood, comforteth the part & humecteth it with a pleasant humidity. The fourth precept is in generation of callosity, 
Hippolito aph. 45▪ et 46. et lib. 1. de fracturis.  first they shall eat meat of good suc to engender good blood, yet somewhat strait till the 10. day be past abstain from strong drink, for in that time the inflammation and fever do pass, eat veal, m●tton, and kid, use medicamentes emplastricks that heat moderately, also an emplaster or cataplasm of whites of eggs fine flower & Rosess till the 20. or 25▪ day be past thou mayst know when the call is making, 
Paul. lib. 9 cap 110.  if in tying the first band it seemeth bloody and not wounded, it showeth the call to be making then to fortify the same we use every three days to wash the member with decoction of Roses, and moss of the oak tree, putting to it a little oxcrosi●m, or de althaea, if in this time it itch, as oft happeneth foment it with water and salt and use fomentations of hot water and emplasters of pitch to revoke and draw the aliment to breed the call. If the call be too great we bind a cake of lead on it, or some medicament that digesteth as counseleth Galen; 
Lib. 6. meth. cap. 5.  all emplastic substamnce that healeth moderately. The fift precept in correction of the accidents for sometime there is wound with the fracture and then it must be banded more slack, using more bands and no splentes, also more strait diet. 
Cel. lib. 8. ca 10  If either phlegmon Contusion or Gangrene cure them as ye have heard in their Chapter. If the be not proportionably, it must be amended by breaking, which must be done afore it be hard, otherwise it breaketh in some other part: to do the same, it must be fomented the space of 15 days, with hens, goose or cocks grease, fomentations and cataplasms that have force to soften the call, as this: take unguent de althaea and agrippa of each onc. se. olei camomelini, lilies and laurel, axungiae gallinae anseris and fresh butter, of every one onc. 1. with a little wax, so being softened, it separateth easily, sometime it requireth a little force to do it. Avicen & Guido write in divers manners to do this, which I counsel no man to try, 
Brunus. Albuc.  for better it is to suffer a little deformity of a part, than loss of the whole body, to wit, death, which often happeneth. As for the curation of Fractures in the head, look Hippoc. de vulneribus capitis & Galen 6. meth. cap. 6. et Celsus lib. 8. cap. 3. & 4. et Paulus libro sexto, cap. 90.   

The third Chapter, of Dislocations.  CO. 
Like as we have done in Fractures, so we will follow out in dislocations but for the better understanding thereof, I would know of you, after how many fashions the bones are joined together, before we come to the definition of the disease.  LO. 
All bones are joined generally two ways, to wit, by Ar●thro●, that is, by articulation, and by Symphis●, that is, by natural union.  CO. 
How many sorts are there of articulation?  LO. 
There are two, to wit, Diarthrosis, that is, conjunction with movement manifest to the sight, as legs, arms, feet and hands: Synarthrosis, is moving more obscure to be perceived, as the teeth, the suitors of the head.  CO. 
How many sorts are there of manifest movings?  LO. 
Three, to wit, Enarthrosin, that is, when there is a great cavity, that receiveth a long roundness, as the thigh with the haunch: the second is Arthrodia, that is, when a superficial cavity receiveth a little superficial head of a bone, as the arm and shoulder with the omoplat, the third is ginglimus, that is, when the bones receive one another, as in the connexion of the knee, and the cubitus with the arm.  CO. 
How many sorts are there of obscure movings? 
Lib de os●ibus   LO. 
Galen saith, that there are three, to wit, suture, as the sutures of the head, the second is called gomphosis, that is, when the bone is infixed in like a nail, as the teeth in the jaw bone: the third is called Harmonia, as the nose with the head, the bones of the face which are joined together like a live.  CO. 
You have told sufficiently of articulation, now tell me of natural union, and how many ways it is done.  LO. 
Two ways, either without mediation, but by succession of time groweth together, as the neither jaw bone, which manifestly is distinguished in children, or else by mediation, and is done three ways, to wit, the cartilege, as the bone pubis: secondly by the nerve or tendon, as the sternon and as illium are joined together: thirdly by flesh, as the teeth are fastened. This, as also all the Anatomy is most perfectly declared by Robert Achymutie Chirurgeon of Edinburgh, sometime Chirurgeon in the great Hospital of Paris.  CO. 

Paul. lib. 6. c. 3.  What is Dislocation?  LO. 
It is an outgoing of the bone out of the natural seat, which letteth the moving.  CO. 
How many differences are there of Dislocations?  LO. 
Three, of the which the first is called complete, when the bone is altogether out of the place, the second is imcomplete, when the bone is not altogether, but a little out, the third is distortion, elongation or pervertion of the ligament.  CO. 
How many ways is Dislocation complete done?  LO. 

Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 20. Gal. come. aph. 2. et lib. 1. de articulis.  Four ways, before, behind, outward and inward, some up, some down, but not oft seen.  CO. 
How many differences hath incomplet?  LO. 
It hath three, the first, that the ligament in the joint and about it is relaxed, as chanceth in the haunch, the second, when the ligament is forced by great violence, as the leg or foot in making a wrong or crooked step: the third is, when by little and little the ligament relaxeth & bringeth the bone after it, as chanceth in the back.  CO. 
How many differences hath the third, which is called distortion?  LO. 
No difference, but only the bone is made longer from the other.  CO. 
Which are the causes of luxation?  LO. 
Two, to wit, extern and intern.  CO. 
Which are the extern?  LO. 
Falls or strokes▪ and too violent extending of the member violently against the figure natural. 
Gal. de causis morborum ca 2. & artis paruae cap. 58. come. apho. 26. et lib. 1. de articulis. Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 11. come. apho. 1. lib. 11. de officin medici.   CO. 
Which are the intern?  LO. 
Great abundance of humour pituitous, gathered in the jointure, which humecteth the ligamentes, and maketh them soft and humid, so the bone goeth out, or by the extenuation of the muscles about the jointure.  CO. 
How know you Dislocation?  LO. 
By the extraordinary tumour of the place, by the emptiness of the place, where the bone was, by the privation of the moving, accompanied with dolour.  CO. 
By what judgement or sign know you those that are easy and those that are difficile, and those which are incurable and mortal?  LO. 
I judge by the kind and diversity of the Dislocation, and body, as for example, the 〈◊〉 is easy to go forth & to go in, also the finger, in like manner members lean, and where the nerves and ligamentes have store of humidity and moistness, the arm difficile to go forth, and hard to put in again, and in gross, fat and tender people, those with fracture and aposteme are evil to heal, those are very difficile, that have the sides broken, 
Paulus lib. 6.  those which have been long out, are almost impossible, the two uppermost vertebres of the neck being out, 
Celsus  letteth the spiration, and so the party dieth within the space of three days.  CO. 
What method use you for the cure hereof. 
Cure.   LO. 
The method general for all Dislocations hath four intentions: the first is, to put the bone in his own proper place, the extension of the member first made, with hands or machines: the second intention is to coatinue it in the place by good medicamentes and bandages as in Fractures: the third is, to put the member in right situation: the fourth, to give order to the accidents, as by good diet, purging, 
Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 2.  and bleeding if need be, & reduce the Fracture, before the inflammation be come, otherwise stay, till it be past, when it is near whole, or the accidents past, we shall use things to corroborate and comfort the part with certain simples sodde in wine, next, the emplaster oxycrosium, or ad fracturas. 
Albucrasis. To.   CO. 
If the Dislocation chance with Fracture, what is to be done?  LO. 
First reduce the Dislocation, next the Fracture if it be possible, some reduce the Fracture, next the Dislocation, it being reduced and the Dislocation simple, foment with oil of roses, whites of eggs, and cloth wet in oxicrate, 
Guido. 2. doct. cap. 1. Hip. apho. 65. lib. 4. de artic. Hip. lib. citato. Celsus. lib. 8. cap. 2.  with splintes, putting it in good figure, with as little pain as may be. It must not be stirred, till the 7. day, except inflammation or some evil accident do fall, at which time foment it with hot water, thereafter, the astringent as in Fractures, keep good diet, eat little for 4. or six days, till the inflammation be past. If the Dislocation be composed with causes intern, as abundance of humours, which looseth the ligamentes, we use astringent and drying medicines, if it be accompanied with dolour and inflammation, cure it, as ye have heard, if fever, use good diet, purgations and bleeding, in the end of the cure corroborate the part with decoction of roses, wormwood and wine, thereafter the emplaster of oxycrosium.   

The fourth Chapter, of the embalming of dead folk.  
SEeing that embalming of the dead is an ancient custom, as appeareth by the old and new Testament, and also profane histories, & that the same is used in these our days, aswell of Christians as infidels, I will show the usual manner of it, used in this our time. First we lay the body o● a table, and make incision from the clavicles to the os pubis, next lift the sternon, as also the musces of the inferior belly, taking out all which is contained therein as also the brains, having first opened the pan with a saw, which all shall be presently buried in the earth, saving the heart, which shall be embalmed either with the body, or alone in a box of lead, as the friends shall think good, ●hereafter, thou shalt make long deep incisions in the arms, thighs, buttocks and legs and other fleshy parts, chief where there are veins and arters, to the end they may the better avoid, which thing being done, thou shalt diligently wash the three ventures, as also the parts incised with strong vinegar, wherein hath been sodden Wormwood, Allom and Salt, thereafter with Aqui●itae, or fine spirit of Wine do the like, then dry all well with Linen clothes or sponges and fill up the three bellies with powders and a few flocks and sow them up again the incision shall be filled only with the powders and sowed up likewise, the powders are commonly of Roses, Camomile, Meliot, Mint, Wormwood, Sage, Lavendar, Rosemary, Marjoram, Time, Cypress, Gentian, Iris of Florence, all being dryee and beaten to fine powder, and mixed with Nutmegs, Cloves Cinnamon, Pepper, Bengewin, Aloes and Mirre. Some use only for this purpose a few the most common of those herbs, with a little quick lime, ashes of bean stalks, and of the Oak tree: thereafter enrol the Corpse in a cered cloth, and tie him in all parts, with small cords, and put it in a coffer of lead well closed, This is the common way to preserve dead bodies either under or above the earth for a certain time, but if thou wouldst embalm them to continue Fourescoore years, or more thou shalt find an easy and perfect way to perform the same in the poor man's Guide.    

THE EIGHT TREATISE OF divers operations chirurgical and containeth Seven Chapters. By Peter Low Aerellien  


Chapter 1 Of bleeding and things therein to be observed.  
Chapter 2 Of boxing, ventousing and their effects.  
Chapter 3 Of horseleeches and their effects.  
Chapter 4 Of setons and the way to apply them.  
Chapter 5 Of canters actual, potential and their effects.  
Chapter 6 Of baths and their effects.  
Chapter 7 Of frictions and their effects.    

The first Chapter, of bleeding and things therein to be observed.  
BLeeding which the Greeks' call Phlebetomia and the Latins venaesectio or an incision of the vein arificially done, to evacuate, retain and divertise the blood & other humours contained with it in the body, of the which there is great difference according to the veins & blood as in the head, legs or feet come. ap hori●. 25. et 47. 
Hippocrrates.  Is a thing most necessary to be known of all Chirurgeons not only for the healing of maladies, but also for conservation of the body from sickness, sometime both for healing & preserving, for the which it is most nenessarye to know the number of the veins, also the true situation, to the end he take not one for an other, because sometime the situation is variable, and in parts not accustomed very uneasy to be opened, we must also know the way to open them and what it is to consider afore and after, for the effects, that follow thereupon wtich are these. It quickeneth the spirits, helps memory, maketh the senses more subtle, clarifieth the voice and sight, causeth digestion, evacuates the evil blood and is an evacuation natural of the humours of our bodies, by the which infinite maladies are cured as is ample proved by Gualterus and Rufus. 
Heliogabilus ● serm. parti●●.  The number of the veins which we open ordinaly, for Maladies is 41. to wit, 17. in the head, 6. in the arms, 3 in each one, 6 likewise in the hands, 4 in the fundament, 2 in each side, 8 in the legs, and must be opened 3 ways, the great long ways, the little overthwart, in the typ of the nose in pricking it, not lifting the skin.  

Rules to be observed in bleeding.  
Sometime bleeding is used for the preservation of the body from sickness as ye have heard, 
Age.  which is not commonly done in Children afore Fouretenth years of age, nor in old people after Fourscore, because the abundance of blood is not great, nor the forces strong, nevertheless for the healing of sicknesses, which is the second commodity of bleeding, 
Rasu●.  we let blood both Children and old folk, and sometime rather the old than the young, as one of Threescore, will sometime better endure bleeding, than one of Thirty, and a Chi●●e of a year old twice in one day, and one of Thirty Ten times in a day. secondly we must weigh the strength, for in strong people we bleed largely, 
Strength.  those that are feeble and extinuat not so much, although Gaelen & others counsel in vehement dolour & carbuncles, 
Hip. li 1. apho.  to draw blood usque ad animae defectum, the which come great accidennts, so not to be done. 
Lib. 2  If the blood be evil & intemperate advise for the correction hereof, with some learned Physician, & also with Henricus. 
Habitude  If the body be of good habitud nourished with good juice, the veins great & full of blood, we draw largely, those that are of a weak and ill temperature and have the veins small, 
Gal le sangui. missione.  and little blood, are to bleed less. Those who are brought up in hot countries, nourished with hot meats endure more bleeding, 
Country. Lanf●an. Gal. li. de arthritide.  than those in cold countries▪ and their blood is more hot, so much more subject to hot apostemes and fevers, nor to cold as the other bleeding, 
Time. Hip. 7. apho.  which is used for preservation of health, aught nos ●o be done, neither in winter, nor in summer, but in the spring time▪ in which time many sicknesses are cured, as also the gout as testifieth Galen, 
Oribasi. arnold  and must be done rather in the mornimg, than any other time: yet that which is used for the healing of sicknesses may be done at all times and hours according as the sick requireth. 
Gal. de curandi ratione per sanguine mission. cap. 21.  If we are ordinarily accustomed to let blood when the hemorroides, & purgations in women are retained otherwise, than they ought, to eschew great maladies, and is done sometime in the arm, 
Use & custom  otherwhiles in the leg and foot, as it shallbe fond expedient: and being accustomed to let blood for preventing of certain diseases, do it afore the disease come. The Astrologians are of the opinion, that the stars, planets and signs have power in man's body and that every humour of the body is governed by certain signs, 
Signs.  as the sanguine by Taurus virgo and Capricornus, the phlegmatic humour by Aries & Sagittarius, the choleric by Cancer & Pisces, the melancholic by Libra and Aquarius. According to their opinion and sometime Physicians also, also Constantinus Aefricanus, we must not let blood that part where the sign is, which things are not observed of the most learned Physicians and Chirurgeons, as Hipp. Gaelen, Oribasius, Sardinius, Aetius, Paulus, Rasis, Avicen, Haly abbess, and divers others Latin's Greeks' and Arabes. For when the body is grievously oppressed with malady, we must not stay for the course of the celestial signs. There are some, who observe the course of the Moon, except in great necessity, and the new Moon is better, than the old, yet it must be considered, by reason of some other evacuation, for the which old women must be bled in the old of the Moon, and young women in the new: as noteth Gordonius in these words.  Luna vetus veteres, Iwenes nova Luna requirit. 
If he whom we would blood, be constipat, give him a clyster remollient, and consider, 
afore bleeding.  if the meat he hath eaten, be digested, and if the blood be gross, use frictions to subtilize it and make it run, 
Lanfrancus.  if any great malady hath preceded, or great evacuation, either of hemerroihdes or monthly course, flux of the belly or vomiting, waking, or great using of women, in these cases bleeding should be defeerred, except for great occasions, and then it must be moderately done. The sick must have his mind free from passions, chiefly fear, which retireth the blood to the centre of the body: if he fear fainting, he must eat an egg before, or a toast in wine and lie in his bed.  

Of the situation of the 17. veins in the head, the way to open them, and their effects.  
THe first is called vena frontis preparata or recta, and proceedeth of the jugular intern, situated in the midst of the Forehead, for the opening of the which, thou must bind the neck with a napkin, till the vein appear, doing the like in all other veins of the head: next, draw the lancet on the vein, open it aslope, take heed ye go not too deep, for fear of the Pericrane: and it is good for all inveterate dolours of the head, chief of the hinder part of the head, for all diseases in the face, as redness, evil savoured ulcers, inflammation on the eyes, frenzy. The second is called venapuppis situated in the hinder part of the head, open it in the same manner, as the other, and it is good for dolours in the head and sleepienesse. The third is called temporalis▪ acotheres or sterilis & taketh his origine from the jugulars, situated on the temples, and hath many branches, and is opened for the Migrim, dolours of the ears, and Opthalmie and watering of the eyes. The fourth is called auricular, situated behind the ears, open it as the others, shave the hair and rub the part with a hot clo●h●, 
Albucrasis.  till the vein appear, and it is good for deafness, pain in the ears, old Catarrhs, Hemicranes, all ulcers malign: 
Lib. de aere et aqua.  if these veins be cut, they cause a man to be sterile, as saith Hippo, Which thing was practised amongst the Schites to effeminate them, and serve them like women. The fift is called ocular, and proceedeth of the intern jugulars, situated betwixt the eyes and nose, in opening it: beware to go to deep, for fear of the muscle that moveth the eye, which being offended, often draweth the eye aside, as also Fistula. All the veins of the head should be opened with Flambettes, for fear of going too deep. The opening of this is good for maladies of the face, 
Auice●. Haly Abbas.  affections of the eyes and eyelids, scabs and redness of the eyes. The sixth is called nasall, situated on the tip of the nose, betwixt the Cartilages opening it, go deep with the lancet, and it is good for heaviness of the head, fluxions on the eyes and all redness of the face, yet it is not usual, neither was it opened by Galen, nor any of the Greeks'. The seventh is called labier, situated in the inner side of the lip, the opening thereof is good for corruption of the gums, fissures in the lips, ulcers in the nose or about it. The eightis the ra●●ull under the tongue, proceeding of the intern jugular, and is opened overthwart, not going deep, for fear to make the tongue immobill, because of some nerve motive, which is near to these veins, it is good for the Squinancy, inflammation of the Amigdalles, 
H●ly Abbas.  Vula and other affections of the mouth and throat, also for such as become dumb and lose their speech. The ninth is the jugular, taking the origine from the vein cave, good for the Squinancy, fluxions on the throat, Suffocation, Leprosy, melancholic Maladies, and malign Ulcers, and corrodent Hemicrane and Rheum. Remember that all veins of the head must be opened after rest. Avicen is of the opinion, that the veins of the head being opened, letteth generation, because of the animal spirits which dissippe.   

Of the situation of the three Veins in the arm, the way to open them and their Effects.  
THe first of the three Veins in the arm is called cephalica, spatulina or capitalis, or humeralis as saith Galen, which is most hihh and extern in the arm, and hath neither vein, arter, nerve nor tendon under it, 
Albucrasis. li. 4  in opening of the which make a good issue, otherwise it is in danger to aposteme, because that oft there remaineth lappered blood, for the thickness of the flesh, it is good for all dolours and pain of the head, eyes, ears, throat and Epilepsy. The second is called mediana, or vena matricis or matricalis, mediastina, cardiaca, or purpurea, it is composed of the basilicke and cephalic situated betwixt them, 
Rafis. Oribafius. Avicen. Haly Abbas.  in the midst of the arm, under it is a nerve, or tendon of the muscle biceps, sometime both, for the which we must be wary and take good heed in opening it, for fear of Gangrene or convulsion, or dolour, it must be opened athwart, and is good for all diseases that happen to the body, both superior and inferior. Once I saw in opening of this the nerve pricked, of the which within the space of four days after there came a soft tumour in the omoplat, with a relaxation of the joint, as also all the joints of the body, for the which the deep perfounding is forbidden by Avicen and Rasis. The third is called basillica, or hepatica, venainterna, iecorina, regia, or vena axillaris and is situated low down in the arm, accompanied with a great Arter under it, 
Gal. Ra●●s.  for the which you must have a great care & beware of Auen●●isme. Rasis forbiddeth to bleed in this vein, but in great necessity. It is opened for the obstructions of the liver, inflammations in all the body, 
Lib. 28  as also parts under the head, hardness of the liver, dolour of the stomach, pleurisy, difficulty of breath.   

Of the three veins in the hands, their situation, the way to open them & their effects.  
THe first of the three veins is called cephalica, or ocularis, and is situated betwixt the thumb and foremost finger, and is opened longwise, because it is little, good for dolours in the head and affections of the eyes. 
Lib. de sanguinis miss.  Galen saith, that the veins in the hands give not much blood, because they are but little branches and therefore were not opened by the mediciners' Greeks. The second is called saluatella, titularis or asellaris, 
Gal. de secti-  and is only a branch of the basilicke, it is situated betwixt the middle finger called medius and the third finger, called auricularis, and is good for the jaundice and maladies of the liver, being bled in the right hand, and the other in the left hand, called splenetica, for the affections of the milt. The third is called, funus brachij, and is a branch of the cephalic, situate on the finger medius, opened in default of the other two. These veins must be bathed in hot water▪ in opening of them, as those in the feet.   

Of the four veins in the Fundament and their Effects.  
IN each side of the Fundament are situated two veins hemerroihdalles, and are opened for affections, or melancholic maladies.   

Of the four veins in the legs their situation and effects.  
THe first of these four veins is called Popletica & cometh from the vein Femorall, as all the rest, it is situated in the bending of the ham, open it for all affections in any part contained in the inferior venture. The second is called Saphena, situated within the foot, near or above ankle on the inside, in opening of it, ye must not profound deep because the parts are nervous, and so must mortal accidents. Note that all veins in parts nervous, must be opened longwise, except sciatica which must be opened a little athwart, yet Gulen saith that all veins in parts nervous must be opened longwise, and are not so much subject to evil accidents: this being opened is good for affection's of the kidneys, matrix, gonorrhoea maling that returns in again,, and provoketh the purgation in women. Be circumspect in blooding the foot, for it weakeneth more than any other, as saith Avicen, therefore I use always to wommen a tablet cordial or else they eat somewhat afore. The third is called Sciatica, situated above the ankle, & is opened athwart as ye have heard, good for sciaticks, dolours in the thighs and ankles. The fourth is called Medium or renall, and is situated under the bending of the foot, and is opened for such maladies, as the other. Some say that above every knee about three fingers there are two great veins, which Arabes call Salsores, and say if the ●●ick be bled in them, he dieth presently, anh Galen is not of their opinion.   

Things which are to be considered to bleed well.  
FIrst the Chirurgeon must be in a light place either naturally, or with candle also his own sight should be good as saith Haly Abbas, and must have a ligator, 
Lib. 9  that goeth twice about the arm, an inch broad, also he must have a tound staff to hold in his hands, in like manner a little oil to rub on the vein to make it souple, also anoint the lancet with salad oil, before the blood which will appease the pain, he must have divers lancets, of the which some are large▪ some round pointed, when the pain is superficial, also when need is to make a good issue and evacuation, 
Rasis.  which we use in putrid fevers, and when the blood is thick and the sick strong: some must be long sharp pointed to open when the veins are deep and hidden, as also to make little issues in small superficial veins, & when need is to make derivation as if the person spit blood, or bleed at the nose. The issue you make, must bleed long to divert it, we make the issue little in people, that are out of their wits, that the issue may be soon consolide, by reason that such people lose the bandage, 
●asis. ●●tapallia.  and oft blood much. The incision must be made one of 3 ways, to wit, in length, breadth & obliqne, making always an incision in midst of the vein, not cutting it altogether which if it be, the blood cometh not well, but alongst the arm, and the extremity of the veins retireth one from another. 
Aetius lib. 3. Haly Abbas lib. 1.  Then let him make the issue as it should be, & cause the blood come well out, rub first the arm, thou wouldest blood gently with a hot cloth or thy hand, them knit it with thy legature a little above the elbow, let the binding be steady, & show itself the better, than the sick party shall close his hand, that the veins may show the better, thereafter if it be the right arm the Chirurgeon shall take it with left hand, near to the part, where he intendeth to make the issue, holding his thomb on the vein that it stir not, for oftentimes it rolleth, and slideth from the lancet, sometime it yieldeth being full of wind. This being done he shall mark the place, with the foremost finger of the right hand, making a little mark with his nail on the verine, than he shall take the lancet betwixt the thomb & the foremost finger in the midst of it, and to the end that he tremble not, he shall leave the other three fingers on the arm and leave the finger and thomb, that holdeth the lancet on the left thomb, which holdeth the vein, then open the vein softly sliding the point of it in the vein not suddenly, if the vain be not opened at the first time, prick suddenly again a little above or under the first, ye may do the same if the hole be not great enough to let out the blood in a reasonable quantity. The vein opened in that manner, 
Guliel. de salu●to.  the party shall hold the staff in his hand, that he may rest his hand, & the blood come out the better. Having drawn such quantity of blood, as the cause requireth. He shall press out that which remaineth, if there come out any fat, as oft happeneth in gross people, thou shalt put it in again, that done, put a piece of clothe in 3 or 4 fingers double on the wound, and wet it in water, bind the arm with a band of an inch broad, that goeth 3 or 4 times about the arm, winding it about above the elbow, and under that it neither be too strait, nor too slack. If the veins be small blood then after meat, rather than before, for than they are more full of blood, 
Gal. Auic Auerois.  do not eat nor drink of an hour after.   

Things to be considered after the vein is opened.  
OFtentimes chanceth after the vein is well opened, that the blood cometh well forth and afterwards suddenly doth cease, happeneth through too strait ligature saith Auerrois, or else for an apprehension & sometime through wrong & evil situation of the arm, in these points ye must slack the ligature, comfort the party & situate the arm right sometime the cause is in the thickness & grossness of the blood for the which rub the place incised with a little oil. If the party be weak, which shallbe known by the changing his colour and the blood running alongst the arm, in this ye shall lose the legature, close the wound, lay the sick on his back, cast water in his face & vinegar to smell to give him a little wine, within a while after lose the band and let him bleed, till ye have got such quantity of blood, as shall be requisite, stir not nor labour thy arm that carry it in figure triangular sleep not two hours after. Let the blood stand, to know the nature of it, for in our body, there are divers sorts very vatiable, accordinh to the diversity of the age, the complexion, country, kind of the sickness and parts of the body. 
Arist. lib. 2. de partis anmal. cap. 4. Gal. lib. de atra bile et de simp. med.  We shall judge the nature and quality of the blood three ways, first by colour, by the taste, and substance. As for the colour good natural blood should be red, sweet as phlegm natural, and me●ne substance, when it congealeth not, it is a sign that some of the other humours are with it, when it is red clear and gluttering, it signifieth abundance of choler, when it is blackish, abundance of melancholy natural or adust which stoppeth it to congeal, the fatness of the blood keepeth it also from congealing.   

Of Arteriotemie or in incision of the Arter.  
LIke as for divers maladies we blood the veins, so we do in some arters. Arteriotomia is a detraction of blood by the division of the arter, 
Caelicis.  which was not used by our ancients save only Menodotus, but is greatly in use now, chief those in the temples & behind the ears, for great fluxion of of catarrhs on the eyes, breast, & maladies of the head engendered of a hot fluxion inueterated, & vaparous spirits, as are contained in these arters. In opening them, first I shave the hair & rub the part the neck with a napkin as the vein, making a little incision in the body of the arter, as in the vein, not cutting it altogether, draw such quantity of blood, as is needful, then stay it, and put on the wound an emplastrum of mastic, or half a bean cloven, with a compress & bandage. Some fear this kind, for that the blood is ill to stay and also for an Aneufrisme, it is good in long dolours of the side, 
Gal lib. 1. chro. Paul. lib. 6.  & all dolours, that proceed from a hot pituitous substance, also for swining giddiness & long defluxion on the eyes.     

The 2. Chapter, of Boxing and Ventousing.  
VEntousing which the Latins call Ventosatio, is no other thing but application of an instrument, either for the evacuation of some humour under the skin, or to divert the course of an humour to some other part, and to draw away such things, as is hurtful, that nature cannot chase forth, and also to draw out wind in some part of the body. It is called cucurbitula, or pixis, made of brass, 
Albucrasis.  horn, glass, wood or earth in divers forms some short, some long necked, for the most part wide bellied, and are called ventoses a ventre, as saith Avicen: some are big, some less, according to the proportion of the member, the mouth is reasonable wide, the lips round and thick, and are applied most commonly in divers parts of our body. They are sometime applied with scarification & extraction of blood, otherwhiles without scarification, as also on divers parts of our body, according to the cause, as to draw out some hurtful humour of the body, with scarification and extraction of blood. First we apply them in the neck to evacuate the humour from the head, for heaviness of the head, fluxions on the eyes, affections of the face, and stink in the mouth: secondly we apply them on the midst of the neck behind, for difficulty of breath and cough: thirdly under the chin and sides of the neck for dolours and ulcers of the mouth, corruption of the gums & Migrim, Opthalmie, sore teeth. Fourthly on the shoulders for diseases in the Thorax, pleurisy, spitting of blood, affections on the shoulders, of repletion, for many affections of the head and throat. Fiftly on the region of the reins, good for apostumes and dolours of the reins & liver. Sixtly on the midst of the arms, for dolour in those parts, and in stead of bloudding, and is used both in old and young. Seventhly on the os sacrum and thereabouts, & is good for the hemerroides, and fistules in the fundament. Eightly on the midst and roots of the thighs, and is good to provoke the monthly course, for Strangury, dolours of the matrix, bladder and kidneys. The ventouses without scarification, which we call dry ventousing, are applied for the most part in a xi. places. First on the open of the head, for relaxation of Vuula, 
15. therapeutic.  and to stay the rheum, as saith Galen. Secondly, upon the hypocondres, to divert the bleeding at the nose, as saith Galen, when the right nosethrill bleedeth, put the ventouses on the region of the liver, if the left side, on the milt, so in like manner on all parts that bleed, we put the ventouses on the part opposite for the communication that the vessels have one with an other. Thirdly on the paps, to divert the purgations that run much, and for the ventosity about the liver. 
Bartapallia.  Fourthly in the beginning of the nerves for Palsy. Fiftly on the navel for the windy colic. 
Cuido.  Sixtly on the flank for ventosity of the milt. Seventhly, on the navel or womb, to reduce the intestine, or matrix fallen, and ventosities in the belly, and dolours which happen in time of purgations. 
Avicen 3. canod  Eightly we apply them on uritors, to draw down the stones and gravel to the bladder. Ninthly on the ears and mouth of ulcers to draw out any thing contained therein, also for drawing out of poison. 
Haly Abbas. lib. 9  Tenthly, if any where there is mattir deep, to draw it out to the superfice, as in bubons venerians, also in parotides malign, or in any other part where need is to draw any thing to the superfice. eleventhly, on the neck for Squinancy.  

Things requisite before the applying of Ventouses.  
FIrst, if the body be plethoric, it must be taken away by bleeding, otherwise the ventousing is noisome, next, if the blood or humours be thick, we use to foment the place with hot water, & rub it long with a hot cloth, that ye never scarify, except the application of the dry ventouses have preceded, 
Gal. Avicen.  because the blood must first be drawn to the place, before it be vacuated, that it be not applied in the bath, but an hour or two after.   

The way to apply the ventouses.  
THe Ventouses are applied with hards being fastened to the bottom with a little wax, or emplaster, to hold it, that it fall not on the skin, that being done, light them and apply them on the part, Some use two or three piece● of wax candles put on a piece of a card, money or gold, the breadth of a crown, being lighted, set them on the mids of the part, thereafter apply the ventouse, and being applied a certain space, ye shall, for to take it away, press the flesh under the lip of it, 
Albucrafis. Haly Abbas  to let in the air, and so it shall fall, which being done, make certain scratches in the skin with a lancet, sometime many, otherwhiles few: in delicate folk and children, 
Galen.  we make few scarrifications, if the blood be thick, make the scarrifications profound, if the humour and blood be subtle, the scarrifications must be superficial, and apply the ventouses as before, let it remain a reasonable time, and evacuate the blood, as ye shall find expedient, if not sufficiently at one time, ye may reiterate twice or thrice, always scarrifiing, especially when there is venenosity or malignity in the place, by reason of the blood being thick and gross. That being done, it shall be very necessary and expedient to dry the place with a soft cloth, anoint it with oil of roses, butter, cerat Galen, or rosat Mesnes, 
Albucrafis li. 2.  and sleep an hour after.    

The third Chapter, of Horseleeches or Bloodsuckers and their Effects.  
THese little beasts, which the Latins call Sanguisuga or Hirudines, in our tongue Horseleeches, are little worms, the length of two inches or three, great, like to a goose quill, well known to all Chirurgeons, engendered in fresh water, ponds, pools, of the which there are two sorts, the one malign, as those which are bread in rotten standing water, where carrion hath been cast, of the which come great accidents, as tumour, inflammation, ulcers, apostumes venenous, as we read of one Messelinus, who died by putting one on his knee. Therefore we must abstain from those, that have the head greater than the rest of the body, and are green coloured, glittering, with blue rays on the back, the rest of the body being black: we must choose such as are found in clean water, in ponds and sandy ground, that have their head little and bodies small, round, 
Arnoldus de villa nova. Haly Abbas.  red bellied, the backs rayed like threads of gold, such shall be kept a day or two in clean water, to purge them afore they be applied, as also to cause them draw the better. Some keep them ten or twelve days, changing the water once in two or three days, after the which manner they may be kept a whole year in glasses or pots of earth, 
Avicen. Theodocritus.  changing the water once in x. days, we use them for the same purpose, as scarrifications, and in such places where ventouses cannot be applied, as in the lips, gums, legs, fundament, mouth of the matrix, & such parts as are empty of flesh, as nose, fingers, toes, also about old ulcers, and apostumes of the emunctoires and others that are venenous, rubbing the part ye put them on, till it grow red. 
Albucrasis lib. 11.  They draw only superficially the blood which is in the flesh, and so are good pro morbis subter cutaneis, if they be applied on the fundament, they make evacuation from all the members. The part where we apply them must be clean, 
4. apho. cem. 1.2.3. et 12.  otherwise they will not bide, thereafter take them with a piece of clean cloth, handle them softly, not touching them with the bare hand, hold their head to the part you would have them bite, for the more easy doing thereof, we put a drop of Pigeons or Chickens blood, on the part, or prick the part a little to cause the blood to come out, then if you would have them draw much, cut the ends of them with the shears to let the blood run, otherwise, when they fall of, apply fresh in their place, or put on two or three in the beginning▪ as ye find expedient. To make them fall sooner, ye shall put a corn of salt, or drop of vinegar on their head, or a few ceudres, or separate them with a horse hair. If after the fall, the place bleed much, we apply cotton, or burnt cloth, or cloth wet in cold water, or half a bean cloven and bound on it. If there be venenosity in the part, 
Albuc. lib. 5.  after they fall we foment the place with water and salt, sometime a cornet, or little ventouse.   

The fourth Chapter of Seton, the qualities of it, and way to apply it,  
SEton, which the Latins call Seta is no other thing, but a little cord. which in old time was made of hair, or thread, and now of silk or cloth, or woollen yarn & is drawn through the skin with a needle for the purpose, in sundry parts of our bodies for divers occasions as ye shall hear. First and most commonly we apply it in the neck, 
Skinkins.  betwixt the and fift third vertebre, sometime lower down and is good to divert & draw away fluxion on the eyes, Cattarrs which come from the head, and fall on the stomach, and gums, lights, back, 
Guido.  and other parts of the body. Secondly we apple it on the navel, when it is swollen with water and humours. Thirdly in the cods, for watery tumours contained in those parts, as also for those that are Hydropic, Fourthly we apply them on wounds, which pass out through for the better evacuation of the matter, they are applied either as did our ancients, or without fire, 
Hip. Albuc.  as now is commonly done, for the doing whereof we set the sick in a chair, than one taketk the neck behind or other part where ye will apply it, equally in his hands, neither more on the one side, nor the other, the one hand lower down and the other more upward, leaving a space betwixt the hands. Then the Chirurgeon shall take hold of the same with his pincers for that purpose, thereafter p●rce it with a sharp needle through both the holes of the pincers, being first threaded with the Seton or Cord, beware ye prick not the Muscle of the Neck, thereafter holding the skin with the pincers cause the sick move his head, so ye shall easily perceive if the Muscle be taken hold of, and if it be, let go the gripe, and take only the skin and draw through the Needle and Seton which shallbe an ell in length or thereabouts, great like a Goose quill, take the Needle and let the Seton remain, and rub it with digestive, fresh Butter or Cerat Galen with an emplaster of Cerat or such like for Two or Three dayas, thereafter Diapalma or Beronica, some put only Woodbynd leaves, drawing it a little every day in the Morning and at Night it being almost near the end, ye shall draw it the other way by this means it will serve a month or Six weeks. When ye will change it, sow an other new Seton to the end thereof in such sort, that it slip not in the through going, so cut away the old, and leave the new, and so continue so long as shallbe expedient, that is till the humour be well evacuated, using in the mean time some meet remedies until the humour be diverted, intercepted and evacuated. Some use this a year or Two according to the greatness of the disease, purge the body afore ye apply it, and after it is taken away.   

The fift Chapter, of Canter's Actual and Potential.  
CAnter called by the Latins Canterinum is a thing which hath virtue to burn the flesh, bones, or any part, where it is applied, whereof there are two sorts to wit, actual and potential. The actual is that which actually doth burn, and is made of Gold, Silver, brass, Iron or Lead, in divers fashions, 
Albuc. Cel. Hippolito  according to the malady and part, where they are applied as ye have heard in wounds and ulcers, yet most commonly they are used for Four causes, first in staunching of blood in veins and arters, secondly for Gangrenes and Mortification, Carbuncles and Bubones excepting always when there is no inflammation in the part, thirdly in bones that are rotten, for it is enemy to rottennts & helpeth the separation of the bones, four in maling ulcers, and biting of venomous beasts. 
Albucra●●s.  The canter potential, which the Latins call Canterium Potentiale, or Pyroticum is that which hath the force by extreme heat to burn the part where it is applied, but actually as the other and is composed of divers matter that are for the most part, extreme hot, like as Cartharide●, Vitriol, Tartar, Arsnic, Orpiment, Sublimat, strong water, oil of vitriol, Cloves, Sage, and Brimstone, or of divers other things, as the ashes of the Oak or Fig tree, of Vines, or bean stalks, quick lime, salt Nitre, Armoniac, Axungia vi●ri, Granley, all which ye may use together, or some of them in water, which we call Capitellum or Lixiui●um, and is either strong or weak, according to the Ingredientes. For the making of the which, ye shall take a certain of these things, and steep them in water three or four days, stirring it Morning and Evening, them pass it through a cloth, & seethe it on the fire in a pan of brass, till it be congealed to salt, which being taken from the fire shallbe cut in little pieces, and put in glasses close stopped that no air enter in. The way to make divers sorts of Canters is thus, take the ashes of the vine, quick lime, graneley, axungia vitri, an. half a pound, alum and vitriol roman of each 6 ounces, steep them in 15 pints of water in an earthen pot the space of 5. or 6. days, stirring it every day as ye have heard, than power out the water and leave the grounds keep it in glasses, or seethe it, till it grow to salt as ye have heard, if it grow thick put thereto half an ounce of opi●● dissolved in aquavitae, which both appeseth the dolour and maketh the scar soft. another excellent way is, Rec. axungiae vitri li. se. salis gemmae onc. 6. sublimati onc. se. cineris sarmentorum et truncorum fabarum an. li. se. aquae li. 10. infundantur et fiat capi tellum, 
Le fort de Lenry.  in fine coctionis ●dde drag. 2. opij. Otherwise thus take ashes of oak and vine, graneley, stalks of beans an. like quantity, steep them in water and make your capitle, putting thereto a little quick-lyme, this Canter is commonly used by Severinus Pineo & Hierome de la Now Doctors in chirurgery. 
S. Pineo. H. Delanow.   

Cantion in applying of Canter.  
THe Canters are appyed in divers places, taking heed to the complexion of the person, and nature of the part, by reason it worketh sooner in one part than an other: in bodies cacochymic, purge and bleed afore ye apply them, beware of nervous and membranous parts, ends of the muscles, veins and arters.   

Certain places where Canters are applied for sundry diseases.  
THey are applied for the most part in all the parts of the head for divers diseases, as on the forehead at the joining of the suture sagittal with the coronal, penetrating to the bone & is good for Fluxion on the eyes, the Migrim and other dolours of the head, the Epilepsy, difficulty of breath, Opthalmie, redness of the face, pain of the teeth, ears and squinancy. We apply them behind and above the ears, taking heed of the muscle cratophite, for the more assurance of the which cause, the sick must close and open his mouth, that we may perceive where the said muscle endeth by the motion thereof. We apply in the neck and arm for Catarrhs and distillations of the head, to draw it away, and stop it from falling on the thorax or some chief part, and are put on the inside of the arm, about the midst, near the veins and arters, but not touching vein, arter, nor nerve, for assurance of the which, hold your finger on the part, cause the sick to move his arm, so ye may easily perceive if there be any thing under it. We apply them on the legs, within 3. inches to the knee, either on the inner or outside, as the disease requireth, and is good for the Sciaticke and ulcers in the legs & feet. They are also applied in divers other parts of the body to give issue to the matter contained, and where there is vehement dolour, or humour or malign vapour, and in the emunctoires to give issue to the humour, which shall be done afore the ripeness thereof.   

The way to apply Canters.  
FIrst mark the place with thy finger or a spot of ink, next, make a little emplaster, having a little hole in the midst, either broad or long, as ye shall think good, put on the emplaster in such sort, that the mark of the ink appear through the hole, and then apply your canter, according to the quantity ye would have the issue of, and put an other emplaster above, and bind it, letting it remain, till it work the effect you require: if the first hath not gone deep enough, apply another on the same after the foresaid manner, which being done take away the emplaster, and lay on the place to separate the burnt from the whole, a little oil of roses, turpentine, butter and a little iris of Florence, or otherwise a little butter alone, or basilicon. Some after the first emplaster is taken off, cut away that which is burnt with a Bistorie, others cut it cross wise, thereafter put to the medicament, and it falleth easily of itself, being fallen, the issue must be holden open, till such time the sickness be whole, 
Celsus. lib. 4. cap. 22.  for the which it was made. Some to hold it open, put a great pease or ball of gold or silver, of the same greatness. I use certain balls, which last six months and are made thus. Take wax onc. 3. verde grease, orpiment, and hermodactes an. onc. 2. sublimat. and powder of cantharides an. onc. se. with a little res●n. In stead of the emplaster, I use a certain cloth made with certain stuff, which lasteth five or six months, likewise wiping it, and using sometime one side, sometimes another, and is made thus. Rec. empl●stri triaformacili, se▪ cerae albae onc. 2 camphorae onc. 2. litargiri auri puluerizati onc. 2. spici nardi onc. 1. olei oliua●um onc. 1. se misce omnia simul: thereafter dip a cloth therein, and cut it in pieces to serve, as ye have heard, it is good for cold humours ulcered. Sometime we are constrained to continue these things longer, and every year we place them sometime higher, lower and sidewise, that the mattir may avoid the better. Sometime they wax hard and callous, which is consumed by such remedies as ye have heard set down in callous Ulcers, the excrescence of flesh which sometime groweth, is taken away by such remedies, as ye have heard in Ulcers.    

The sixth Chapter, of Baths and their Effects.  
BAthing, as by the learned Hierodotus is at large declared, is a washing and steeping of the whole body, for the better preservation and conservation of man's health, and recovery of that which is lost, which was had in great use and custom amongst the ancients, as among the Greeks', also among the Arabes and Latins, and is also very much used and practised in all Nations in these our days: whereof there are two sorts, one natural, and an other artificial. The natural are said to be such, as come and proceed naturally out of the ground, 
Natural baths  and are always warm and hot of themselves, but yet are reported to be of divers sorts qualities and virtues according to the diversity of the places, from whence the water cometh and proceedeth, as if it come from Salt, Allom, Sulphur, Brass, Copper, Gold, Iron and such like. 
Salt. c.  The Salt is good for pituitous, cold and humid Maladies, hydropsy, dolours, pains and aches of the belly, stomach, matrix and kidneys, also it is good for all Catarrhs, Epilepsy, dolours of the bladder, head, stomach and ears, whites of women and scabs generally through all the body, as is at large discoursed and s●t down by Galen. 
Alluminou●.  The aluminous are drying and heating, and is good for all cold and humid diseases and sicknesses, vomiting of blood, staying the hemerrhoides, the monthly course of women, aborting with child, varices on the legs▪ hydropsy, malign ulcers, ●otten watery ●umors, for all sorts of vomiting. The Sulphurous are drying in the 4. degree, 
Sulphurous.  & heal the parts nervous, which are cold & humid, soften the hard parts, appease dolour, & comfort the stomach & milt, they are good for the stone and strangury, for all cold & humid maladies, Palsies, Hydropsies, Apoplexies, yet they must be moderately used. Those, whose mineral is iron and steel, are cold, 
Ironand steel.  styptic and dry, good for hot and humid maladies, as Gowles, and dolours of the articles debility, and softness of the stomach and milt, apostumes in the ears, monthly course, flux of urine, hemerro●hdes, outcomming of the fundament, & all ulcers in the bladder, as saith Fuchius. 
Copperous.  The Copperous, which heat, resolve, cleanse, consolide, are good for cold and humid diseases, dolours of the guts, malign ulcers, and members contused, also for maladies in the mouth, inflammation in the throat and amigdalles, all sickness of the eyes. Those that have their mineral gold, 
Gold.  are hot and dry & good for the colic, voluulles, fistules, gout, malign ulcers, cold stomachs, the stone, rapture, scabs, leprosy, diseases of the eyes▪ stink in the mouth, palpitation of the heart, as saith Fuchius. 
Lead.  The Lead being the mineral, they are good for all malign ulcers, cankers, fistules, divers affections of the skin, kidneys and bladder, whites in women & hemerroihdes. There are some mixed with divers of these together, as in Lorraine, Burgundy, and divers parts of Almain and Italy, of the which W●ckerus and Fuchius have amply written. 
Artificial baths.  The artificial baths are artificially made, by imitation of the natural, to supply the want thereof, as of running water and mixtion of one or more of these minerals, diversifiing & appropriating them according to the disease, sometime to heat iron and steel red hot, and ●lake it in the water, & so it participateth the virtue. Some time by mixing of herbs, flowers, roo●es, sometime simply, sometime the decoction of them, sometime of milk or wine, according to the disease, as to appease dolour, to soften, to open the conduits, to lose or bind in all these sorts. 
Gal. de savitate ●uenda lib. 3. Hip. Celsus. F●chius.  Sometime we use water called balneum aquae dulois, of the which come great effects, so that it be always warm, it is good for all outward affections of the body, it heateth, appeaseth dolour, openeth the pores of the skin, tempereth and evacuateth ill humours provoketh the purgations and hemorrhoids in women, discusseth and dige●eth the excrements, softeneth the hard parts, humecteth all the parts of the body, provoketh sleep, corroborateth the ventricle, & helpeth the concoction & natural heat, good for all affections of the matrix, inflammation of the lights, good for all intemperie, except the humid, dolour of the head and eyes, maladies of the lights, lassitude of the stomach and back, for all fluxions and members ulcered, for all scabs and vices in the skin of both old and young, it softeneth the articles, clarifieth the voice, moveth urine, bringeth the flesh and skin in good temperature, it mundifieth and is good for hectic fevers and frenzies as saith Hypocrates, it discusseth flatnosities, and sharp excrements, the watee must not be too hot, for it healeth & closeth the pores, and so letteth the excrements under the skin to come forth.  

Caution before Bathing.  
NOtwithstanding of the great benefit, which cometh of it, it must be moderately used, the excessive using hereof offendeth the heart, causeth syncope, taketh away appetite, loseth the joints, resolveth the natural heat, provoketh nee●ing, it moveth humours and offendeth the ulcers as saith Galen. The bathe must be made in this sort, first there must be a vessel of the length of the party of two so b●e broad, of height two and a half or three, it must be almost full of water. After he hath remained a while in the bath, fill it with warm water, the vessel above with a coverlet, sheen, or some such like thing, having remained therein as long as is needful, the party shall come forth of the bath and dry himself with hot clothes, put a hot sh●●te abou● him and cover all his body warm, so he will swea●e, which being dried he shall rise and hold him warm all that day. If he will he may afterwards do in like manner the after noon, 
Hierodotus lib de temediis foris abhibendis.  and so continue three or six days as shallbe thought expedient, entering sometime once a day, otherwhiles twice, add commonly to the water chief in the spring and summer, when they are in virtue these herbs, mallows, marshmallows, violets, parie●arie, fumit●rie, Dragon or Buglossie, Plantine, patience, agrimony, bear foot, heart's tongue, betony, toses, which all or some of these may be sodden a little afore they be put in the bath.   

Things to be observed before ye enter into the Bath.  

Antillus.  FIrst as counseleth Antillus a very ancient medicine, the party should be fasting, or else four hours after meat, 
Hip. apho. 54.  for as saith Hypocrates, a man must not enter in having his belly full of meat and drink, so it is meetest time in the morning, or four hours after noon. next ye must beware that no noble part be offended, nor much debilitated, for if the humour be moved by the bathe, the pores & ways dilated, the humour goeth easily to the part offended. The party must also before he enter be purged, no weak body should enter the rain. While he is in it, he must keep himself warm, the bathe must be meanly warm, neither too hot nor cold, for if it be too hot, it closeth the pores of the skin, letteth the forth coming of the excrements, 
Hypp.  & heateth the blood. Hypocrates counseleth to be silent in the bathe & in no ways commoned, if he wax feeble, he may take a little wine or a sop of bread dipped in it, or some pruns to quench his thirst, as counseleth Cassius in his problems, let him dry the sweat of his face & temples & behind the ears. He must not stay so long the first day, as the rest, 
Hierodotus.  Hierodotus counselle●h to remain half an hour at the first, afterwards an how●● or two. After the coming forth, the party must be well dried chief his head as counseleth Hypocrates, for humidity is as great an enemy to the head as cold, he must have the passage open to the natural excremennts, & not eat of one hour after he come forth of the bathe.    

The seventh Chapter, of frictions and their effects.  
OF rubbing and frictions Galen hath amply written in his books de tuenda sanitate, as also Aetius, Paulus, 
Paulu. Oribasins.  and Oribasins, with sundry other learned men, who have used them for divers occasions, & in divers manners, sometime with ointments and oils, which was in great use amongst the Romans' and Greeks'. Those who were old used rubbing with oil of irinum, camomelinum & nardinum. Hypocrates commendeth the same very much, for, saith he it hath the force to bind, lose, 
Hypocrates.  increase flesh and diminish the same, for hard rubbing doth lose and mollify, much rubbing diminisheth the flesh, mean rub- doth augment and increase flesh. They are used for divers other occasions, as ye have heard, namely to lose and open the pores and conduits of the skin, to make thine humours, and avoid all obstructions, for the diverting of fluxion from any part of the body, and especially from the head. They must be done with a cloth or sponge, first softly and easily, sometime to continue till the flesh swell & become red, and may be done at all times, and chief in the morning, beginning at the lower parts, so to ascend to the head, which is accounted general rubbing. If any particular part be diseased, rub only the place affected whereby in sundry diseases divers effects are wrought.    

THE NINTH TREATISE OF Antidotaries chirurgical which containeth thirteenth Chapters. By Peter Low Arellien.  


Chapter 1 Of medicaments in general.  
Chapter 2 Of medicaments Anodins.  
Chapter 3 Of repelling medicaments.  
Chapter 4 Of medicaments attractives.  
Chapter 5 Of medicaments resolutives.  
Chapter 6 Of remollient medicaments.  
Chapter 7 Of suppuratives.  
Chapter 8 Of mundificatives.  
Chapter 9 Of incarnatives.  
Chapter 10 Of Cicatrizantes.  
Chapter 11 Of medicaments agglutinative.  
Chapter 12 Of medicaments Catereticks.  
Chapter 13 Of medicaments that staunch blood.    

The first Chapter, of medimentes in General.  
IN this Treatise, we will speak of divers sorts of medicaments commonly used by the Chigians the which we shall first show the definition and division of every on severally both simples and composed, whereof they proceed and take their original, as of plants, trees, beasts, earth or sea. Of the parts of plants, as of the leaves, flowers, bark, root, seed, gum, juice or oils. Of beasts as of Vipers, Serpents, Cantarides, Frogs, Cats, or of the dissimilare parts of beasts, as the Liver, Lights, heart, or Brains, also of the excrements, as of the Hair, Horns, Dung and such like. Of minerals or earth, as Stones, Mettells, as Orpiment, Sandaracha, Sulphur, Cadmia, Litarge, Quick silver, Argent, Calcites. Of the Sea and waters, as all kind of Salt, Sponges, Asphaltrum, Nitre, Amber, Bitumen, Pissaphalen, Garinum, Alcionium. The compounds may be made of these simples divers ways, as oils, Unguents, lineaments, Cerates, Cataplasms, Emplasters, distilled water, Fomentations, Vaporations, Suffumigations, Gargarisms, Baths & such like, but for the better understanding of this matter, we shall show the degrees of medicamentes, and next the measure and weight. There are four degrees of medicines, hot, cold, dry and humid, and have four qualities, as heating, cooling, drying, and humecting▪ but not manifestly, and so little, as is scarcely known by the sense. The second degree is heating, cooling, drying, humecting manifestly, as is apparent to the judgement. The third degree is heating, cooling, drying and humecting, offending the senses, but not extremely. The fourth degree is hot, burning, and maketh a scarce and corrupteth the senses, as quick lime, all caustics actual and potential, cold, which mortifieth and obtundeth the senses, as opium and all stupefactives, or dry, which burn like Canters actual: humid is not so vehement, as the others, for humidity is not vehement, except it be joined with cold, of the which Galen hath made no mention. After this manner the medicamentes were put in degrees, before Galen, as reporteth Dioscorides.  

Medicamentes temperate in hot and cold.  
The Medicaments that are temperate in heat and cold, are faba, lens, hordeum, fructus et folia brusci, species capillorum veneris, axungia, snilla, oleum dulce, cera, sac, vitellus ovi, lytargirus, adiantum, cadmia.   

Medicaments hot in the first degree.  
Aristolochia rotunda, althaea, amigdalae dulces, 〈◊〉, castaneae, ficus brassica, absinthium, apium, ●uparatorium, buglossa, borago, mercurialis, morsus diaboli, saluia, scolopendria, ebulus, spica ●ardi, aloe, triticum, fennigrecum, s●men Lini, mel, butirum, sac charum, serum lactis, melilotu●, vinum nowm.   

Medicamentes hot in the 2. degree.  
Guaiacum, Cyperus, Calamus aromaticus, Peonia, Nux Indica, nux muscata, amigdalae amarae, enula campana, branca ursina, consolida maior, sanicula, dens leonis, eruca, gariophillata lavendula, cardamomum, marrhubium, mentha domestica, petroselinum, seabiosa, feniculum, thus, myrrha, mastiche, sarcocolla, bryonia, betonica.   

Medicamentes hot in the 3. degree.  
Gentiana, Aristolochia longa, Polipodium, Pyrethrum, raphanus, satyrion, acorus, gingiber, iris, apium risus, artemisia, cherefolium, cupressus, helleborus, scrophularia, nasturtium, origanum, saluia, ciclamen, dictamus, opopanax, rosmarinus', galbanum, juniperus, anisum, hissopus, abrotanum, salyrium.   

Medicamentes hot in the 4. degree.  
Allium, Cepa, Tithimallus, Sinapi, Euphorbium, Piper, oleum petroleum, pyretthrum, Anacardus.   

Medicaments cold in the 1. degree.  
Castanea, Malua, Granata dulcia, Spina alba, Gramen, hepatica, lilium, convallum, hordeum, atriplex, pira, poma, viola, ●osa.   

Medicamentes cold in the 2. degree.  
Pomum persicum, Cucurbita, cucumber, Asininum, Sinoglossum, primulaveris, pulmonaria, mala granata fetida, psillium, balaustia, acacia, plantago.   

Medicamentes cold in the 3. degree.  
Virg● pastoris, Acetosa, Endivia siluestris, Tormentilla, portulaca, vermicularis, semper viwm, solanum hortense.   

Medicaments cold in the 4. degree.  
Papaver, Opium, Cicula, hiosciamus, mandragora.   

Medicamentes moist in the first degree.  
Enula campana, Malua, Buglossum, Borago, Spinachiae, an●igdales, ininbae, nux indica, semen lini, buti●um, viola, pisa.   

Medicamentes humid in the 2. degree.  
Lilium Conuallum, Lenticulapalustris, Nimphaea, Lactuca, branca ursina, cucumera, asininus, portulaca, primulaveris, eruca, dactili, psillium, ammoniacum.   

Medicamentes humid in the 3. degree.  
Satyrium, Endivia siluestris, Fragria, Cucurbita, brassica.   

Medicamentes humid in the 4. degree.  
Argentum viwm.   

Medicamentes dry in the 1. degree.  
Feniculum, radix Althaea, morsus Diaboli, Sambucus, mala granata, Ebulus, castanea, hordeum, fennigrecum, camomilla, mellilotum, crocus, thus, arg●nti spuma, sarcocolla, faba, fumus ●errae, tormentilla, acetosa.   

Medicamentes dry in the 2. degree.  
Aristolochia, Guaiacum, Cyperus, Calamus Aromaticus, Cynamomum, Anethum, Abrotanum, Ce●e folium, Consolida maior, Opium, Centaureum, virga pastoris, Cynoglossum, San●oula, dens leonis, Hissopus, Genista, Marrhubium, Petroselinum, Scabiosa, Pimpinella, Cardamomum, Amigdales amaroe, Millium, Nux Indica, Nux Muscata, Myrrah, Orobus, Mel.   

Medicamentes dry in the 3. degree.  
Lavendula, Cyclaminus, Alcorus, Raphanus, Piretrum, gentiana, galanga, serpentaria minor, Absynthium, artemesia, Apium Risus, betonica, chelidonium, cicuta, helleborus, scrophularia, ●igus●●um, ●a ●●urtium, origanum, pentaphillon, rosmarinus', Sabima, A●nisium, nigella, Agnus castus, allium.   

Medicamentes dry in the 4. degree.  
Piper, tithimallus, anacardus, saturea, oleum pethoselum, Sinapi, euphorbium.   

Of the weights and Measures of Medicamentes.  
Lib. a pound, that is to say twelve ounces.  
Onc. Signifieth one ounce, which is eight drams.  
Drag. Signifieth a dram which is three scruples.  
Scr. Signifieth a scruple, which is twenty grains of wheat.  
Denarius and Drachma is all one.  
M. Signifieth manipulus, and is as much as one can hold in his hand.  
P. Signifieth pugil, which is as much as one can take betwixt the thumb and the two foremost fingers.  
Ciathus. Signifieth so much as one may easily drink at one draft.    

The second Chapter, of medicaments which appease dolour called Anodins in Greek.  
DOlour is a grievous feeling like as pleasure is a joyful feeling the which is cured, first by knowing the cause, 
Gal. lib 2. de locis effect. Gal. 12. metho.  next by the ablation of the same. The cause of dolour is either distemperature or solution of continuity which is either hot, dry, or humid. The hot causeth vehement pain. The dry causeth pain but not so vehement. The humid maketh almost no pain at all, 
Gal. lib. 5. ca 1●. simple.  medicament Anodins called up the Greeks' Paogonta are those that have force by their temperate heat to appease the dolour, of the which some be propers, some be impropers. The propers Anodins are those which be a contrary quality open and take away the cause of dolour, like as oleum laurium in cold dolours, violet in hot dolours, hyd●●elium in dry dolours. The Anodins improper are these which not by themselves but by accident appease the pain & are called by the Greeks narcotics the which stupefy the feeling of the part and make it more heavy: The office of the proper Anodins is to evacuate, digest, rarefy, extenuate the evil humours which be sharp, thick, vaporous, and cold.  

The Anodins proper are either simple or Composed.  
Simple like as oleum amygdalarum dulcium, butiri, lini, ovorum, hyperici axungia, galline, anatis, auseris fol malne, violar●●, parietary, medulla vituli, et cerni, aqua calida. semen lini, camomilla, fenu grecum mellilotum, folia hyoschiami.  
The compounds of these are oils, unguents, lineaments, & plasters, fomentations, cataplasms, and such like, which may be made according to the va●le●ie of the disease.   

Anodins hot.  
Oleum, Anetinum, Camomellinum, Amygdalarum, dulcium, lumbricorum, lini, vulpinum, mellinum, triticeun, de vitellis ovorum, sambuceum, cerae, terebinthine, irinum, hyperici, laurinum, iuniperinum, sulphureum, piperum, masticinum, rosmarinum, petrol●●m: Of these all mixed together, or some wax mingled with them, ye may make lineaments, unguentes, as occicrosium, nicolai, de althaea, resumptiwm, ●nulatum ●ine mercurio, martiatum, arragon, agrippae, cerati filii zacari filagri●, cyroneum emplastrum, cera●um, andromachis, fotus aqua vitae, panuus calidus inea mersus et admo●us ista valent in sed audis doloribus que procedunt a materia frigida. unguentum comitissae is proper for the matrixe, martiatum for the nerves, ba●cae lauri for the belly.   

Linimentum callidum.  
Rec. Oleum, Amygdalarum dulcium, Sambutinum, an. vnc. 2. ladani vnc. 1. croci drag. 1. se. muscilaginis seminis alteae, et lini extracte aquae melliloti vnc. 2. cere unc. se. seminis anethi vnc. 1. se. succi caulium vnc. 3. bul. liant ad succorum consumptionem fiat linimentum.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Picis Burgundiae unc. 3. Theriacis et Mithridati, an. vnc. 1. pulueris seminis anisi, dauci an. drag. 1. se. olei irini et camomillini an. unc. 1. Fiat ceratum.   

Cataplasma.  
Rec. Florum melliloti in sapa coctorum unc. 4. Ouor●i vitella 4. ad duritiem in a ceto cocta, olei anetini et camomillini an. vnc. 1. se. Fiat Cataplasma.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Baccarum lauri, juniperi pulnerisatarum an. drag. 3. coquantur in vino veteri et oleo rosato optimo fiat cataplasma.   

Anodina frigida.  
Oleum omphacinum, Papanerum, Rosarum, Violarum, liliorum de hyosciamo unguentum populeum de litargyro refrigerans galeni, santellinū, mu●●lago psilij, cydoniorum, opium, cum croco, emplastrum de mineralibus, unguentum desic catiwm rubeum.   

Comppounds.  
Rec. Cere albae unc. 5. Olei, Camomellae, et Rosarn●● an. vnc. 2. ovorum, lutea 8. succi coriandri et papaneris albi an. vnc. 2. croci et opij an. scr. 2. misce cum oxycrato fiat linimentium.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Ouorum vitella, foliorum Violarum unc. 2. Opij drag. 1. croci drag. 3. fiat linimentum.   

Cattaplasma.  
Rec. Medullae panis albi, in lact vaccino Infuse lib. se. farine, fabarum, hordei et orobi, et lentium, an. vnc. 1. omnia disso●atur foliorum hyosciami et coquantur ad crassitiem deinde add olei rosarum violarum, oxyrhodini an. vnc. 1. opij, croci an. drag. 1. fiat. cataplasma.   

unguentum.  
Rec. Vnguenti rosati vnc. 6. pepuleonis vnc. 2. muscilaginis seminis psilii et cydoniorum an. unc 1. se. fiat unguentum.   

Of narcotics which are Anodins Impropers  
Like as in taking away pain there are 3 things to be observed to wit the cause of the pain, the pain itself, and the part where it is for the which Galen hath set down three kinds of medicaments. 
Gal. lib. 3. de facul. simple. cap. 18.  Of the which some take away the cause, some the pain and not the cause, others neither the cause nor pain but only the feeling of the part and by accident the pain. Of the which some be simples, others composed, Galen forbiddeth the usage of such except the body be purged and in no ways in weak parts and near the noble parts. 
Gal. lib. 13. met    

narcotics simples.  
Mandragora, Hyosciamus, Papaver, Lactuca, Succus opij, semperuivi solani, camphora, oleum in quo torpedo vi●a fuit extincta, cicuta.   

Composita.  
Philon●●● Romanum, Pillulae de Cynoglosso, Oleum hyosciami, papa●eris, mandragorae quibus opij nonnihil diluitur.   

Lyvimentum.  
Rec. unguenti populeonis, olei violacei an. vnc. 1. seminis hyosciami, corticis mandragore opij an scr. 1. cerae quantum sufficit fiat unguentum.    

The third Chapter, of medicaments Repercussives.  
THe medicament Repercussive called by the Latins Repercutients or Repellens is that which by the cold quality putteth back the humour, 
Ga●. lib. 5. cap. 18. simple.  or else by the astriction corroborateth the part or by one or both letteth the fluxion of humours▪ 
Nicol. Alexan.  of the which there are two viz. simples and composed.  
The Simples with small or no astriction like as ro●a, endivia, lactuca, acetosa, umbilicus veneris, portulaca, ●io●a, nenuphar, aqua frigida, ●erum lactis, coriandrum, arnoglossum, trifolium, parietaria, hioscramus, poma, pira, albumen ovi, cauda equina, caprifolium, 〈◊〉, virgula pastoris, bursa pastoris, plantago, solanum, semperviwm, melones, cucurbita, ci●●uli, lens palustris, psilium, ompha●inum, cidonia, mirt●●, malicoria, balaustia, mandragora, acacia, sanguis draconis, papaver, opium, bolus armenus, cerusa, terra figillata, antimonium, plumbum v●tum et non ustum, consolida maior, far●●a lupmo●um et or●bi, vitrio●um, tapsus barbatus, nux cupressi, olivi folia.  

The compounds.  
Oleum rosarum, Omphaci●um, Absynthium, Olivarum, masticum, mandragorae, papaveris, cidoniorum, myrtilorum, unguentum citrinum, populeum, album rasis, deficcatiwm rubeum ex litargiro, ●antellinum, rosatum, bartholomeum, refrigerens galeni, pectorale, album camphoratum, aqua rosarum, camphoratum, oxy●rodinum, diamoron, syrrupus ros●●, violarium, aqua, in qua verbena fuit decocta▪   

Linimentum repellens.  
Rec. Muscilaginis, seminis Psilij et cidoniorum in aqua rosarum et plantaginis extrractae onc. 1. pulueris saentali albi, rosarum rubrarum, seminis plantaginis, an. drag. se. cum pauco cerato refrigerantis galeni et oleo rosa●●●. fiat linimentum.   

Aliva.  
Rec. Olei rosati et omphacini an. onc. 1. unguenti popul●onis et comitis●ae an. onc. se. agitentur simul in fucco plantaginis et solani ad fuccorum consumptionem.   

Ceratum repellons.  
Rec. Vnguenti rosatis drag. 6. Santali rubei drag. 5. Santali albi et citrini an. drag. 2. se boli armenici drag. 3. Spodij drag. 2. camphorae drag. 1. cerae albae onc. 2. olei rosatis lib. se.   

Cataplasma.  
Rec. Musci●●●nis, Psilij et Cidoniorum in aqua vel fucco plantaginis et opi● extractae onc. 3. farinae hordei onc. 2. fiat Cataplasma.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Succi Oxalidis, Oxylapathi an. onc. 4. farinae hordei onc. se. coquantur et fiat Cataplasma.    

The fourth Chapter, of Attractives.  
THe Medicamentes Attractives which the Greeks call Electica, by the Latines Attrahentia, are contrary to the Repercussives. Forsomuch as they draw from the Centre to the circumference, and are of temperature hot and substance thin, to the end they may pierce more easily: and may be divided into three sorts. The first draweth by the natural heat, the second by putrefaction, the third by an hidden property, 
Gal. 5. simple.  some add the fourth kind, per fugam vecui like as in ventosing, boxing, sucking, by bandages, frictions, horseleeches, vissicatories, medicamentes caustics, the which indeed be not properly called medicamentes Attractives. Of the foresaid there are two kinds, viz. Simples and compounds.  

Simples.  
Like as Sabina, C●epa, Aristolochia, Tapsia, Hermodactilus, bryonia, omnes titimallorum species, radix lil●●, abrotanum, urtica, serpentaria minor, gentiana, asphodellus, bdellium ●popanax, gummi rutae, calx●iua, nasturtium, assa fetida, Xilobalsamum, ca●●balsamū, ●hus, mirrha, maiorana, flos rosmarini, narcissi radix, radix brioniae, brassica, aqua vitae, aqua marina, berula, brassica, aristolochia.   

The compounds.  
Oleum Hederae, Viscus quercinus, Eupho●bium, pix liquida, terebinthina, oleum philosophorum, vulpium, laurinum, ●●●aceum, Anetinum, petrol●um, de castoreo, de tartaro, de hyper●●●o, de nuce indica et muscata, de sulphur, unguentum Arragon, martiatum, fuscum, nicolai, agrippae, theriaca, sapa, mithridatum, confectio anacardina, emplastrum diachilum magnum et parvum, de meliloto, apostolicon nicolai, oxycroceum. Those which draw by putrefaction, Stercus omne, presertim columbinum, caprinum, fermentum, caseus ve●us. Those which draw by property occult: omnia medicamenta purgantia, amb●a, paeonia, magnes.   

Vnguentumattrahens'.  
Rec. Ammoniaci, Galbani, Sagapeni an. onc. 1. dissoluantu● in ace●o, ut artis ●st colentur, deinde add terebi●thinae, onc. se. olei veteris parum fiat vnguen●●m.   

Emplastrum.  
Rec. Spumae argent●ae, Cerusae, Salis an. onc. 2. omnia s●orsim trita cum oleo veteri, subigantur et coquantur, deinde usui seruentur.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Radicum arundinis onc. 2. florum Angelicae, man, radicis brioniae, altheae onc. se. contundantur simul et melle accipiantur et admoveantur parti.   

Cataplasma.  
Rec. Ficus pingues N. 6. passularum mundatarum onc. 1. coquantur, add postea c●parum sub cineribus coctarum, capitum liliorum alborum, an. onc. 3. Misce cum fermento, sale et vitellis ovorum, fiat Cataplasma.   

Dropax.  
Rec. Picis liquidae, Ce●●, Colophoniae, an. onc. 2. olei veteris lib. se. ●itri drag. 2. sulphuris vini. drag. 1. se. piperic albi, Euphorbii an, drag. 1. Misce simul, fiat Dropa●.    

The fifth Chapter, of Medicamentes resolutives.  
THe Medicament resolutive, which the Greeks' call Diaphor●●ium, the Latins Resoluens or Digerens, and commonly called Carminatiwm, the which rarifieth and evaporateth by insensible transpiration, the humours, and openeth the pores of the skin, and is of quality hot and are divided into two sorts, to wit, the Proper which is weak, and Improper which is strong.  

The Propers.  
Like as Oleum Camomilinum, Auetinum, Irinum, Nardinum, lumbricorum, vitellus ovorum, semen●ini, Althaea, aqua callida, vinum, lana succida, oleum lau●inum, vulpium, euphorbium, baccae recentes, oleum dulce, omne oleum igne calefactum, abtora●um, adianthum, medulla ceru● na 〈◊〉 aristolochia, brassica, brio●niae radix, furfu●●, fenigrecum, galbanum, hordei, tritici, lupinorum, farina erui, malua cum toto, melilotum, menta mercurialis, piper, resina, sulphu●●, ●●ercus omne therebinthi●a, ade●s anserinus, anatinus, galli●aceus, ceruinus, leoni●●us, case●s ve●us.   

The Impropers.  
Semen urticae Dictamum, Cic●amen, Caepa radix Cucumeris agrestis, apium, flos rosmarini, spuma nitri, acetum, 〈…〉 calida, 〈…〉, ●herefolium, 〈…〉 sabina, 〈◊〉, pulegium, absynthium, anyseum, spica nardi, piper, stercus caprinum.   

Compositaresoluentia.  
Oleum Camomille, Aneti, dulce, vetus, ol cerae mirrhae therebintinae, hypericonis, maioranae, violarum, de cera, de croco, de bombace, therebinthinae, Sinapi, sulphureum, petroleum, tartarum, lumbricorum, stomaticum, diachilum mag num, Iriatum, de vigo, de melliloto, Philippi philagrei, unguentum resumptiwm, martiatum, arragon, enulatum, neapolitanum, oxycroceum, mesuae, agrippae, gummi amoniacum, dellium, opoponax.   

unguentum resoluens materiam calidam.  
Rec. olei Camomille, Liliorum et violarum an▪ vnc. 1. buriri recentis sine sale drag. 3. cere quantum sufficit, pulneris camomella drag. 1. fiat unguentum.   

unguentum resolueus frigidam materiam.  
Rec. olei Liliorum, seminis lini et erini, an vnc. 1. se. emplastri de mu●ilaginibus, de melli●o●o, an. unc. se. p●lueris ireos, betonicae an. drag. 1. fiat unguentum.   

Cataplasmaresoluents.  
Rec. Earinae fabarum, lini et fenegreci an. vnc. 1. disso●antur et coquantur in oxycrato ad pultis crassitiem, add pul●eris florum camomillae et melliloti an. drag. 1. ovorum vitelloss 3. croci drag. 1. olei camomillae et aneti an. drag. 3. but●ri recentis unc. se. fiat cataplasma.   

Ad flatulentum tumorem.  
Rec. Olei anetini, et Liliorum an. unc. 2. Olei rutae et laurini an. vnc. 1. succi rutae vnc. 2. bulliant ad succorum consumtionem, cerae quod sufficit vel loco succi ad●●e tantillum aquauitae ad penetractionem.   

Adhydropicos et ●quos●s humores  
Rec. Stercoris Columbini, Caprini et vaccini an. P. 1· flo●um rutae, camomillae recentinum, seminis lini et anethi an. P. 1. fermenti veteris vnc. 2. nitri drag. 2. bulliant omnia simul in aqua decoctionis apii, deinde pistentur et super lanam succidam bene carpinatam cataplasmatis instar extendantur, deinde calido ventre, hydropico aut hydrocele applicetur.    

The sixth Chapter, of medicamentes Emollientes.  
THe medicaments Emollientare called by the Greeks' Malactica, and by the Latins Emollientia, the which have the virtue to soften the hard parts & bring them to their natural estate, of the which some are common & some proper. 
Gal. 5. simple.   

The Common.  
Are those which have the virtue to soften the hard parts which is done either by congelation, extenuation, or dryness.   

The Proper.  
Are those which soften the hardness done by congelation and are meanly hot or else dry and humid, for if the hardness be done by congelation the medicament must be hot and dry. If it be drought as often chanceth in schirres the medicament must be hot and humid, always whether it be hot, humid, or dry, it must be more moderate than the attractive and less than the suppurative. In the usage of these remedies two things are to observed, the one if any of the noble parts be hard we apply no mollientes except they be mixed with astringentes, 
Gal. 13. metho lib. 5 simple. cap. 1.  neither they be used in tumours scirrous the which are either simple, or composed.   

The Simples.  
As Medulla cernina, Equina, Canina, Vitulina, Vaccina, ursina, haedina, leporina, humana, porcina, gallina, caprina, leonina, anserina, anatina, vulturina, butirum, gummi amoniacum, bdellium, ●●popanacum, galbanum, odanum, terebenthina, resina, colophonia, pix, herbae remollientes, malua cum toto violaria, parietaria, mercurialis beta, narcissiradix, radix brioniae, cucumeris agrestis, semen lini, et fer●● greci, ficus pinguis, hordei et tritici farina, caput et p●des ari●tis cocti, cum pelle in aqua vel lact.   

Composita emollientia.  
Oleum Liliorum, Lumbricorum, Amygdalarum dulcium, camomillae, vulpinum, iuniperinum, oleum vetus, althea, ceratum fili●●a●hariae, unguentum agripp●●, resumptiwm, nicolai, diachilum magnum, cum gummis, triapharmacum, de musilaginibus, de althea, ceratum philagrij, oxycroceum, ceroneum, de vigo sine mercurio, oleo liliorum et irino dissolutum, hydrelium.   

Emplastrum remolliens.  
Rec. Emplastri de musilaginibus et Diachilon communis an. vnc. 2. emolliantur cum oleo liliorum, fiat massa emplastri, add pulueris Ireos et sulphuris parum.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Cerati filii Zacha●ae et philagrij an. vnc. 3. unguenti vigonis sine mercurio, emplastri de melliloto et diachili ireati an. vnc. 1. se. ammomaci in aceto dissoluti vnc. 1. pulueris seminis urticae drag. 2. misce cum vnguento de altea et oleo camomillae, fiat ceratum, et valet ad tumores gutturis, parotidis et aliarum partum.   

Emplastrum remolliens et resoluens.  
Rec. Vng●enti de althea vnc. 1. emplastri de musilaginibus et diachili iriati an. unc. se. emplastri oxycrociae, melliloti, et ceronei, an. drag. 2· malaxentur cum oleo liliorum ●t camomillae et parum cerae si addideris amoniacum, bdelliu maior vis erit.   

Cataplasma emolliens  
Rec. Farinae hordei vnc. 1. foliorum ca●lunn coctorum et praeparatorum manipulos duos, vitellos ovorum duos olei liliorum quantum sufficit fiat cataplasma.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Furfuris macri triturati manipulum unum, amoniac● in oxymellite dissoluti vnc. 2. misce et fiat cataplasma.    

The seventh Chapter, of medicaments Suppuratives.  
THe medicaments suppurative, or maturative called by the Greeks' Peptica, by the Latins Maturantia are those, which by there natural heat seethe & bring the blood & humours superfluous into matter, 
Hipp. 6 epidimiorum.  of the which two sorts, some be emplastricks which by closing of the pores augment the natural heat. So the matter being retained maketh generation of Pus, the other kind is hot according to the proportion of the natural heat of the part, affected of the which they are simples and composed.  

Simples.  
Lyke as Aquae fotus modice c●lens Althaea, Liliorum capita, violarum, mal●a, acetosa, farina triticia, hordeacea, medulla panis tritici, fermentum vetus, adeps por●inus vitulinus, vaccinus, butirum, pix, resina, semen lini, fenngrec● 〈◊〉 lossi, radix bricniae, cepae, branca ursina, poma, 〈…〉 vitellus ovorum, mel crudum, amoniacum, galbanum.   

Composita.  
Oleum, Liliorum, ol onorum, Butiri, Hyperici, Lumbricorum, Hypericonis, resine, unguentum basiliconis utrumque diachilum magnum, et album, macedonicum, triapharmatum galeni, de muscilaginibus, unguetum resump●uum, emplastrum de fermento, democriti, macedonicum.   

Cataplasma suppurans,  
Rec. Farmae hordei, tritici an. unc. 1. Mellis rosati et violati an. unc. se. cum oni vitello. fiat cataplasma.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Olei violati vnc. 1. se. cum oui vitello, agitetur cum vnguento basilici parum, et admoneatur parti, multum valet in corporibus puerorum.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Altheae cum toto▪ foliorum parietariae, malnae violarum, brancae ursinae an. M. se. seminis malnae bismalnae, lini et fen greci an. drag 3. ficuum pinguium numero 4. coquantur in aqua, deinde bene contusa c●●brar●t●r et pas●e●i●r par setac●um quibus add farirae fabarum ●t hordei an. onc. ●. olei liliorum et butiri recentis, et exungiae suillae an. onc. se. fiat Cataplasma.   

unguentum.  
Rec. Diachili magni et albi an. onc. 1. unguenti resump●i●i onc. se. basilici onc. se. olei lumbricorum parum. siat unguentum.   

Aliud pro partibus neruosis.  
Rec. Farinae hordei onc. 1. se. ovorum vitellos duos terebinthinae et olei liliorum an. onc. se. fiat Cataplasma.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Olei nucum, Axungiae suillae veteris an. onc. ●. cerae flavae onc. 1. se. mellis communis fiat unguentum his omnibus simul liquatis.    

The eight Chapter, of Medicamentes mundificatives.  
THe Medicament cleansing, called by the Greeks' Rip●icon, and by the Latins Detergens, is that which hath the strength to separate and draw away the excrements purulent from the centre of the ulcers to the circumference, 
Gal. lib. 5. 〈◊〉▪ lib. 2.  the which is of temperature hot and of substance thin: and is of two kinds, the one is weak, domestic, and is either sweet or salt, as farina fabarum, hordei, cicerum, semen lini, saccarum, oxymell, terebinthus, thus, mel despumatum, amigdalae amarae, erui farma, radix indicus, nitrum inustum, n●tri spuma, pumex, and divers other which Galen hath written at length in the Chapter above mentioned, and are divided in simples & compound.  

The Simples.  
Like as Farina fabarum, Hordei, Lupinorum et Oribi, absynthium, agrimonia betonica, ●●ium, myrrha, thus, sarcocolla, aloe, abrotanum, flos aeris, fellis, leporis, s●ecas, terebinthina, iris, centaurea minor, solani radix, arnoglossum, ●●●tiana, marruhbium, calxlota, helleborus, aes ustum, calchantum crudum et ustum, auripigmentum, allumen, serum lactis, butirum, stercus caprinum, amigdalae, Aristolochia utraque   

The compounds.  
Oleum de vitellis ovorum, Mellis, Mirrhae, Guaiaci, Terebintinae de tartaro, vnguentum●uscum, diapompholigos, unguentum viride andromachis, emplastrum divinum, de appio, apostolorum, aegyptiacum, pulvis mercurialis, farina frumenti, hordei, mel solutum cum oleo rosato.   

Emplastrum detergens.  
Rec. Terebinthinae venetae onc. 7. Gummi Elemnij. onc. 3. resinae onc. 1. se. liquefiant omnia simul, deinde refrigeratis quodammodo, add pulueris Aristolochiae longae onc. se. sanguinis draconis onc. 1. se. fiat Emplastrum   

Medicamentum blande detergens.  
Rec. mellisrosatis onc. 1. vitellum unius ovi, farina hordei quantum sufficit, terebinthinae in aqua plantaginis lotae drag. 2.   

unguentum detergens.  
Rec. Olei Hipericonis onc. 2. Gummi Elemni onc. 1. se. cerae onc. se. terebinthinae onc. 1. misce et fiat unguentum.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Picis Resinae lib. 1. Picis grecae lib. se. butiri recentis lib. 1. se. viridis aeris drag. se.   

Aqua detergens.  
Rec. Florum aeris usti onc. 3. Tutiae preparatae in vino albo onc. 1. vini albi odoriferi onc. se. aque plantaginis onc. se. misce omnia simul.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Vini albi onc. 2. Floris ●ris drag. 1. auripigmenti ●●ag ●misce ●●mul cum aqua rosarum.    

The eight Chapter, of Medicamentes Incarnatives.  
THis Medicament which the Greeks' call sarcoticon, the Latins Generatio carnis▪ and hath the force to dry and change the blood which cometh to any part, into flesh. It drieth without mordication, it thickneth it, and converteth it into flesh. Such medicaments by the abstertion & desiccation moderately done, help nature. 
Gal. 3. method. et 2. de compositione pharmacorum. Gal. de simple.  It should be dry in the third or fourth degree, to the end the two excrements which are gross and subtle, which are contrary, viz. abstersion and desiccation may not let the action of nature in the generation of flesh. Of the which there are three kinds, viz. weak strong and very strong.  

The Weak.  
As Olibanum, Mastix, Aloe, farina hordei, fenogreci, et d●bent applicari corporibus humidis et delicatis.   

The Strong.  
As Aristolochia, Iris florentiae, farina Lupinorum, Calcantum ustum et debent applicari corporibus siccis.   

The most Strong.  
The most strong are proper to be applied in deep ulcers as centaureum, plumbum et antimonium ustum, glutinum adustum, limaces, myrrha. If a wound or ulcer be dry, yet in a manner be very humid, the Medicament must be dry in the first degree. If the wound or ulcer be charged with great humidity, and the part nevertheless very dry▪ the medicament must be dry in the second and third degree. Of the which some are simples, others composed.   

The Simples.  
Olibanum, Masticha, Aloe, Borax, colophoniae, farina lupinorum, orobi, hordei, fennogreci, fabarum, lentium, tritici, aristolochia utraque, radix iris florentiae, vitriolum ustum, pix liquida et sicca, mirrha, sarcocolla, mel, antimonium, plumbum ustum, oleum omne, pompholigos utraque, betonica, succus pilosellae, bursa pastoris, squamma aeris, hypericon, centarea minor, sanicula, verbena, scabiosa, pimpinella, lingua canis, ceruina, thus, dragagantum, terebinthina.   

The compounds.  
Oleum rosatum, Absynthir, Masticis, Irinum▪ Omphaci●um, thuris, sarcocollae, unguentum aureum, Basilocum, Mesues, emplastrum gratiae Dei, croceum, comitissae, de betonica, diapalma, triapharmacum, ceruse, pretiosum agu●done descriptum, de i●nua.   

Emplastrum Sarcoticon.  
Rec. Centaureae minoris manipulos tres, macerentur viginti quatuor horis in vino albo, deinde coque ad mellis crassitiem, add lactis muliebris onc. 1. terebinthinae onc. 6. cerae novae onc. 2. resinae onc. 1. thuris, masticis, gummi arabici an. on●. se▪ fiat emplastrum.   

unguentum Sarcoticon.  
Rec. Pinguedi●●is anferis, po●ci, gallinae et mellis an. onc. 1. aloes et calcis vinae tantillum, succi brassicae quantum sufficit, misce et fiat unguentum.   

Aliud rob●stioribus corporibus.  
Rec. Pulueris Aristolochia rotundae, co●●is Ire●s, thuris an. drag. 3. aloes, mirrhae, cadmiae, masticis an. drag. 3. me●lis quo satis erit.   

Aliud ex Aetio▪  
Rec. Farinae tritici drag. 2. colophoniae, drag. 1. misce.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Rasurae panni linei bene mundati drag. 5. opopae●●cis drag. 2 mellis, olei rosatum an. drag. 5 litargiri, aloes, sarco●ollae an. drag. 1. se. fiat unguentum.   

pulvis Sarcoticus et Cephalicus.  
Rec. Pimpinellae, Beto●●cae, Gariophila●ae, Valerianae, an. drag. 1. pilosellae drag. 5. fiat pulvis quo canum v●cus inspergatut.    

The tenth Chapaer, of Medicamentes Cicatrisants.  
THe Medicament Cicatrisant, called by the Greeks' Epiloticon, by the Latins Cic●trisans, is that which hath the power to make and cicatrize by his dryness & astriction without a ●●imonie drying the flesh. In such manner and maketh it in substance like to the skin, yet not according to the first intention, by the reason that parts Spermaticks do not engender in all points as before. This medicament is hot in the third degree and i● divided in simples & composed.  

The Simples.  
As allumen ustum, vitriolum galla, spongia usta, lythargirum, polipodium terra sigillata, sqammae eris, aristolo●●ia rotunda, centaurea, malicorum, olivae, apii semen tritum, ●●os mali granati rosa an●●●um ustum, aloe, carries lignorum, pompholix, spodium, nux cupress●▪ nalx lota es ustum, mineralia usta et lota, mirrha, thus, plumbum, radix cucumeris siluestris.   

Composita.  
Emplastrum de cerusa, de minio album rasis, Vigonis, desiccatinum rubeum, diapompholigos, aqua aluminosa et pluralia descipta in c●pi●ibus de vulneribus.   

Emplastrum Epiloticum.  
Rec. Lapidis calaminaris, terrae sigillate an. vnc. 4. cerae nonae vnc. 5. olei rosati vnc. 2. olei hyosciami et papaneris albi an▪ vnc. 2. se. olei violarum vnc. 4. aquavirae drag. 3. fiat emplastrum.   

pulvis.  
Rec. Sarcocollae, Glutinis piscum, Crysocolle, plumbi usti▪ ●●uamae ferri an. drag. 1. misce, fiat pulvis.   

Vlceribus pudeudorum citra morsum siccani●.  
Rec Aloes loti et aeris vstian unc. se. pulnerisentur tenuissime cum pulu●●e mal●corii et balaustiorum et usui seruentur.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Olibuni, Aloes, Sanguinis draconis an. drag. 3. Aristolochiae rotundae, ceruse corticis pini, centaurei minoris an. dran. 1. gallarum, balaustiorum an. drag. 2. fiat pulvis.   

Aqua Epilotica.  
Rec. Sucei po●tulacae, Caprifolii, Acetosae, Arnoglossae an. lib. 1. albumina ovorum vigenti, aluminis rupis puluerisatis lib. 3. vitrioli romani vnc. 6. misce et distilla.    

The eleventh Chapter, of medicaments Adglutinatives.  
THe medicament Adglutinative called by the Greeks Symphiticon, by the Latins Adglutinans, is that which hath the virtue to dry the humidity that is betwixt the lips of the wound & are dry in the second degree, of the which some be simples, some composed.  

The simples.  
Mastix, Sarcacolla, Thus, Mirra, Colophonia, T●●ebentina, terra sigillatae sanguinis draconis, hypericon, flos rosemarinus, succus centinodiae, maioranae, baliamum naturale et artificiale, sanguis humanus combustus gummi dragaganti, elemuii, hederae, olibanum, terra lemnia, fotus vini rubei, consolida, petrea, verbena, mellefolium, argentina, talietrum, anoglossa, herba roberti, sanicula, consolida minor, morsus diabolicaprafolij, tela arane●●um, cauda equina, nux coclearum, sine limacum terrestrum, ebulus, sam●u●us, pentaphilon.   

The Compounds.  
Emplastrum nig●grum, diapalma, de centauria, unguentum regis angliae, unguenrum de vermibus, oxeleum galeni.   

Liquor pro on̄● ulcere, aut vulnere cavo.  
Rec. Terebenthinae venetae lib. 1. Aqua vitae lib. 3. vitrioli romani vnc. 4. herbae primulae utris M. 3. distilla in alem bico vitreo·   

Balsamum D. S. johannis.  
Rec. Olei lini, et ol●arum an. unc. 4. Terebenthinae venetrae lib. 1. aeruginis aeris et vitrioli romani an. drag. se. bulliant parum lento igne et seruentur, si volveris accomodare ulceribus vice olinarū et samburi accipies parum portione mercurii sublimati diligenter puluerisatis.    

The tweft Chapter, of medicaments Cathereticks, septics, and Caustics.  
THe medicament which the Greeks' call Catheretieon the Latins Carnis Consumtiwm, is that which hath the force to corrode, and putrefy in digering the substance of the flesh and skin & may differ in 3. manners uz. weak, strong and very strong. The weak is called Cathertick, or Corrosive, the strong is called by the Greeks' Septicon, and by the Latins, Putrefactiwm, the very strong is called Escareticon and by the Latins Causticum. The Cathereticke hath the strength by vehement drying to consume the excrescences of flesh, as Polypus, Tuberculum, verruci, and is applied commonly in wounds and ulcers putrides or where there are excrescences of flesh, the which cannot be taken away neither by digerents nor astringents, and it is of two sorts, Simple and Composed.  

The Simples.  
Radix Aspidelorum, Hermodactilorum, Piretrum, Oxileum, calx mediocriter lota, vitrioli omnia genera, squammae aeris, flos aeris, allumen ustum et non ustum, sal torrefactus pompholix, plumbum ustum, antimonium si●e stibium, hydrargyrus sublimatus et praecipitatus, ●nabrum, lana succida, v●●a, et in pulverem redacta, squammae aeris, ae●ugo.   

The compounds.  
unguentum Aegiptiacum, vngue●●um omne detersiwm cui permixtum fuerit aliquid ex praedictis his medicamentis.   

pulvis Cathereticus.  
Rec. Cerusae ustae, Lytargiri, Corticis Piny, mirrhae, gallarum omnium an. drag. 2. puluerisentur ut alcoal.   

Medicament putrefactive.  
The midicament Septick is stronger than the Carherick: for by the great heat and thine substance it hath the force to ulcer the skin, 
Gal. 5. simple.  likewise the flesh, yet with little dolour. Nevertheless this kind of medicaments is somewhat dangerous, like as arsenicum, auri pigmentum, purum tum sublimatum, brioniae, crysocolla, sandarathus, appium radix, sigillum beatae mariae▪ Omnes lithimallum species, sinapi, ●uphorbum, cantharides, ranunculus, appium risus, appium regal.   

Medicament caustic.  
The caustic which the Greeks' call Escaroticon is very strong because it consumeth not only the soft parts but also the hard making ascarre after divers manners as ye have heard in the Chapter of Canters, the which are hot in the fourth degree. Like as calx vina, arsenicum sublimatum, nitrum, vini f●●x usti, lixinumfo●●e, calcautu●, falui● trum, thapsis.   

Escaroticon ex Aetio.  
Rec. Sulphuris, Radicis brassicae an. unc. 2. Axungi● porci veteris vnc. 4. misce simul.   

V●ssicatorum.  
Rec. Cantharidum abiectis capitibus et alis drag. 3. succi flammulae vel pedis coruivi vnc. 2. se. fermenti veteris vnc. 2. piperis longi drag. 1. se. misce fiat emplastrum.   

Aliud ex Bartapallia.  
Rec. Fermentum non siccum et fac ipsum tenerum fortissimo aceto deinde accipe cantharides quantitate que sufficit et pone superfermento et appone loco affecto est mirabilis iwamenti in humoribus trahendis a capite et vento fitatibus dissoluendis a fatie.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Flammulae m. 2. contundantur diligenter et partae applicentur: Item fieri potest de persicaria, de appio filuestri, radice ranunculi, et de viburno.    

The thirteenth Chapter, of Medicaments which stay the Flux of Blood.  
BEcause the Blood is the treasure of life, it is most needful when it floweth excessively, to stay the same, otherwise death shall follow. This medicament is of nature and quality cold, and is either simple or composed.  

The Simple.  
●olus Armenus preparatus, Terra sigillata, sanguis Draconis, crocus martis, veneris calx, testarum ovorum, colcothar simplex, colcothar dulcificatum, cerusa, cadinia, lytargirum, gipsum, thus, aloe, mastix, resina, gluten, Amilum, grana passularum rubrarum, portulaca, semperviwm, ●a●da equina, auricula muris, umbilicus veneris, psilium, farina volatilis, Corallum utrumque, lapis haematites, calcantum ustum, dragagantum, sarcocolla, gummi arabici, pili leporis usti, sanguis humanus ustus, antimonium, centinodium, tela araneorum et alia quae audivisti in Capite de vulneribus venarum et arteriarum.   

pulvis astringens.  
Rec. Thuris partem unam, pilotum Leporis minutim incisorum partemse. fiat pulvis.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Balaustiorum onc. 3. alluminis onc. 1. vitrioli usti onc. se. misce, fiat pulvis.   

Aliud.  
Rec. Thuris partem unam, sanguinis draconis partem se. calcis vinae, partem tertiam, fiat pulvis.   

Cataplasma.  
Rec. Thuris, Aloes, Sanguinis draconis, Boli armenici, an. partes aequales omnibus cum oui albumine ●●ceptis, cum pilis ventris leporis minutim incisis, fiat Cataplasma.   

Hemoragia desperata ex Auicenna.  
Rec. Vitrioli usti onc. 2. se. Thuris onc. 2. Aloes et Glutinis sicci an. onc. 1. arsenici onc. se. gipsi puluerisatis onc. 2. se. misce et fiat pulvis, qui aspergatur pluma ceolis.  
As for those which make a scar like as the Canter actual, they be of divers forms, and are applied in divers manners as ye have heard. And so we end this Treatise in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the holy Ghost. Amen.    
FINIS.   

THE BOOK OF THE PREsages of divine Hippocrates divided into three parts. Also the protestation which Hippocrates caused his Scholars to make. THE WHOLE NEWLY COLlected and Translated by PETER LOW Arellian Doctor in the faculty of chirurgery in PARIS.  
AT LONDON Printed by Thomas Purfoot, 1597.   

TO THE RIGHT Honourable and his most esteemed Lord, Robert Lord Sempile, Sheriff of Renfrowe, and Bailie of the Regality of Pastlay, Knight of his majesties most noble Order, and one of his majesties most Honourable Privy Counsel, P, L. wisheth increase of all honourable Virtues.  
WHEN I had turned into our vulgar language this little work, Right Honourable, I considered with myself, that in ancient time, and also in this our Age, men have accustomed to dedicate their travels unto such virtuous Personages as they have honoured: and I examining myself, unto whom I might address this little labour of mine, I thought good to presume to your goodness, and present the same to your Lordship, as a pledge of my zeal and humble duty towards you, your honourable and matchless virtues derived in part from your noble Parents, but more plentifully enriched by your invincible mind, valiant prowess, and rare martial exploits, in prosecuting all venturous and hardy attempts which was experimented at your being in France, to the terror of your enemies, honour of your country, and immortal Fame to you and your Posterity for ever: wherein you manifest to the eye of the world the true Idea of perfect Nobility, leaving to succeeding posterity a memorable remembrance of your never-dying Fame. If your Lordship vouchsafe to patronize my endeavours (not worthy so honourable a Patron) I shall be surely protected from the venomous teeth of all carpers and bear with ease the burden of their reproaches: my labours wants not their reward, if they win your good will, nor my mind his desire, if you vouchfafe to favour. I cease, wishing your Lordship as many happy years as virtues: commending my labours to your honourable protection, I humbly take my leave.  
From London the 20. of April. 1597. Your L. most dutiful to command. Peter Lowe.   

The life of Hippocrates.  
HYppocrates the son Heraclides, as Galen doth affirm in the first Book of Regiment of hot fevers, but as others saith the son Esclepius, was bred and borne in the Isle Cos, his Master and Instructor was the great Pythagoras. His natural inclination was towards good, for he hated, loathed, and abhorred all pomp and worldly pleasures, and venerral lusts. He constrained also his scholars by an oath to be silent and keep taciturnity, modesty, affability, and humility, aswell in manners as in apparel St. Hierome testifieth. He restored the science of Physic being almost lost Five H●ndreth years viz. since the time of Esculapius. He was little in body & stature, but fair and exceeding well favoured: he had a good & strong head: he went slowly and softly: he was very pensive and of few words: he was no great eater nor glutton: he lived 95. years, he used oftentimes this sentence. He that will live in liberty let him not desire that which he cannot obtain, and he who would have that which he desireth and covereth let him desire nothing but that which he may obtain. Furthermore he who would live peaceably in this mortal life, let him conform himself to him who is invited to a feast who giveth thanks for all which is laid before him, and grudgeth not at any thing which is omitted. He lived in the time of Eliachim, of Malachias, of Pereno and Socrates.   

¶ The protestation and oath of divine Hippocrates.  
I Hippocrates vow, promise and protest to the great God Apollo and his two Daughters Higine and Panadie, and also to all the gods and goddesses to observe the the contents of this oath, or tables wherein this oath is carved, written or engraved, so far as I can possible, and so far as my wit or understanding shall be able to direct me viz that I yield my myself tributary and debtor to the Master & Doctor who hath instructed me and showed me this science and Doctrine, even as much or rather more than to my Father who hath begotten me, and that I shall live and communicate with him and follow him in all necessities, which I shall know him to have so far as my power shall permit, and my goods shall extend. Also that I shall love and cherish his children as my brothers, and his progeny as mine own. Further that I shall teach, show & demonstrate the said science gratis without reward or covenant, and that I shall give all the Cannon's rules and precepts, freely, truly, and faithfully to my Master his children as to mine own, without ●yding or concealing any thing, and to all other Scholars who shall make the same oath or protestation and to no others. Also that in practising and using my science towards the sick▪ I shall use only things necessary so far as I am able and as my spirit and good understanding shall give unto me and that I shall cure the sick as speedy as I may, without dilating or prolonging the Malady. And that I shall not do any thing against equity, for hatred, anger, envy or malice to any person whatsoever: Moreover that I shall minister no poison, neither counsel nor teach poison, nor the composing thereof to any: Also that I shall not give nor cause to give nor consent that any thing be applied to a woman breeding or big with child, to destroy or make her void her fruit. But I protest to keep my Life and Science purely, sincerely and inviolably, without deceit fraud or guile. And that I shall not cut nor incise any person having the stone, but shall leave the same to those that are expert in it: and furthermore, I shall not enter into the Patient's house, but with purpose to heal him: & that I shall patiently sustain the injuries, reproaches and loathsomeness of sick men, and all other base railings: and that I shall eschew as much as I may, all venereous lasciviousness. Moreover I protest, be it man, woman, master or servant, who is my Patient, to cure them of all things that I may see or hear either in mind or manners, and I shall not bewray that which should be concealed & hidden, but keep inviolable silence, neither reveal any creature under pain of death. And therefore I beseech our Gods, that observing this Protestation, 
Hear Hypocrates showeth that the place of blessed is eternal, and the pain of the wicked infinite  promise and vow entirely and inviolably, that all things in my life, in my Art and Science may succeed securely, healthfully and prosperously to me, and in the end eternal glory. And to him that shall violate, transgress or become perjured, that the contrary may happen unto him viz. misery, calamity & eternal maladies.  
The end of the Protestation.   

The first book of the Presages of divine Hippocrates.  

Prologue.  
ANy Medicine Chirurgeon desiring to purchase glory & honour, the love of the people, and some wealth by his Science, aught to show himself skilful & expert, and that by declaring to the Patients the signs past, present & future of their Maladies, and showing the things over past by the sick men, and advertising or reducing to their memory things forgotten: which the sick persons knowing will the more confidently commit themselves to their hands, presuming and thinking that he hath general knowledge of all Maladies, and that they shall be speedily cured, the which is true: For having such knowledge of things past, present, & future, he may more easily help the Maladies although it be impossible to any Medicine Chirurgeon to cure and heal all diseases: for it should be a greater thing then to foretell the future accidents. For it sometimes happeneth that t●●e sick die by the violence or malignity of the Malady before the Physician be called: some die shortly after the Chirurgeon is arrived, the same day: also one or two days after before that by his science and diligence he may correct and take away the peril and dangerous accidents. Therefore he ought to endeavour and enforce him to know the nature and perversity of such sickness, also the strength of the sick to the end he may avoid defamations, opprobries and reproaches: which he shall do and make himself admirable and more divine than human, presaging death to one, health to another, having likewise regard to the quality, goodness and malignity of the air as we particular, uz. which circumuirons the sick as the universal, & the times on their qualities and the year, also the good & evil aspects of celestial bodies, which foreseeing he shall eschew dishonour, and shall get renown and friends.   

¶ Here he beginneth to Presage by signs of the Face.  
NOw to foretell well, to foresee or presage by signs in dangerous & vehement Maladies. It is requisite to consider & contemplate the Face of the sick. First to know if it be such as in health, or but a little difference: and if it be so, the medicine Chirurgeon may have a good presagement and hope of Recovery. But if it be greatly altered and changed as followeth, he shall esteem it peril and danger of death, when the nose and nostrils are extenuated and sharpened by the same Malady, and the eyes hollow, and the temples viz. the parts between the ears and forehead are lean, and the skin of the brow is hard, dry, and lose, and the ears cold and shrunk, or almost doubled, and all the face appeareth black, pale, livide, or leaden and greatly deformed, in respect of that which it was in time of health: When these things before mentioned appear in the Face, or the most part of them, In the beginning or first days of the Malady he must inquire (if he cannot know by any other token) if it happen not by watching too much, viz. that the Patient hath not had time nor opportunity to sleep, or if he hath had a natural flux of the belly, or if the said things have happened by famine: for if it be so, he ought not to fear danger. On the contrary, if the Face appear such and continue, and the Patient saith that the said things do not proceed of watching, looseness of body, nor by fasting, the Medicine Chirurgeon may assuredly presage death approaching and if the malady hath already continued three or four days, after having considered that as is above mentioned it behoved him to contemplate by other signs, as by the eyes and other parts of the body.   

To presage by the signs of the Eyes and Lips.  
IF the Eyes cannot see the day or light, and weep or power out tears against nature, and against the Patients will: Also when it seemeth that they are like to fall out of the head, or that the one is evidently given less or diminished, or that the white of the eyes is red, and the veins appear red or livide, or that they are bleared or dim, or trembling and very movable, or deep & sunk in: also when the sick becometh squint eyed and looketh overthwart, and hath a terrible and obscure look, and hath the visage all disfigured & fearful: all these signs are pernicious and mortal. Also when the Patient sleepeth with his eyes half open (he doth not so by custom) and the white of the eye show itself, the eye lids being only closed, and this happeneth not by the flux of the body, nor by laxative medicines, it is a sign of death. Also when the eye lids, the lips, and nose seem to be crooked and drawn awry, also mortified and livide: these signs with the preceding foretell death to the sick. Likewise when the lips are lean, hanging down, cold and pale, against the nature of the sick, the Medicine Chirurgeon may presage and prognosticate death to approach.   

To presage by the manner of Lying and Reposing.  
AS for Lying it is a very good sign when the Patient reposeth and resteth on the right side or left at his ease having his hands upon his stomach or elsewhere, not being stiff, nor his legs but flexible, and to repose as in health is best. For to lie with neck, hands, & feet stiffly extended and unflexible is an evil sign. Likewise when the sick turneth, wrings and tosseth up & down often times with starting either in sleep or waking, and making the beds feet where the head should be, casting himself down, not knowing what he doth, is an evil sign: Also if he often uncover himself having no great heat in the extremities, & that he casteth forth his arms, legs, feet & head, sometime on this side, sometime on that, it is a sign that he is in great anguish & distress: also it is a pernicious sign to sleep with the mouth open contrary to nature: likewise to sleep with the face upward having the legs interlaced and folded together as it were cords, and that by the force and violence of the Malady, is a bad sign, or when they are much enlarged against reason. Likewise he that sleepeth contrary to nature & custom with the belly downward laid close to the bed, showeth and signifieth confusion and alienation of senses, or great rage & dolour of the belly. Also whosoever in the day of Critication and force of the Malady constrains and forceth himself to rise & sit upright, and is impatient, puts himself in danger, and it is an evil sign in all vehement & great Maladies, but worse in pulmonick passions.   

¶ To Presage by the Teeth.  
WHen one gnasheth the teeth (not as a man that hath extreme cold) but with collision in the Fever, & hath not had it naturally, nor by custom, it signifieth trembling of the spirit & consequently death, and if he be shortly after void of reason and alienated, it signifieth death approaching.   

¶ To Presage of the sign of Death by the Ulcer.  
IF there happen to the sick person any Ulcer Antrax or Carbuncle, whether it go before the Malady, or come with the Malady: if the Ulcer dry up, and it become neither green, livide, nor black, and you perceive the sick to grow worse, you may prognosticate death ensuing.   

¶ To presage by the Hands.  
WHen the Patiented sick of the burning Fever, or in the Malady of the lights called Peripneumonia, or in bastard frenzy, and not perfect, or in great dolour of the head, seeks hair, and there about below & upon the bed, as threads, and haeres of the face, also feathers, or filth of the coverings, also straw, rushes, and other things, & thinks to take hold of the ceiling & walls, the which are all mortal signs.   

¶ To presage by Breath or Respiration.  
THe Breath or Respiration signifieth often dolours or inflammations, or burning in the spiritual members, as in the heart and lights, but when it is great and rare, so that there is any long space betwixt the Respiration, it signifieth alienation of understanding and reason. And when the breath issueth out of the mouth & nostrils very cold, it foretells great peril of death. But gentle Respiration in any hot Malady being joined and accompanied with a Fever is sign of health in those that do end in forty days.   

¶ Of the Prognostication by Sweat.  
THe healthful, commendable, and good Sweat in all hot Maladies, is that which happeneth in the day of Critication & judgement, and chifly when it is universal & the Patient finds himself thereby eased & strengthened. And if it happen not in the same day & be not universal, it is no good sign. For the mortal Sweat is particular & cold as in the forehead, in the head or face only, and this in the burning Fever and other Maladies declareth continuance of the Malady.   

¶ To presage of the Right side and Left.  
WHen the Patient feels not any dolour, tumour, hardness, or Inflammation upon the Ribs, it is a very good sign, and when the one side is as soft as the other, without dolour. But if there be dolour, tumour, hardness, or Inflammation on both sides, or on the one more than the other, it is an evil sign. For if he feel great motion or pulsation in one of the sides, one may prognosticate great distress and dolour, or alienation and confusion of Reason. If with this pulsation the eyes be very movable, the Patient is in danger of Frenzy and to be frantic, or to destroy himself.   

¶ To presage by signs of Apostumes under the sides.  
THe Collection of Apostume in a burning Malady under both the sides with tumour and dolour, is more dangerous then under one of the sides only, and chief less dangerous under the left side then under the right: and if the Patient die not in the first days, and if it continue xx. days and the fever cease not, nor the Apostume diminish, it is a sign that it shall come to maturation, and if it happen on the seventh day with the flux of blood at the nose, it easeth well, which the Medicine Chirurgeon may prognosticate when the Patient saith that he hath pain in the head or forehead, and that his eyes are dim or obscure, & chief when the Patient do not exceed 30 or 35 years of age. And when the collection or Apostume is soft and without dolour, and moveth or varieth when it is handled, it requireth longer time to be cured then the precedent, but it is not so dangerous. And if it continue 60 days, and the Fever cease not, neither the tumour diminish, it shall come to maturation and purgation: you shall prognosticate so much of Apostumes in the belly: the Apostume then being hard, great, and with dolour, is dangerous & mortal: The soft without dolour and volable from one place to another, is of longer continuance, but without comparison less dangerous.   

¶ To presage of Apostumes in the bottom of the Belly.  
THe Apostumes of the Belly do never become so great as those that breed under the Midriff, and yet they are less which engender under the Navel, and most commonly they come to suppuration or putrefaction: It is a good sign when they purge by flux of blood at the Nostrils from the part of the Apostume: also all such Apostumes by laps of time and in the end may come to putrefaction and purgation by manner as followeth. It is then convenient to consider that the forenamed Collections or Apostumes come by divers means to putrefaction or purgation, for some purge altogether outwardly and are little, round, and sharp or pointed, they are most healthful and feast mortal: The sarge, gross, and flat, spacious and not round nor sharp, are dangerous: and those which break and purge within the belly, although they make some tumours outwardly, are more pernicious & dangerous, than those which make no imminence outwardly, and which have not the skin discoloured.   

¶ To presage what the matter ought to be that issueth out of Apostumes.  
THe Corruption and matter which cometh out of Apostumes altogether white and not unsavoury is good and healthful: that which is otherwise, how much the more it deflects from white, so much the more is vicious and bad.   
The end of the first Book.   

The second Book of the Presages of Hippocrates, and first of Hidropsie.  
ALl manner of hydropsy with the hot fever, is dangerous and mortal: For the Patient is molested and afflicted by any vehement fever and grievous dolour, and therefore dieth. This Malady often proceedeth of the hepatic passion which is the Malady of the Liver: It happeneth also by passions in the Guts, Intestines, and Entrails, Meseraick, reins or melt, & inferior parts: That which comes by the Entrails or Meseraick and inferior parts, is known by Inflation in the feet and by long and continual flux of the body, albeit the dolour of the belly is not mitigated nor appeased, nor the belly diminished nor grown less. That which proceeds of the Liver, is known by the signs following, viz, the Patient hath a dry cough and spiteth almost nothing, and his belly is hard & bound in such sort that there cometh nothing from it, but with great pain and travel: also his feet are swollen: Moreover there are tumours and inflations sometime on the right side, sometime on the left: then they depart and dissipate, that is, they go and return.  

¶ To presage of the signs of Life and Death in hot Fevers.  
WHen the Patient is cold in the head, hands and feet, and that the sides and belly are burning & vehement hot, it is a sign of an evil and dangerous Malady. But when the sick person doth easily turn himself from one side to another without trouble: also when all the body is equally hot, and savoury, it is a sign of salubrity. On the contrary side, when all the members are heavy, as the arms, legs, and all the body, it is to be feared. And if the Nails be therewith livide or leaden, one may prognosticate Death approaching. But if the Nails, fingers and feet be altogether black, it is not so dangerous a sign especially when any other good sign doth appear, as if the Patient feel no great dolour, and beareth it strongly, and endureth his sickness without anguish, albeit that which is black will fall away, and the dim will be evacuated by Apostume.   

¶ To presage by signs taken from the Geneters and yard.  
WHen the Genitors and Yard are shrunk in and apparently diminished against nature, it is a sign of great dolour and present death.   

¶ To presage by Sleeping and Dreaming.  
AS for sleeping and slumbering, the one is natural and healthful, and the other unnatural and vicious. The natural rest is taken in the night and waking in the day: And although it is not altogether wholesome to sleep from the break of the day to 8 or 9 of the clock at morning, yet notwithstanding it is more profitable then to sleep in the rest of the day: But if one neither sleep by night nor day, it is dangerous and a sign of great dolour, of folly, of alienation of senses, reason and understanding present or future.   

¶ To presage by purging of the belly or fecall excrements.  
AS for easing of the Belly and evacuating of superfluities and excrements, it is best when the sick person follow the custom in Maladies which they did in health, and especially according to quality and quantity of his diet. For how much the more it is dissonant and different, it is so much the worse. The natural egestion ought not to be too liquid or adust, but indifferently proportioned & compounded in colour to the meats, and that the Patient go to stool without pain or dolour. And if the matter be liquid, it is not altogether to be disliked when it comes without ventosity or violence, & not often in a short time. For so it would make the person weak, debile, froward, and in danger of swoonding, and death: It is also to be allowed about the end of the Malady, that the egestion & excremental matter become thick and not too dry and of a good colour, as drawing near to red or brown, and be not very unsavoury. Also if there come forth worms about the end of the sickness with the excrements, it is a good sign. Likewise in every Malady the belly ought to be fleshy and not round, nor full of wind, otherwise it is no good sign. Furthermore the egestion and excremental matter being liquid and watery, white or pale, greatly red or frothy, is dangerous: the mortal is black and livide or green, unsavoury and slimy. And if it be of divers of the forenamed colours together, it is no less dangerous but of longer continuance: also when there is peeling of the guts or Carnuncles and little skin, all such are mortal.   

¶ To presage of Wind in the Intestines and Matrice.  
THe ventosity enclosed in the belly issuing forth gently and voluntarily without making noise or sound and without straining the Fundament and inferior parts, is the best and most wholesome. That which cometh forth unconstrained making a noise is better than to retain it. But if it goeth out with sound and noise against the Patients will, it signifieth dolorous tortion in the belly, or alienation and confusion of reason.   

¶ To presage of Ventosity causing Inflation.  
THe dolours Recent in the belly by Inflation and tumours, and the Inflation, burning, and heat making noise, rumbling, and motion in the belly, are cured especially by the benefit of the belly or by expulsion of wind downward, or by Urine, or if they change the place and descend downward.   

¶ To presage by the Urine.  
THe Urine that is healthful in every Malady, aught to have the Residence in the bottom white or pyramidal, having the figure of a pear or little fine apple, being thick, than it signifieth brevity of the sickness, & the more that it persevereth, the more it is to be allowed and sure. And if sometime and for certain days in the Malady it be such and in some days without Residence, it signifieth prolixity of sickness & less security, and the more it differs from the first, the worse it is. The Urine being red or high coloured with the hypostasy or light and equal residence signifieth the Malady to be longer than the precedent where there is no hypostasy, but less dangerous. Also when there is gross Resolutions as bran or dust in the bottom of the Urine, it is an evil sign, and worse where they are like scales of fish. The Urine white and subtle is exceeding bad, albeit the forementioned is worse where there is gross resolutions. The cloud hanging in the Urine signifieth security if it be white, for the black is dangerous: moreover the Urine being yellow and very clear and subtle in the Malady showeth continuity of sickness, gross in digestion and crudity. Therefore it is to be feared lest the sick person decay before the humours come to perfect concoction, and lest the Patient die. The Urine significative of certain death & unfallible is unsavoury, slimy and muddy, as dirt and mire, and is tawny, brown, black, and thick. Furthermore the black as well in man as woman is always bad, and the subtle and the clear as water is also mortal in little children. The Urine being raw, clear and undigested, persevering so long in the malady without other evil signs, but with good and healthful, showeth a future Apostume lower than the diaphragm or ribs: The Urine having as it were a cobweb swimming above signifieth that the person shall die, Dry and etick showeth consumption of the body: you must also consider the place and colour of the cloud, for if it be near the bottom of the Urine it is a good sign having the colour near unto white. And if it be swimming above and on the top and black, it is dangerous and uncertain. Finally as for the judgement of urines, take heed above all that you be not deceived by the Bladder: For they may appear such by the diseases of it: And if the Bladder be not diseased, thy judgement shallbe certain, therefore take heed.   

¶ To presage of Vomiting good and bad.  
AS for Vomiting the most healthful and allowable is composed of Phlegm and choiler not too thick or too viscous or superfluous: The choleric or phlegmatic only, is vicious: the vomiting being green, livide, or black, is dangerous, and if it be compounded of green livide, and black altogether it is mortal. Likewise if it be unsavoury with one of these forenamed colours, it signifieth death approaching: For the Ius is vicious in all vomiting and every excrement.   

¶ To Presage of the Spittle.  
AS for Spittle it is said to be commendable in all pulmonick diseases and Maladies under the Ribs when it cometh early in the first days and beginneth after the malady without great pain and labour being of a red colour or mingled with blood & well digested not viscous. But if it come not in the first days but afterward with a vehement cough it is no good sign, also the red not being mingled with the healthful and commendable is pernicious. The white spittle vicious and globy is dangerous, but the pure red 〈◊〉 worse. The green and fleshy giveth notice of a dangerous and bad malady. The black above all is mortal morevoer when the matter which ought to be purged by spitting, remaineth within the Lights & troubleth the windpipe, there is no security: The spittle also being clear or red, sanguinolent in aposteme & pulmonick inflation coming in the beginning of the malady promiseth in the first days security & health to the patiented. But if such egestion continue to the seventh day or more it is suspicious & uncertain. Also spittle whereby the dolour doth not cease but persever is not commendable but vicious. And although the black as we have showed before is mortal, notwithstanding if the dolour do thereby cease it is less dangerous and more healthful.   

To presage of Sneezing.  
THe Sneezing in all hot Maladies and other how dangerous soever they be (except they proceed of the Lights) at any time is commendable & profitable. But being with rheum & distillation at the nose. In Maladies of the Lights whether it cometh in the malady or presently after it, is dangerous.   

¶ To Presage of Suppuration.  
THe dolour above mentioned which ceaseth not by spitting, nor by the benefit of the belly, nor by phlebotomy, nor by laxative Medicines, or good Regiment, signifieth that the Apostume cometh to Suppuration, and Matter. And when the Apostume breaketh and purgeth, the Spittle being choleric, whether the matter of the Apostume come with the Spittle, or issueth out above it is perilous, especially when it cometh and beginneth in the 7 day or after, it is to be feared that the Patient shall die on the 14 day, if there happen no other healthful and commendable signs.   

¶ To Presage of the signs of good hope and commendable in the foresaid Maladies & others.  
WHen the sick person doth strongly endure the grief, and if he draw his breath lightly and at ease, if he breathe easily without dolour, if he feel not any pain, if he spit without difficulty, and remove his whole body and all his members at his pleasure without grief or weariness, and that he hath no exceeding and superfluous heat in him without great thirst and dryness: Moreover if the Urine and excrements in all the Conduits are in due quantity, & quality of any commendable colour & substance, as the matter fecal, also of good consistence & not too hard, but as in health: the sweat universal is hot with ease, also the spittle gentle and commendable, the sleep in the night and so of others as we have spoken.   

¶ To Presage of the signs opposite of despair.  
IF the sickness be intolerable and dolour insupportable, burning heat, extreme thirst, continual cough, stiffness of members, languishing aspiration, filthy spittle, and unsavoury Urine of a small quantity, the matter livide, liquid, or watery and slimy, and often particular sweat and cold without rest of the day or night, the hands, feet and forehead cold, tossing to and fro, and all other evil signs taken in the face: By all which, or many of them, thou shalt prognosticate sudden or lingering death without discredit or dishonour, but shalt be in great reputation and estimation.   

¶ To Presage of the signs of the time and day of the Rupture of the Apostume.  
SOme Apostumes break and appear on the 20 day, others differ unto 40, others to 60 days. Therefore to presage well thou shalt inquire out the first day and the beginning of the Malady, viz, when the Patient did first feel heat and the fever, also stiffness and standing up of the hair, heaviness, and also dolour and pricking: Then thou shalt begin to reckon the days, and by this means thou mayst prognosticate infallibly. Thou shalt also presage if there be Apostume on the one side or both by this means: ask the Patient if he feel dolour on the one side more than the other, then cause him to lie on the side which is sound, and if he feel heaviness and ponderosity, it followeth, that the same side where the ponderosity is, is Apostumed, and there is the collection and matter: and if he feel dolour, heat, and heaviness on both, it will follow, that both sides are Apostumed: Thou shalt know the Apostume and collection to be ripe and broken, and the matter retained in the part Apostumed, when the fever doth not cease, and it is less by day then night, and that the Patient sweats abundantly, and ceaseth not to cough, and voids not almost any thing: likewise if his eyes sink in his head, and cheeks are red, the nails crooks, & the ends and extremities of the fingers turn, and the appetite decayeth, and the feet swell, and there is almost through all the body pimples and pustules, these signs do appear when the matter and Apostume is of long continuance, & are certain signs of future health. Therefore to prognosticate whether the Apostume will break soon or late, consider that spoken of before: for if the cough in the beginning and first days do oppress the sick person with dolour and often spitting and egestion with difficulty of breath, I judge that the Apostume will break within 20 days, and if the contrary happen that the signs be hindered, the rapture will be prolonged: and as the signs be strong or feeble, so the ruption is inueterated or shortened. And to know if there be peril or danger, or probability of health, consider the day whereon the Apostume breaks, if the fever and thirst cease, and the appetite return, and if the fecall matter be solid, & if the matter of the Apostume be white and equally soft, and come forth without dolour and without coughing: these things are faithful signs of health. Otherwise when the fever doth not cease, or presently return with great thirst, without appetite, and the fecall matter be watery, the spittle livide, green, and slimy, and in part phlegmatic, thou mayest prognosticate death. And if there happen some good signs, some bad compare the one with the other, and diligently advise before thou presage, to the end thou mayest avoid infamy. For some die presently, others are prolonged and then die in the end, others at length return to their health.   

¶ To Presage of Apostumes that come about the Ears in pulmonick passions.  
WHen the Apostume happeneth between or under the Ears to the sick person with difficulty of b●●ath and that the same Apostume cometh to maturation and purgeth and engendereth a Fistule, it saveth the Patient. And to prognosticate when it will come, note this which followeth: when the Fever continueth in the said Malady, and the colour is permanent, the Spittle impertinent and not commendable, and the belly do not his duty, evacuating the choler or liquid matter, and the Urine is in small quantity with abundance of Residence, but all other good signs showing security are present, than thou shalt presage the future Apostumes to be near the Ear, especially when there is Inflammation under the sides and diaphragm. And if there be no Inflammation nor dolour in the said place, but the Patient hath difficulty of breath, the which goeth away without manifest cause, than the Apostume comes above the Eare.   

¶ To Presage of Pustules or Apostumes that come in the Feet.  
IN vehement and perilous Maladies of the Lights, there happeneth for the profit and health of the Patiented little pustules in the Feet, and especially when the spittle is suddenly changed from red to white, it is a most certain sign of health, for by such spittle the pustule and dolour ceaseth, but if the spittle turn not from red to white, and that the Urine be not good, nor the Residence commendable, the Patient shall be in danger to become lame by contraction of the nerves and jointures where the same pustule is. If the said pustule or little Apostume in the feet be hidden and vanish away, or that it go and come without purgation or maturation: Or else if the Apostume in the side called Periplineumonia (for it is in the Lights) be not purged by commendable spittle, and that the Fever remain, the Patient is in danger to lose his understanding, & thereafter to die. Furthermore of the aforesaid pulmonick maladies those which are aged, but not extremely (as of 50 years) die more often than they who are younger. And young persons die most commonly of another kind of Apostume: Moreover the person having great dolour in the belly lower than the Navel, or drawing near upon the thigh with any fever: if the dolour leaving his place, do ascend up towards the Ribs, it is very dangerous. For than one or two evil signs do foreshow death, but if there be many good, as easy spitting, white and not unsavoury, it is a sign of evasion: the red and unsavoury is mortal: and if there be not any evil sign, there is hope that the thing will come to suppuration and matter.   

¶ To Presage by the signs of the Bladder.  
THe hardness and great dolour of the Bladder is mortal specially with quotidian fever, and it is often with constipation, therefore it is mortal without Remission: But if the Urine be like the matter of the Apostume with Residence white and pointed, and thereby the dolour ceaseth, there is hope. But if the dolour be not assuaged, and the bladder mollified, and the fever taken away, by such Urine judge present death: and this happeneth more to Children of Seven or Fourteen years of age, than to any others.   
Hear endeth the second Book.   

THE THIRD BOOK OF Presages of divine Hypocrates.  

To presage of Fevers.  
THE End of the Fever happeneth to one, and that with death, and to an other with life in the same day. And if it tend unto life, all good signs do appear in the first days, whereby thou shalt prognosticate the end in the 4. day or before. And if the Fever be mortal, all evil signs give notice of death in the 4. day or before the first period and day of judgement or cretication, and the end or term of the Fever is (as we have said) in the 4. day: the second on the seventh: the sixth on the 20 day, the which number doth augment by quaternaries and is produced to the 20. day in the Fever and hot maladies, and they ought to be numbered by whole quaternaries. For the year and month cannot be counted by number of whole & complete days, as by this computation, we make three weeks of 20. days, which is called one month or year of the Moon. So after this computation and augmentation, the first shall be the 20. day, the second the 40. day, the third the 60. day, and it is to be noted, that the cronile maladies are of long continuance, and of more difficile indicature, knowledge and prognostication. Therefore it must be looked unto more exactly. For their beginnings are secret and show no sign of digestion. If therefore you will diligently contemplate it you shallbe able to prognosticate to what end the Fever shall come. Likewise the quartan Fever observeth the foresaid matter in his cretications and judicatures or weeks of judgement. For that which is done in others by number of days, in this is done by number of sits and periods. The short & brief maladies are of more easy presagement and knowledge. For it changeth presently, & in the first days from good to better, or from bad to worse. The healthful signs are known by this, that the patiented hath good easy breath and feels no dolour, and sleeps in the night, and other wholesome signs. The mortal or dangerous are known, when the patiented hath difficulty of breath & great dolour, and resteth not in the night, with other bad signs, whereby one may prognosticate death▪ To the end thou mayest presage well, thou shalt consider all the signs of digestion, the time, hours and days in which the sick are most afflicted. And if the Malady happen to women in childbirth, or soon after they be delivered, begin to reckon from the day of her delivery, and not from the day wherein the fever began. Also to speak generally, when one feels vehement dolour in the head continue with any Fever. If there happen any evil sign with the foresaid, it is a sign of death. But if the dolour and fever continue and persever to the 20. day, thou mayest presage flux of blood at the nose or apostumes in the inferior parts of the body if there be no other sign. Sometime also there happeneth in the beginning & first days flux of blood at the nose or apostumes principally when the dolour is in the forehead & parts near adjoining. And it is to be noted, that the said flux of blood happeneth most often to persons of 30 or 35. years of age. And apostumes or collections to those which are elder. Also if the patiented in the continual fever hath great dolour and apostumes in the ear, it is a dangerous sign. For often times the person looseth his understanding and dieth. Therefore one ought well to speculate the good and evil signs in the beginning of the malady: for young persons sick of this malady, do often die in seven days: But old persons die not so soon. For the Fever cannot be so hot in them, nor the alienation of the spirit so vehement. Therefore the Apostume cometh to maturation, suppuration and mattir: But if old persons have the relapse, they commonly die. And the young die before that the Apostume of the ear come to maturation, except that which cometh forth be white & digested with other good signs, than they recover their health. Also if there happen in the continual fever and hot malady, ulceration of the throat or windpipe, it is most dangerous and bad, especially when there happeneth other malign and mortal signs.   

To Presage of the Squinancy.  
ALl manner of Squinancy is dangerous, for it killeth the person presently, especially when there is no appearance of aposteme or tumour upon the neck or in the throat and that he suffereth grievous dolour, and cannot aspire nor respire or draw his breath. Then it killeth the patiented in the first, second, third or fourth day at the furthest. Also when eminence and great redness appeareth with vehement dolour, it is no less dangerous but more tardy and of longer continuance. But where there is eminence and redness upon the neck or throat, but especially in the breast, it is more tardy and less dangerous than the 2. superior kinds. And if it do not hide itself and go in again, it is a good sign. But if the said Squinancy & tumour doth augment in the day of cretication, & that it do not purge outwardly or by the spittle, although the diseased person feel himself eased and without great dolour: it is an evil sign and mortal, or sign of Relapse. It is It is then a better sign and less dangerous when the tumour and redness appeareth outwardly. For if it descend unto the lights, the patiented is in danger to lose his understanding although sometimes the said collection come to suppuration, mattir and purgation.   

To Presage of the V●ula, Gargarion or Collumella.  
IT is a thing dangerous and mortal to incise the V●ula, Gargarion or Collumella being swollen, gross or red. For either it is found in an Apostume and inflammation, or else there followeth great flux of blood. Therefore one must labour to heal and cure the patiented by some other means. And if he cannot, & that it be livide or pale and that the superior part be little and not tumified nor swollen, but the inferior part tumified and round, you may without danger incise and open it, and so cure it. And if you know that the patiented is not in danger to fall into suffocation and so die, the chief thing shall be to purge the belly, if you have the opportunity and time.   

Here that divine Hypocrates returneth to speak of fevers  
WHen the hot Fever doth not cease nor give rest to the Patient in one or more days of cretication, without other good signs thou mayest prognosticate Relapse. And in the Fever with healthful Signs, as when the patiented is not molested with great dolour nor labour, & there is no other manifest cause, thou mayest prognosticate aposteme and inflammation in the winters and inferior parts and specially to those who do not exceed 30. or 35. years. Nevertheless the same aposteme doth not often happen before the 20. day of the Fever, specially to those who are aged: although that the fever continue longer to old persons then to young: such aposteme also doth happen commonly in continual fevers, which keepeth no order nor manner of access or fits, called wandering or uncertain fevers. viz. afflicting twice or thrice a day, then ceasing as much, and afterward they return without observing any order: Oftentimes they change into quartan fevers, especially about harvest. And as the foresaid aposteme doth happen most often to young persons, so the quartan fever happeneth to men and women that are in years. And as for the nature of the Apostumes, they do most usually and commonly happen in winter but are most slow and prolix and less subject to relax.   

¶ To presage by signs of vomiting in Fevers.  
WHen it seems to the febricitant that their is flies and black things appear before his eyes with dolour in the head without other bad signs or mortal, thou mayst presage vomiting of yellow choler especially when the patiented feels dolour at the mouth or opening of the stomach. And if he feel stiffness, chilues or cold with it, in the inferior parts under the Hypp●condria, the vomiting shall be so much the more hastened. And if the patiented do them eat and take repass he shall presently vomit. And to presage most apparently when the dolour of the head molesteth the person in the first day of the fever & be augmented the fourth or fift day, the fever will end on the seventh & the person shall be cured. And if the dolour begin the third day & augment in the fift or seventh, the fever shall end the ninth or eleventh day. And if the dolour begin the fift day with convenient urine and other good signs it shall end the 24. day and this happeneth aswell in women as in men, and especially in tertian fevers to persons 30. years of age, and to young persons in continual fevers and perfect tertians. And when there do not appear flies in the fever with dolour of the head nor black things coruscant and resplendent or shining as lamps and splendour or brightness & that the patiented feels tortion or tumour or inflation under one of the sides, he shall have in place of vomiting of inflammation & of dolour flux of blood at nose and this happeneth chief to young persons under 30 years, and to older most commonly vomiting. And young children under 7. years old fall into a sound by hot fevers especially when they are bound or constipated in the belly and sleep & change colour, sometime pale, then red, green, or livide, but those which exceed 7 or 8 years they fall most often into a swoon. If there hap not some perilous and dangerous signs as of Frenzy.   

The Conclusion of the whole Book.  
Now then for final conclusion let the Mediciner, Chirurgeon and Physician labour to know the sick persons and maladies: also the good and wholesome, the evil and mortal accidents of them, as well in young folks as old, and in all infirmities, especially fevers, to the end to presage life to one and death to another: also the brevity and prolixity of every malady and the transmutations and other inconveniences, collecting & accumulating all signs good and bad, and considering & comparing the superior and inferior, which are able to overthrow or save the patiented, and that by urine, fecall matter, spittle, sweat and other excrements & superfluities coming out of the body. Moreover let him practise to consider & speculate or note as well the time of days present as past, viz. the variation of weather by winds, cold, heat, drought and humidity, and the condition of the whole year and four parts: as the Spring, summer, Harvest & Winter. For although that all maladies may happen at all times, yet some do more commonly happen at one time then another. And some signs that be good or bad, come and happen rather in one day hour or moment rather than another. And to the end thou mayest not doubt to presage and prognosticate according to the doctrine and prescribed instructions, know that we have here experimented these things in Aethiopia, Mauritania, Lybia, in the isle of Delos, in Hesperia and Scythia, briefly in the orient, occident, south and north: and have found it true as we have shown. And therefore do not despair, but take courage and endeavour thyself to know the said things, and thou shalt easily attain to greater knowledge of things than thou canst imagine, and shalt marvel how these things can so well concur and succeed so rightly. And if thou dost well ponderate my principles, doubt not at last that there can happen any maladies to thee, whereof thou mayest doubt, or cannot have the knowledge of: and that by the said instructions, if thou dost understand them well, and especially in these which observe days of affliction and manner of paroxysm, and which end in one certain number of days and certain space as we have said, if thou wilt speculate exactly, and take mature deliberation.   
FINIS.